08 
 
 OJ 
 
 ' 
 
 3 
 
 ts 
 
 z 
 o 
 
 w 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 Q 
 
 o 
 
 w 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 PQ 
 C/D 
 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 pa 
 
THE 
 YOUNG GENTLEMAN AND LADY's 
 
 ASSISTANT; 
 
 CONTAINING, 
 
 I. GEOGRAPHY, | III. RHETORIC, 
 
 II. NATURAL HISTORY, ] IV. MISCELLANY. 
 
 TO WHICH IS ADDED, 
 
 A SHORT, BUT COMPLETE SYSTEM OF 
 
 PRACTICAL ARITHMETIC; 
 
 WHEREIN THE MONEY OF THE UNITED STATES 
 OF AMERICA, is RENDERED EASY TO THE 
 
 PERCEPTION OF YOUTH. 
 
 THIS WORK is DIVIDED INTO SMALL SECTIONS, FOR 
 
 THE CONVENIENCE OF SCHOOLS. 
 THE SECOND EDITION. 
 
 BY DONALD FRASER, 
 
 AUTHOR OF THE COLUMBIAN MONITOR. 
 
 D A N B U R T : 
 
 PRINTED FOB, THE AUTHOR, BY N, DOUGLAS* 
 1794. 
 
To THE HONORABLE 
 
 JOHN ADAMS, L. L. D. 
 
 VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF 
 AMERICA. 
 
 A HE following attempt to be ufefal to the-' 
 rifing Generation, is, with permiffion, humbly dedi- 
 cated, as a teftimony of the Author's regard for his 
 eminent Talents, and Patriotifm ; whereby he has re- 
 peatedly obtained the Suffrages of a free and enlight- 
 ened People, to prelide over one of the moft diftin* 
 guifhed Body of Patriots and Legiflatcrs : That he 
 may long continue to merit the approbation of his 
 Country, and be an eminent and faithful Guardian 
 of the Rights of Man, is the fincere wifh, of 
 A Citizen of America, 
 
 THE AUTHOK. 
 
E F A C E. 
 
 I, 
 
 is well known, that a general difrufion of 
 nfeful knowledge is the Cured, and moft effectual 
 means of rendering Liberty permanent : it therefore 
 becomes an object of the greateft importance, in a free 
 country, to initiate youth into the knowledge of fuclv 
 fciences as may tend to enlarge their ideas, and be of 
 advantage to them in their future progrefs through 
 life : and of all- fciences it will be readily granted, 
 that there are none more conducive to this important 
 purpofe, than thofe here treated on. 
 
 But little new can be expected on any of thefe fub- 
 jects, there having been fo many volumes written on 
 each of them; nor does the author pretend to much ; 
 novelty either in ftyle or materials, his principal aim 
 being, to crowd as much vs_ful knowledge as poflible 
 in a fmall compafs. This work may with fome degree 
 of propriety be faid, to conftitute a fmall Library 
 for youth, the poileftion of it will therefore fupercede 
 the neceiiity of purchafing a number of books, \vhich- 
 is not convenient for the genarality. of parents nor 
 would it be of much utility to Children : all that 
 ought therefore to be attempted at an early period of 
 life, is, to inculcate the leading principles, and to 
 awaken the natural curioflty of youth in fuch a manner, 
 r,s to incite them to a farther porfuit of thefe fubjecls 
 when their judgments {hall arrive at a greater matu- 
 rity. The firft part of the following work contains a 
 compendium of geography, and tho' comprehended in 
 a fmall compafs h will be found fufgcient to give youth, 
 and others, a general idea, of thefituation, boundary 
 and extent, of all the empires, kingdoms, republics 
 and Iflands, in Europe, Ma, Africa and America ; 
 together with the produce, forces, revenue; 
 A i 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 &c. of thefeveral countries defcribed : a more particu- 
 lar amd comprchenfive defcription is given of the Uni- 
 ted States of America, than of any other country. 
 
 The fecond part is affigned to Natural Hiftory, a 
 fubjecfc which in a great degree, tends to afford the 
 mod exalted ideas of the beneficence of our Almighty 
 Creator ! Under this head the moft remarkable arti- 
 cles in the mineral, animal, and vegetable creation are 
 felecled, and their nature, and properties, briefly de- 
 fer ibed. 
 
 Part third, contains a concife fyftem of Rhetoric,, 
 wherein compreheniive definitions are given refpecling, 
 tropes, figures, c. and illuftrated with fuitable ex- 
 amples taken chiefly from fcripture j and the parts of 
 an oration minutely arranged. 
 
 The fourth and laft part, contains a variety of ele- 
 gant extracts, in profe and verfe, from the moft appro- 
 ved authors, together with fome original pieces. 
 
 To the whole is added a (hort, but complete fyftem 
 of Practical Arithmetic ; wherein are given fhort and 
 eafy rules, for extracting the Square and Cube Roots, 
 \vith greater facility, perhaps, than any hitherto ex- 
 tant; and the money of the United States of America, 
 rendered eafy to the perception of youth. 
 
 The favorable reception that the firft edition of this 
 book met with from the public (near two thoufand 
 copies having been fold in lefs than two years) has in- 
 duced the author to make many valuable additions to 
 the prefent impreffion, and, fuch care has been taken 
 of its correction, as he hopes will teftify his gratitude 
 for their former favors. 
 
TABLE OF 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 O 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 [PAGE. 
 
 F thefolarfyftem. 13 
 
 the Sun. 
 Mercury. 
 Venus. 
 the Earth, 
 the Moon. 
 Mars. 
 
 ibid. 
 
 H 
 ibid. 
 
 15 
 ib. 
 
 17 
 
 Jupiter. 17 
 Saturn. ib. 
 the Georgian. 18 
 Comets. ib,. 
 the fixed Stars, 1 9 
 the Terreftrial Globe, 21 
 Problems to be per- 
 formed by the Globe, 25 
 
 PART I. 
 
 y/ compendious Jyjl em of Geography. 
 
 Illuftration of Geogra- 
 phical terms, 31 
 Diicovery &c. o 
 
 America, 32 
 
 of Europe, 36 
 
 Afia, ib. 
 
 Africa, 38 
 The United State* oE 
 
 America, ib. 
 
 New Kampfhire, 40 
 
 MafTachufetts, 41 
 
 Rhode Jiland, 42 
 
 Connecticut, ib. 
 
 New- York, 43. 
 
 New Jerfey, 45 
 
 Pennfvlvania, ' 46- 
 
 Delasvare, 47 
 
 Maryland, 48^ 
 
 Virginia, ib. 
 
 North-Carolina, 49 
 
 South-Carolina, 50 
 
 Georgia, ib* 
 
 Vermont, 5 1 
 
 Kentucky, 5b> 
 the Weftern Territory, 52 
 
 concie view 
 
 of the fever al Kingdoms^ State 
 IJlands, 5?6\ in the four quarters of t/.e g . j 
 
 Abyffinia, 
 Angola, 
 
 52 
 ib. 
 
 Algiers, 
 
 Amazonia, 
 
 Aaboyna ; 
 
 5j 
 ib. 
 
 54 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Ahian, 
 
 54 
 
 Egypt, 
 
 3 
 
 .Antigua, 
 
 ib. 
 
 England, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Arabia, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Ethiopia, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Afiyria, 
 
 55 
 
 Flanders, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Auftria, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Ferdinando, 
 
 64 
 
 Auftrian Netherlands, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Florida, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Azores, 
 
 ib. 
 
 France, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Bavaria, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Germany, 
 
 65 
 
 Brandenburg, 
 
 56 
 
 Guadaloupe, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Babylon, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Guernfey. 
 
 66 
 
 Bahama Iflands, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Greece, 
 
 m 
 
 Barbudoes) 
 
 ib. 
 
 Greenland, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Barbary, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Great- Britain, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Batavia, 
 
 57 
 
 Guiana, 
 
 67 
 
 Bengal, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Guinea, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Bermudas, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Hanover> 
 
 ib. 
 
 Bohemia, 
 
 ib. 
 
 HefTe, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Borneo, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Hifpaniola, 
 
 ife 
 
 Brazil, 
 
 58 
 
 Holland, 
 
 68 
 
 Canada, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Honduras, 
 
 ib. 
 
 @ape Breton, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Hungary, 
 
 ib,. 
 
 Cyenne, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Jamaica, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Cephalonia, 
 
 59 
 
 japan, br Niphon, 
 
 69 
 
 Gey Ion, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Judea, or Paleftine, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Circaffia, 
 
 ib. 
 
 India proper, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Gologn, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Ireland, 
 
 7o 
 
 Congo, 
 
 60 
 
 Italy, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Curaffou, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Kamtfchatka, 
 
 TL 
 
 CafFraria, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Lewis, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Chili, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Liege, 
 
 ib. 
 
 China, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Lucia, St. 
 
 ib. 
 
 Chriftophers, St. 
 
 or 
 
 Luconia, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Corfica, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Lapland, 
 
 72 
 
 Crim- Tartary, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Malabar, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Cuba, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Martinico, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Darien, 
 
 62 
 
 'Mecklenburg, 
 
 'ib. 
 
 Denmark, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Mexico, New, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Dominica, 
 
 ib. 
 
 Malta, 
 
 73 
 
 Eaftatia, Sr. 
 
 ib. 
 
 Madeiras, 
 
 ib. 
 
 E?,ft Indies, 
 
 ib. 
 
 ftlsxicp, Old, 
 
 iU 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Morocco, 73 
 
 Natolia, 74 
 
 Negropont, ib. 
 
 Newfoundland, ib. 
 
 Naples, or Sicily, ib. 
 
 Nagritia, ib. 
 
 New -Britain, 75 
 
 New-Holland, ib. 
 
 Norway, ib. 
 
 Nova-Scotia, ib. 
 
 Oznaburg, 76 
 
 Otahette, ib. 
 
 Oeland, ib. 
 
 Porto-Rico, ib. 
 Paragua or La Plata, 7 7 
 
 Perfia, ib. 
 
 Peru, ib. 
 
 Poland, 78 
 
 Portugal, ib. 
 
 Pruffia, 
 
 Ruflia, or Mufcovy, 
 
 Sardinia, 
 
 Scotland, 
 
 Siberia, or Scythia, 
 
 Sicily, 
 
 Spain, 
 
 Sweden, 
 
 Switzerland, 
 
 Tobago, 
 
 Tarfary, 
 
 Terrafirma, 
 
 Tripoli, or Barca, 
 
 Turky in Ada, 
 
 Turky in Europe, 
 
 Tunis, 
 
 United Netherlands, 
 
 Vincents, St. 
 
 Venice, 
 
 PART II. 
 
 NATURAL 
 
 Of Water; 85 
 
 Fire, 87 
 
 Air, 88 
 
 Clouds, rain, &c. ib . 
 
 Wind, 89 
 
 Thunder, &c. 90 
 
 Earthquakes, ib. 
 
 Tides, 91 
 
 Gold, 92 
 
 Silver, 93 
 
 Copper, ib. 
 
 Iron 94 
 
 Lead, ib. 
 
 Tin, ib. 
 
 Mercury, 95 
 
 Diamonds, 96 
 
 Magnet, &c. ib. 
 OF VEGETABLES. 
 
 Of the Vine, 97 
 
 78 
 ib. 
 
 n 
 
 ib. 
 80 
 ib. 
 ib. 
 ib. 
 81 
 ib. 
 ib. 
 ib, 
 82 
 ib. 
 ib. 
 
 *3 
 ib. 
 
 84 
 
 HISTORY. 
 
 Of Coffee, 9^ 
 
 Tea, 98* 
 
 Sugar Cane, ib. 
 OF BIRDS. 
 
 Of the Eagle, 99 
 
 Oftrich, 100 
 
 OF QUADR:UPEDS, &c. 
 
 Of the Lion, 101 
 
 Elephant, 102 
 
 Crocodile, 103 
 
 Skunk, 105 
 
 Racoon, ib. 
 
 Oppofum, Ib, 
 OF FISHES, &c. 
 
 Of the Whale, 1 06 
 
 Shark, 107 
 
 Dart, ib. 
 
 Of the Si ] ^ w orm, i o v 8 
 
 Wheat Infeft, ' ib.. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 PART III. 
 OF RHETORIC. 
 
 Examples of Tropes, in In praife of Virtue. 1 1 7 
 
 Figures, 112 Defcriptive Pieces^ 119 
 
 OfGeflure. 113 The Hermit, 120 
 
 Difpofition, 114 Extracts, 124 
 
 7 
 
 Difpofition, 
 Orations, &c. 
 
 PART IV. 
 MISCELLANY. 
 
 On our Savior's 
 
 Nativity. 125 
 
 Ssliloquy. 126 
 
 Jnfufficiency of creatures 
 
 to fatisfy an immortal 
 
 foul. 128 
 
 Ode to Adverfity, ib. 
 An Addrefs to the 
 
 Deity. 129 
 
 A Prayer, 130 
 
 Content, 131 
 
 Choice of a Wife, 132 
 A prayer for univerfal 
 
 Peace, ib. 
 
 Of the New-Tefta- 
 
 inent, c. 
 
 133 
 
 The Example let by our 
 Savior, &c. 134 
 
 A comparative view of the 
 bleiled and curled at 
 136 
 
 Character of St. Paul, 139 
 Of the Epiftles, t 140 
 
 Religious knowledge of 
 
 great confolation and 
 
 relief amidft the dif- 
 
 trefles of life, 141 
 
 Irregular Pleasures, 142; 
 The neceility of depend* 
 ing for fuccefs on the 
 
 bleffings of heaven, 143 
 Experience to be anticipa* 
 
 ted by reflection, 
 A contented temper 
 greateft blefling, &c. 
 On the Death of 
 
 ChriO:, 
 Of Providence, 
 
 Neatnefs, &c. 
 The Speaker, 
 A Table of the inhabitants; 
 
 of the earth, 151 
 
 the 
 144 
 
 145 
 1 48 
 14^ 
 150 
 
 Mnmer ati on Table, 
 Simple Addition, 
 
 Subtraction, 
 Multiplication, 155 
 - Divifion, I 57 
 
 ARITHMETIC- 
 
 f LongDivifion, ib. 
 
 153 Tables in Addition of 
 
 154 divers denominations, 158 
 ib. Compound Addition^ 160 
 
 Of Money, J 6 1 
 
 Troy Weight, ib. 
 
 Cloth Meafure ? ib.< 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Of Apothecaries wt. 162 
 Land Meafure, ib. 
 Avoirdupois wt. ib. 
 Dry Meafure, ib. 
 Wine Meafure, 163 
 Long Meafure, ib. 
 Time, ib. 
 Motion, ib. 
 Compound Subtraction. 
 ;Of money, 164 
 Troy Weight, ib. 
 Cloth Meafure, ib. 
 Apothecaries wt. 165 
 Land Meafure, ib. 
 Avoirdupois wt. ib. 
 Dry Meafure, ib. 
 Wine Meafure, ib. 
 Long Meafure, ib. 
 Time, 166 
 Motion, ib. 
 Compound Multipli- 
 cation, ib. 
 Divifion, 167 
 Reduction, 168 
 Reduction defcending by 
 multiplication and af- 
 cending by divifion, ib. 
 Reduction of Troy wt. 169 
 Cloth Meafure, ib . 
 Apothecaries wt. ib. 
 Avoirdupois wt. Ib. 
 Long Meafure, ib. 
 Land Meafure, 170 
 Time, ib. 
 Wine Meafure, ib. 
 Dry Meafure, ib. 
 Single Rale of Three, 
 
 direct. ib. 
 
 Direct Proportion, 171 
 
 Inverfe Proportion, 173 
 Merchants Accounts, or 
 
 rules of Practice, 174 
 
 Tare and Trett, 1 7$ 
 
 Simple Intereft, 180 
 
 Rebate or Difcount, 184 
 
 Equation of Payments, 185 
 
 Barter, 186 
 
 Profit and Lofs, ib. 
 
 Fellowfhip, ilr 
 
 Fellowfhip with time, 188 
 
 Duble Rule of Three, 189 
 
 Vulgar Fractions, 190 
 
 Reduction, ib. 
 
 Addition, 1 94 
 
 Subtraction, 19 $ 
 
 Multiplication, ib. 
 
 Divifion, ib. 
 
 Decimal Fractions, 196 
 
 "Addition, ib. 
 
 Subtraction, 197 
 
 Multiplication, ib. 
 
 Divifion, 198 
 
 Reduction, ib. 
 
 Square root, 199 
 
 Cube root, 20! 
 
 Rules for reducing money 
 
 into fterling, 204 
 
 Money of the U. S. as 
 
 eftablifhed by Con. 205 
 
 Addition, ' 206 
 
 Subtraction, ib. 
 
 Multiplication, 207 
 
 Divifion, 208 
 
 Reduction, 209 
 
 Additional Queflions, to 
 
 exercife the foregoing 
 
 Rules. 21 
 
u//' // 
 /n& osjrtar^ 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 OF ASTRONOMY. 
 
 -* Come forth, man, yon azure round fur vey 9 
 And view thofe lamps which yield eternal day .: 
 Bring forth thy glares, dear thy wondring eyes y 
 Millions beyond the former millions rife /' 
 
 OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM.* 
 
 I. -L HE Sun together with the feven primary plan- 
 ets, and the other fecondary inferior ones, conftituta 
 what is called the Solar Syftem. 
 
 Thefe planets or fpherkal bodies, revolve round the 
 fun at certain periods, according to their respective 
 diltances from him ; the planets alfo make a revolution 
 round their own axis at fixed periods ; the fun being 
 the centre of .the^whole fyfteni, is the fource of light 
 and heat to the other planets, and alfo to their moons 
 or fatellites. 
 
 OF THE SUN. 
 
 2. The fun, that immenfe globe of fire, being about 
 eight hundred and ninety five thoufancl times larger 
 than the earth which we inhabit ; its diameter is neat 
 one million of miles. Neither the fun nor any of the 
 planets have any material axis to fupport them, as they 
 are reprefented in orreries, &c. 
 
 * To obtain a thorough .knowledge of Geogra 
 
 (tcquaintancsiuith thsfcicncs of Ajlronrji::- Is \ 
 ejfary as it treats of the magnitude, 
 ec'ipfss, frc. oj the planets and other L\'ayei:.ly i 
 B 
 
 nec 
 
14 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 OF MERCUP.Y. 
 
 3. Mercury is the fmalleft of the feven primary 
 planets, and alfo the neareil to the fun ; and performs 
 his revolution round him in two months and twenty- 
 eight days, which is the length of his year; his dif- 
 tance from the fun is computed at thirty-two millions 
 of miles, and his diameter two thoufand fix hundred. 
 This planet moves round the fun, at the prodigious 
 rate of ninety-five millions of miles every hour ; his 
 light and heat from the fun are naarly feven times 
 greater than our earth's. 
 
 4. But the immenfe heat of this planet is no argu- 
 ment againft its being inhabited ; for the Almighty 
 Creator could as eafily fait the bodies and conftitutions 
 of its inhabitants to the heat of their planet, as he has 
 done ours to the temperature of the earth we inhabit ; 
 and it is very probable that the people that inhabit 
 Mercury, may form as ftrange opinions of us and our 
 earth, as we do of them ; and our remote ftation from 
 the fource of light and heat, maybe induced to think, 
 that the planet we inhabit is little better than a dun- 
 geon, and fo intolerably cold that it is fcarcely fit for 
 bears to inhabit. 
 
 OF VENUS. 
 
 5. Venus, the fecond planet in the fyftem, is nearly 
 as large as the earth, and computed to be fifty- nine 
 millions of miles from the fun ; and by moving in her 
 orbit at the rate of fixty-nine thoufand miles in an hour, 
 completes her revolution round him in two hundred 
 and twenty-four days, which is her year. Her diame- 
 ter is feven thoufand nine hundred miles. Her orbit 
 includes that of Mercury, and is included by that of 
 the earth. When fhe appears to the weft of the fun, 
 ihe rifes before him, ami is called the morning flar; 
 but when fhe appears to the eaft of the fun, fhe fets 
 before him, and is then called the evening ftar. 
 
INTRODUCTION. IS' 
 
 OF THE 'EARTH. 
 
 6. The earth is the next planet to Venus, and the 
 third in the fyftem ; its form is globofe or round, be- 
 ing eighty- one millions of miles from the fun, and 
 moves round him in three hundred and fixty-five days 
 and fix hours nearly ; it travels at the rate of fifty- 
 eight thoufand miles every hour ; its diameter is feveiT 
 thoufand nine hundred and fixty eight miles ; and by 
 turning rdund its axis in twenty-four hours, from weft 
 to eaft, make the fun and other heavenly bodies, appa- 
 rently, move from eaft to weft; juil as the land, houfes 1 
 &c. which (land (till, feem to move the contrary di- 
 rection, to a perfon paffing rapidly along fhore in a 
 veflel. 
 
 7. Such is the amazing rapidity of the earth's mo- 
 tion on its axis, that the inhabitants about the equa- 
 tor are carried round with the earth, above one thoa- 
 fand miles every hour ; and thofe in the latitude of 
 Kevv-York, about four hundred and fixty ; and fo of 
 any other part of the globe, in proportion to its dif- 
 tance from the equator. 
 
 8. The earth's axis makes an angle of twenty-three 
 degrees and a half with the axis of its orbit ; and keeps 
 always the fame oblique direction, inclining towards 
 the fame fixed ftars throughout its annual courfe ; which 
 caufes the returns of fpring, fummer, autumn and win- 
 ter ; for if the earth's had been perpendicular to the 
 axis of its orb, or circle, the days and nights would 
 have been equal throughout the year, the weather the 
 fame with regard to heat and cold ; and of couife war 
 would be deprived of the beautiful and ufeful variety 
 of the ieaions we now enjoy. 
 
 OF THE MOON. 
 
 9. The moon is not a planet but a fatellite or a?> 
 tendant on the earth, which moves round it in twenty 
 eight da)s nearly ; and revolves round the fun with 
 the earth every year. The moon's diameter is two 
 thouiaad oa hundred and eighty miles, and her di& 
 
j6 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 tance from the earth two hundred and forty thoufand. 
 She goes round her orbit in twenty-feven days and 
 eight hours, moving at the rate of about two thoufand 
 three hundred miles an hour ; and turns round her axis 
 exactly in the fame time that (he goes round the earth, 
 which accounts for her keeping always the fame fide 
 towards us, and alfo that her day and night, taken 
 ^together, are equal to our lunar month. 
 
 jo. The moon is an opaque globe like our earth, 
 and fhines only by refle&ing the light of the fun ; 
 therefore, while that half of her which is towards the- 
 fun is enlighter^d, the other half muft be dark and in- 
 Tifible to us. Hence, (he difappears when fhe cornea 
 between us and the fun ; becaufe her dark fide is then 
 towards the earth. When (he is gone a little way 
 forward, we fee a fmall proportion of her enlightened 
 lide, which (liil increafes to our view as me advances 
 forward, till me is oppofite to the fource of light ; and 
 then her whole enlightened fide is towards the earth, 
 and me appears as a round illuminated orb which we 
 call the full -moon. 
 
 From the full me feems to decreafe gradually as flie 
 goes through the other half of her courfe, fhewing us 
 lefs and lefs of her enlightened iide every day, till hef 
 next change or conjunction with the fun, when fhe 
 again difappears as before. Her being continually 
 changing her phafes or forms, abundantly demonfirates 
 that me has no light of her own ; for if flie had, we 
 fliould always fee her with a round full face like the 
 fun. 
 
 II. The earth (hews the fame phafes to the moon, 
 that fhe does to us, the earth and moon being mutually 
 moons to each other. Dr. Herfchel, the celebrated 
 aftronomer of the prefent day, has lately difcovered, 
 that the moon is furrounded with an atmofphere, like 
 ours ; which probably the beneficent author of nature 
 has wifely deiigned for the refpiration of animal life ; 
 and, fmce he has created nothing in vaia-i-we may 
 rationally conclude that ihc is inhabited. 
 
 Aa eclipie of the moon is occafioned, by the earth's 
 
INTRODUCTION. IT, 
 
 felling in between her and the fun ; and thereby inter- 
 cepting his light : and, an eclipfe of the fun is caufcdjj 
 by the moon's palling between the earth and him. 
 
 OF MARS. 
 
 12. Mars "is the fourth in the fyftem ; and the firft 
 beyond the earth's orbit. His diameter is four thou- 
 fand four hundred and forty-eight miles; his propor- 
 tion of light and heat but one half of ours ; the fun ap* 
 pears nearly one half as large to him (or his inhabit- 
 ants) as to us. This planet is confiderably lefs than 
 the earth, and alib borrows his light from the fun. 
 
 OF JUPITER. 
 
 13. Jupiter is the fifth planet in the fyftem, ^and 
 the largeft of them all ; being above a thoufand times 
 bigger than the earth : his diameter is computed at 
 eighty thoufand miles, which is more than ten times 
 the diameter of oar earth ; he is two hundred and 
 twenty-tour millious of miles diftant from the fun, 
 and is about twelve years in revolving round him. Ju- 
 piter has four moons that revolve round him at cer- 
 tain periods ; thefe moons borrow their light and 
 heat from the fun, and refleft the fame again upon 
 Jupiter which in a great meafure compenfates foir 
 the frcall proportion of heat and light which he receives 
 from the fun ; Jupiter is furrounded by faint fubftan- 
 ces called belts, which are generally thought to be 
 tondenfed 'clouds in his atmofphere, that remain un> 
 difperfed. 
 
 OF SATURN". 
 
 14. Saturn is the next planet in the fyftem, and is 
 about feven hundred and feventy.-fix millions of miles 
 from the fun : he travels at the rate of eighteen thoufand 
 miles an hour and performs his annual circuit round 
 the fun, in twenty, nine years, and one hundred and 
 City eight days, which makes only one year to that- 
 planet: his diameter is fixty-feven thoufand miles ; lie 
 is near fix thoufand times larger than the earth, 
 2 
 
i3 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 15. This planet is Cut-rounded with abroad ring or 
 belt ; the ring appears double when Teen through a 
 telefc.ope ; it is inclined thirty degrees to the ecliptic, 
 and near twenty thousand miles in breadth which is 
 equal to its diftance from him on ail fides. The fun 
 as feen from this planet, appears ninety times lefs. 
 than to us, and his light and heat from the fun are in 
 the fame proportion to ours. But to make up for this, 
 deficiency of light and heat from the fun, the benefi- 
 cent author of nature, has placed feven moons round 
 him, which together \vith the light he receives from 
 the ring, fufftciently illuminates this planet. 
 
 OF THE GEORGIAN. 
 
 16. Until of late years, the foregoing planets to- 
 gether with the fun ; were confidered as conftiftuting 
 the whole of the folar, or Mundane fyftem : But, 
 Doclor Herfchel, a celebrated Aftronomer now in 
 London, has lately difcovered another planet in the 
 iyftem, which he has called the Georgian, it is about 
 ninety times larger than our earth, and nineteen times 
 farther from the fan ; and is near eighty-three years 
 in revolving round him : the ingenious difcoverer of 
 this planet, has already found out three moons that 
 revolve round him. 
 
 OF COMETS. 
 
 17. Comets are a fpecies of planets that move in 
 different directions round the iuu, and are at fome- 
 times more than a thouiand times nearer him, than 
 at others : feme comets are fa id to have pafled fo near 
 the fun, that they have been within one of his diam- 
 eters ; they are fo immenfely heated wheii they pafs 
 fo near him that they projecl trains or tails to a pro- 
 digious length : one of thefe comets, pafled fo near 
 the fun, in Sir Jfaac Newton's time, that he compu- 
 ted its heat to be near three thoufand times greater 
 than that of red-hot iron e 
 
INTRODUCTION. jg 
 
 Or THE FIXEP STARS. 
 
 l8. The fixed ftars which fhine with their own 
 native 1'ght, and arealfo immoveable in their refpec- 
 live places, are fuppolc-d to be of the fame nature 
 with the fun. The reaton why our fun appears to us 
 fo great and bright in companion of the (tars, v bofe 
 veiiker light difappears as foon as the fun begins with 
 his beams to refrelh and illuminate our habitation, is 
 that the earth, at an immenfe diftance from all the 
 reft of the heavenly bodies, keeps near to the fun ^ 
 for a fpedator placed as near any of the fixed ftars as 
 \ve are to the fun, would fee a body as large and bright 
 es our fun appears to us. and in all rcfpecls fimilar to 
 it ; and o^'courfe confider that ftar only to which he 
 is neareft as a real fun, the red he would confider as fo 
 many fmall mining (tars fixed in the heavens. 
 
 19. The fun with all his attendant planets, is bat 
 a fmall part of the grand machine of the univerfe. Eve- 
 ry Jtar though in appearance, no bigger than the dia- 
 mond that glitters upon a lady's ring, is really a vaft 
 glob-. ,like the fun in fize, and in glory ; no lefs fpatious 
 no lefs luminous, than the radiant fource of our day. So 
 that every ftar, is. not barely a world, but the center 
 of a magnificent fyftem ; has a retinue of worlds, ir- 
 radiated by its beams, and revolving round its attrac- 
 tive influence. .11 which are loll to our fight, in un- 
 meaiurable wilds of a ther. 
 
 20. That the (tars appear like fo many diminutive, 
 and fcarce diftinguifhable points, is owing to their im- 
 menfe and inconceivable diftance rainier jfi? indeed it 
 is ; Since a cannon ball, ft ing with unabated rapi- 
 dity, muft travel at this impetuous rate, almoft fever* 
 hundred thoufand years, before it could reach the near- 
 eft of thofe twinkling luminaries , which is at leaft ten 
 thoufand times farther from usthan we an- from the fun* 
 
 21. Can any thing br more wonderful than thii'fe 
 obfervations ? Yes: there are ti uths far more ftu'p^n- 
 dous ; there arc fnreis far more extenfive. r-s there 
 is no end of the ^Imi^hiy irnker s great nefs , fo no 
 imagination can fet liu.Ls to iiis creating hand. Could 
 
$a INTRODUCTION; 
 
 you (bar beyond the moon, and pafs through all the 
 planetary choir ; and lake your (land on one of tbofe 
 loftieft pinacles of Heaven : you would, there, fee 
 other jki-s expanded ; another fun, diltributing his in- 
 exbauftable beams by day ; other Jiats, that gladden 
 the horrors of the alternate night ; and other perhaps 
 nobler fyjltms y eitablUhed, in unknown profulionthro* 
 the boundlefs diineniions of -{pace : nor dots the domi- 
 nion of the unJverfal fovereign terminate there. Even 
 at the end of this vail: tour, you would iind yonrfeif 
 advanced no farther than the i'uburbs of creation : ar- 
 rived only at the frontiers of the great JEHOVAH's 
 kingdom. 
 
 22. And do they tell me, that the fun, the moon 
 'Bnd all the planets are but a liitle part of HIS works ? 
 How great then are -hisfigns, and how mighty are h?s 
 \vonders !f And if fo, what is the CREATOR himfelf! 
 How far exalted above all praife i who is fb hi%h that 
 lie looks down on the highelt of thefe dazzling fpheres 
 and fees even the fummit of creaiion in a vale; fo great 
 that this prodigious extent of (pace is but a point ia 
 his pre fence. 
 
 2.3. Thou mod fublime and incomprehenfibly glo- 
 rious GOD, how am 1 overwhelmed with awe ! when I 
 confider thy EXCELLENT GREATNESS, and my own ut* 
 ter infignificancy ! 
 
 And have I, exceflively mean as I am, have I enter- 
 tained any conceited appreheniions of myfelf ? have I 
 felt the lead elatement of thought in the prefence of fo 
 Hiajeftio and adorable a BEING .' How fhould this 
 wound me with forrow, and cover me with confuiion ! 
 O my GOD, was 1 poffrfTcd of all the high perfections 
 \vbich accomplifh and adorn the angels o/ light , ainidil 
 all thefe noble endowments 1 would fall down In the 
 deepeft amazement at thy feet : loft in the infinitely f.i- 
 perior blaze of thy uncreated glories, 1 would coniefs 
 m f^lf to be nothing ancl lefs than nothing ami vanity* 
 How much more ought I to maintain the raoil u 
 
 || . |(1|1 !!> I ' "7-M 
 
 \ DAN. i.v, 3. 
 
c 
 
INTRODUCTION. 21 
 
 ed humiliation before thy divine majefty ; who am not 
 only duft and afhes ; but a compound tottgnorance and 
 
 iwp trfetfion / 
 
 OF THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. 
 
 24. The circumference of the globe is three hun- 
 dred and fixty degrees, containing fixty geographical 
 miles to a degree, or fixty nine and a half En glifli miles. 
 Its whole circuit being about twenty- five thoufand En- 
 glifh, or American miles, and its diameter near eight 
 thoufand. 
 
 A line is imagined to pafs through, the center of the 
 globe, which is called its axis, round which it is fup- 
 pofed to move every twenty -four hours : the ends of 
 this axis are called the poles of the earth, .and deno- 
 minated the north and fouth pole, being direclly op- 
 potite to each other, the poles are marked P. P. in 
 figure preceding the title page. 
 
 The foregoing figure, will enable juvenile minds to 
 form fome idea of the feveral imaginary circles, &c. on 
 the furface of the earth, and exhibited on the artificial 
 globe. 
 
 25. EQUATOR, ") The equator, divides the globe 
 marked IE.. JE,. 3 into two equal parts, called the 
 
 northern and fouthern hemifpheres : on this circle are 
 marked the degrees of longitude, eaft or well from the 
 firft meridian. i he parallel circles are fj called from 
 their running parallel to the equator : they are nine in 
 number between the equator and either pole, and ten 
 degrees dHtant from one another confequemly, there 
 is ninety degrees, or five thoufand four hundred miles 
 between the equator and either pole. When the fun 
 is in the equator, the days and nights are equal. 
 
 26. IV.EKIDIAN] is a great circle palling through 
 the poles : when the fun is here it is noon ; therefore 
 there -are an infinite number of meridians according to 
 the diverfity of places. Mo ft geographers of late years 
 place thefirft meridian at the metropolis of the country 
 the} write in, viz. Outline, at i.onJon, Morfe, at 
 Philadelphia, &c. Meridian is the outfide circle ia 
 the foregoing figure. 
 
xz INTRODUCTION. 
 
 27. ZODIAC.] The zodiac is that circle which cut's* 
 the equator obliquely, and divides it into twelve parts 
 or figns, through which the fun feems to pafs within, 
 the f'pace of twelve months : each fign contains thirty 
 degrees of longitude. The Englifh names and charac- 
 ters of the twelve figns, and alfo the months of the 
 year in which the fun enters each of them, are as follow. 
 
 Six NORTHERN SIGNS. 
 
 1. The Ram, <y> March, 
 
 2. The Bull, 8 April, 
 
 3. The Twins. n May, 
 
 4. The Crab, zs J une > 
 
 5. The Lion, & July, 
 
 6. The Virgin, K Auguft. 
 
 Six SOUTHERN SIGNS. 
 
 7. The Balance, -ru September> 
 
 8. The Scorpion, n^ October, 
 
 9. The Archer, f- November, 
 
 10. The Goat, Vf December, 
 
 11. The Water-bearer, ZZ January, 
 
 12. The Fifties, > February. 
 The ecliptic is a line paffing through the middle of 
 
 the zodiac^ and (hews the fun's, or rather the earth's 
 path or orbit, in which it moves annually. The eclip- 
 tic line is marked E. E. 
 
 28. HORIZON.] The horizon, is the broad cir- 
 cle in wjbieh the globe (lands, dividing it into the up- 
 per and lower hemifpheres ; the ienhble horizon, 
 feems to touch the furface of the earth and is th% ut- 
 jnoft limits of our fight. 
 
 The rational horizon, is imaginary, and fuppofes 
 the eye in the very-centre of the earth, beholding the 
 entire upper heinifphere of the firmament. The hor- 
 izon is marked H. H. 
 
 29. The poles of our horizon are two imagina- 
 ry points in the heavens, denominated the zenith, and 
 nadir ; the zenith being the vertical point direclly 
 over our heads and the nadir, that point of the hea- 
 vens under our feet, and diametrically oppolite to the 
 zenith. The zenith and nadir are marked Z. N, 
 
INTRODUCTION, 23 
 
 30. The two "> The colures are two meridians, 
 COLURES. 5 Aiding equinoctial and ecliptic 
 
 Into two equal parts ; one of thefe palfes the equinoc- 
 tial points of ancs and ilbra y and is called the equinoc- 
 tial colure ; the other by cancer and capricorn, called 
 the folftical colure. The polar circles are fo called 
 becaufe of their vicinity to the poles : the one is north, 
 marked A. C. the other Couth, marked An. C. 
 
 31. TROPICS] The tropics ihew how far the Cun, 
 or rather the earth, proceeds north or Couth of the 
 equator every year : the tropic of cancer furrounds the 
 globe, 2 3i degrees north of the equator, and the tro- 
 pic of capricorn 234. Couth of it. The polar circles are 
 drawn 231 degrees diftant from each pole, and 664. 
 from the* equator. The tropics are marked in the fore- 
 going figure, E gs. and E 1^. 
 
 32. HOUR CIRCLE."] The brazen circle fixed on 
 every globe, with an index, fhews how many hours, 
 and alfo how many degrees any place is eaft or weft of 
 another place ; for as every fifteen degrees eaft or weft 
 is an hour, Co alfo every hour is fifteen degrees. 
 
 33. Elevation "> The elevation of the pole is the 
 of the POLE, ^height of the pole above the Jiori* 
 
 z.on, and is always equal to the latitude of any place, 
 as New-York lies in 40 40' of north latitude, Co the 
 north pole myft of courfe be elevated 40 40' above the 
 horizon there, for which reafon the latitude of a place, 
 aed the elevation of the pole, are ufed as fynonimous 
 terms. 
 
 34. QUADRANT ? The quadrant of altitude is a 
 of ALTITUDE. ^thin piiant piece of brafs, divided 
 
 into ninety degrees, one fourth of the circumference of 
 the globe, by which the di (lances of places may be 
 found, and many uCeful problems refolved. 
 
 35. CLIMATES.] Climates are certain Cpaces on 
 the Curface of the globe, bounded by imaginary lines 
 parallel to the equator, and Co broad that the length 
 of the day in one exceeds that of another half an hour : 
 the climates are 60 in number, viz. 24 from the equa- 
 tor to each of the polar circles, and 6 from either of 
 
24 INTRODUCTION, 
 
 the polar circles to the refpective poles, between which 
 laft, there is a difference of an entire month : *the fun 
 appearing in the firft one month above the horizon 
 without fetting, in the fecond two months, and fo pro- 
 greffively to the poles, where the days and nights are 
 fix months long, alternately, when the fLn is on the 
 oppofite fide of the equator. 
 
 36. Thefe climates are of a very unequal breadth, 
 thofe near the equator are much the broadeft, the firft 
 climate next the equator being upwards of eight de- 
 grees wide ; whereas the nth is little more than two. 
 
 A degree of longitude counted on the equator is 60 
 geographical miles ; but, as the meridional lines ap- 
 proach nearer each other as you advance towards the 
 poles, coniequently the number of miles between thofe 
 lines mud Icflen in proportion : for inftance, a degree 
 of longitude in 41 degrees of latitude contains but 29 
 miles, though it be full 60 miles upon the equator. 
 
 37. A RIGHT SPHERE.] The inhabitants of the 
 earth are diftingutihed according to the various pofition 
 of their horizon, as they are fituate in a right fphere, 
 a parallel fphere, or an oblique fphere. 
 
 In a right fphere the equator pafTes through the ze- 
 nith and nadir, and the parallel circles fall perpendi* 
 cularly on the horizon which is the cafe of thofe peo- 
 ple who live under the equinoctial line^ 
 
 38. A PARALLEL SPHERE.] In a parallel fphere, 
 the poles are in the zenith and nadir ; the equator is 
 parallel to, and coincides with the horizon, and the 
 parallel circles are parallel to the horizon which can 
 only be faid of the people under either pole. 
 
 39. AN OBLIQUE SPHERE.] In an oblique fphere, 
 the inhabitants have one of the poles above, and the 
 other under the horizon, and the equator and parallel 
 circles cutting the horizon obliquely, as is the cafe of 
 all people that do not live under the equinoctial or 
 the poles. 
 
 40. OF MAPS.] The top of a map denotes the 
 north, and the bottom the fouth, the right hand fide 
 reprefents the e'aft, and the left or oppofite fide the 
 
INTRODUCTION. 25 
 
 weft. The figures on the top and bottom of a map, 
 denote the number of degrees of eaftern or weftern lon- 
 gitude, ^that all places which lie immediately under 
 thefe figures are diftant from the firft or fixed meridian. 
 The figures on the right and left hand fide of a map, 
 ihew the number of degrees of all places north and 
 fouth from the equator. 
 
 41. A coaft is reprefented, on maps and globes, by 
 a ftrong irregular line, fhaded on one lide. Rivers, 
 ftrong crooked lines gradually widening towards the 
 mouth. Mountains, by large fhaded eminences refem- 
 bling waves. Forefts and woods, by fmall trees* 
 Lakes, bogs, &c. by fliaded fpaces, within land. 
 Shoals and fand -banks, by dotted fpaces in oceans, feas, 
 gulphs, &c. Winds^and currents of water, by arrows. 
 Cities, by fmall circles. Adjacent countries are divi- 
 ded by mountains, rivers, and ftrong dotted lines ; and 
 fine dotted lines bound provinces that lie contiguous. 
 Land is generally painted, and the feveral countries 
 diftinguifhed by different colors, and their boundaries 
 painted more confpicuous. 
 
 PROBLEMS, TO BE PERFORMED BY THE 
 
 GLOBE. 
 
 PROBLEM I. 
 
 42. To reftify the Globe, m order to find the trus 
 fit nation of any placs upon it. 
 
 The globe being fet upon a true plane, fay a level 
 table, and the brazen meridian (landing due north and 
 fouth ; then bring the given place to the brazen meri- 
 dian, and let there be 90 degrees between that place 
 and the horizon both north and fouth, and the given 
 place will be in the zenith : The globe being thus 
 you may proceed to folve any problem. 
 
26 INTRODUCTION; 
 
 PROBLEM II. 
 
 43. To find the longitude and latitude of any given 
 place on the globe. 
 
 The longitude of any place may be found, by num- 
 bering on the equator fo many degrees as the 
 given place lies eaft or weft of the firft meridian .* and 
 the latitude will be found by reckoning fo many de- 
 grees on the brazen meridian as the place required, lies 
 north or fbnth of the equator. You muft turn the globe 
 therefore, either eaft or weft, till the given place is 
 brought to the brazen meridian, and you will fee the 
 degree of longitude marked on the equator ; and the 
 latitude is found at the fame time, only by numbering 
 the degrees on the brazen meridian, either north or 
 fouth from the equator, till you come to the given place, 
 
 PROBLEM III. 
 
 44. The longitude and latitude of any place being 
 gtvsn y to find that place on the globs. 
 
 Bring the degree of longitude to the brazen meridi- 
 an ; count upon the fame meridian the degree of lati- 
 tude, and make fome mark where the reckoning ends j 
 the point exactly under the mark is the place required. 
 
 PROBLEM IV. 
 
 45. The latitude of any place being given, to find all 
 iJ)ofe places that have the fame latitude. 
 
 The globe being rectified, as before obferved, accor- 
 ding to the latitude of the given place, and that place 
 being brought to the brazen meridian, make fome mark 
 exactly above the fame and turning the globe round, 
 all thofe places palling under the {'aid mark have exact- 
 ly the fame latitude with the given place. 
 
 PROBLEM V. 
 
 46. To find the fun's place in the ecliptic at any time. 
 The month and day being given, look for the fame 
 
 * Tn moft of ths modern globes the firft meridian begins 
 at London* 
 
INTRODUCTION. 27 
 
 upon the wooden horizon ; and over againft the day 
 you will find the particular fign and degree in which 
 the fun is at that time, which fign and degree being 
 noted in the ecliptic, the fame is the fun's place. 
 
 PKOBLEM VI. 
 
 47. Ths month and day being given, and alfo the 
 particular time of that day, to-find thofe places of the globe 
 to 'which the fun is In the "meridian at that very time. 
 
 The pole being elevated according to the latitude of 
 the given place, bring the faid place to the brazen me- 
 ridian, and fetting the index of the horary circle at 
 the 'hour of the day, in the given place, turn the globe 
 round till the index points directly at the upper figure 
 of 12. Which being done, fix the globe in that fitua- 
 tion, and obferve what places are exactly under the 
 upper hemifphere of the brazen meridian they being 
 the places required. 
 
 PROBLEM VII. 
 
 48. To know the length of the day and night in any 
 place of the earth at any time* ^ 
 
 Elevate the pole according to the latitude of 
 the given place \ find the fun's place in the eclip- 
 tic at that time, which being brought to the eaft fide 
 of the horizon, fet the index of the horary circle at 
 noon, or the upper figure XII. and turning the globe 
 about till the aforefaid place of the ecliptic touch the 
 weft fide of the horizon, look upon the horary circle, 
 and wherever the index pointeth, count the number of 
 hours between the fame and the upper figure 12, which 
 is the length of the day, the complement whereof to 24 
 hours is the length of the night. 
 
 PROBLEM VIII. 
 
 49. To find what o'clock it is by the globe In any part , 
 of the ivor Id, at any particular time, allowing you know 
 the hour of the day where you are at the fame time. 
 
 Bring the place you are in to the brazen meridian, 
 the pole being raife'd according to the latitude thereof, 
 
23 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 and fet the index of the horary circle to the hour of 
 the day at that time : then bring the place required to 
 the brazen meridian, and the index will point out the 
 prefent hour at that place. 
 
 PROBLEM IX. > 
 
 50. The month and day being given, to find ' thofe pla- 
 cts on the globe, to which the fun, when on the meridian, 
 Jhali be vertical on that day. 
 
 Find the fun's place in the ecliptic, and bring the 
 fame to the brazen meridian, in which make a fmall 
 jnark exactly above the fun's place ; then turn the 
 globe, and thofe places which have the fan vertical in 
 the meridian, will federally pafs under the feud mark. 
 
 PROBLEM X. 
 
 51 . To find by ths globe the length of the tongeft and 
 ftorteft days and nights, in any part of the world. 
 
 Elevate the pole according to the latitude of the 
 given place, and bring the firft degree of cancer, if in 
 the northern, or capricorn, if in the fouthern hemi- 
 fphere, to the eaft fide of the horizon ; and fetting the 
 3ndex of the horary circle at noon, turn the globe about 
 till the fign of cancer touch the weftern fide of the ho- 
 rizon, and then obferve on the horary circle the num- 
 ber of hours between the index and the upper figure of 
 32, reckoning them agreeably to the motion of the in- 
 dex, for that is the length of the longeft day j the 
 ihorteft night being the revcrfe of the former. 
 
 PROBLEM XL 
 
 52. When the hour oj the day is given, in any place, 
 to know thofe places of the earth where it is either noon or 
 wid-nigh, or any other particular hour at the fame tivie. 
 
 Let the given place be brought to the brazen meri- 
 dian, -and fet the index of the horary circle at the hour 
 of the day in that place. Then turn the globe till the 
 index point at the upper figure of 12, and obferve what 
 places are exactly under the upper fengicircle of the 
 brazen meridian, for in them it is mid -day at the time 
 
INTRODUCTION. 2? 
 
 given. This "done, turn the globe till the index point 
 at the lower figure of 12, and thofe places that are 
 then in the lower femicircle of the meridian, in them 
 it is mid-night at the given time. 
 
 PROBLEM XII. 
 
 53. To find the true diftance, between any two given 
 f laces on the globs. 
 
 By laying the graduated edge of the quadrant of 
 altitude over both the places, the number of degrees 
 intercepted between them will be their true diftance 
 from each other, computing every degree at 604 En- 
 glifh, or American miles. 
 
 PROBLEM XIII. 
 
 54. When the month and day are given, together with 
 the place of the moon in the zodiac 9 and alfo her true /ati~ 
 tude ; to find thereby th$ exact hour when fhe /hall rife or ' 
 fef, and likewife her fouthmg, or coming to the meridian, 
 of the place. 
 
 Let the pole be elevated according to the latitude 
 of the given place, and find the fun's place in the eclip- 
 tic at that time and mark it, and alfo the moon's place 
 at the fame time ; bring the fun's place then to the bra- 
 zen meridian, fetting the index of the horary circle afc 
 noon ; then turn the globe till the moon's place fuccef- 
 fively meet with the eaflern and weftern fide of the ho- 
 rizon, as like wife the brazen meridian, and the index 
 will point exa&ly at the particular hours of her riling, 
 
 * 
 
PART I. 
 
 A COMPENDIOUS SYSTEM OF 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 rEOGRAPHY teacheth the knowledge of the 
 furface of the globe, as divided into land and water. 
 
 The land is divided into continents, iflands, penin- 
 fulas, c. 
 
 2. The waters that encompafs the earth are called 
 the ocean ; the three principal oceans are, the Atlantic, 
 contained between Europe and America ; the Indian 
 Ocean, 1} ing between the Eaft-Indies and Africa ; and 
 the Pacific, lying between Afia and America : the two 
 firft are reckoned to be three thoufand miles wide each> 
 and the laft ten thoufand. 
 
 liluflratlon of GEOGRAPHICAL Terms. 
 
 3. The whole body of the earth and fea is called the 
 Terraqueous Globe ; three iburths of which is water, 
 and one fourth land. The equator, commonly called 
 the Equinoctial Line, is a great circle, equally diftant 
 from the poles, and divides the globe into two equal 
 parts, called the northern and fouthern hemifpheres 
 the poles are two points on the furface of the terraque- 
 ous globe, and diametrically oppofite to each other, 
 denominated the north and fouth pok. 
 
 4. Latitude is the diilance of any particular p'ace, 
 fouth or north from the equator. The longitude of 
 any place, is the eait or weft diftance of its meridian, 
 from fome fixed meridian, where longitude is reckoned 
 to begin. A continent is a large trad of land, con- 
 taniing feveral countries, &c. An ifland is any quan- 
 tity of land (unrounded by water, A peninfula is a 
 
32 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 piece of land encompafTed by water, except on one Me, 
 where it is joined to the continent, or other land. 
 An ifthmus is a narrow neck of land, which joins a pe- 
 ninfula to the continent or other land. A promontory 
 is a point of land running out into the fea, the extre- 
 mely of which is called a cape. An ocean is a vaft 
 body of water ; a fea or gulph, a fmaller one. A lake 
 is a body of water, furrounded by land. A bay is a 
 part of the fea, contained between two fhores. A 
 ftrait is a narrow paflage, whereby feas, gulphs, &c. 
 communicate with the ocean. 
 
 GENERAL DESCRIPTION of the four quarters 
 of the GLOBE. 
 
 Difcovery, Peopling^ &c. 0/ AMERICA. 
 
 5. This vaft continent which is near two thoufand 
 miles longer than Europe and Africa taken together^ 
 was firft difcovered by the celebrated CHRISTOPHER. 
 COLUMBUS, a native of the Republic of Genoa in Italy, 
 in the year 1492. The great Columbus was the fir ft 
 man who formed the grand, and at that time aftonifh- 
 ing, defign of failing to the Eaft-Indies by taking a 
 weftern courfe. Being a man of exalted ideas, an able 
 navigator and an accurate mathematician ; he was ful- 
 ly convinced of the fpherical form of the earth ; this, 
 together with the accounts he had learned from thofe 
 travellers who had vifited India by land, or by way of 
 Egypt or the red fea, who informed him that its weft- 
 ern boundary was then unknown: from thefe circum- 
 fiances he concluded, that Afia either extended beyond 
 the Atlantic Ocean on the well ; or that there muft be 
 fome other vaft tract of land that bounded that ocean 
 to the weftward. 
 
 6. Columbus, fully perfuaded of the exigence of a 
 weftern continent, and anxious to put his favorite plan 
 
 'into actual pradice, applied repeatedly to the govern- 
 ment of his native country, the Senate of Genoa, the 
 courts of France, Portugal, England and Spain ; and 
 after fpending near eighteen years ia fruitless folicita- 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 33 
 
 tions at thefe refpective courts ; at length met with 
 the countenance of the famous Ifabella, then queen of 
 Spain and Caftile, who, to the perpetual honor of her 
 fex, even fold her jewels to defray the expences of the 
 intended expedition. 
 
 7. Three fmall veflels were then got ready for Co- 
 lumbus, and manned with about a hundred men, and 
 provifions fufficient for one year ; with thefe he failed 
 from Spain in the month of Auguft, 1492, upon the 
 mofl interefting and intrepid expedition ever underta- 
 ken by man ; and after failing upwards of thirty-three 
 days in unknown feas without difco-vcring land, his 
 men began to mutiny in defpair of ever finding any ; 
 and came to the defperate refolution of throwing Co- 
 lumbus overboard, or compelling him to return to 
 Spain. In this awful dilemma, he was compelled to 
 comply fo far with their felicitations, as to promife 
 them, that if they did not difcover land in three days 
 from that time, he would then direcl his courfe back 
 for Spain : but, to the inexpreffible joy of Columbus 
 and his men, they difcovered St. Salvadore, one of the 
 Bahama iflands, in lefs than three days. In this ex- 
 pedition Columbus difcovered the iflands of Hifpaniola 
 and Cuba, and afterwards returned to Spain. In a 
 fecond voyage he difcovered mod of the Weft-India 
 iilands ; and in a third) difcovered the continent of 
 South America. 
 
 8. North- America was difcovered by Cabot, a native 
 of England, in 1498. T.he firft fettiements in North- 
 America were made in Newfoundland and Canada, the 
 former by the Englifh, and the latter by the French. 
 Soon after the difcovery of America by Columbus, - 
 Ainericiis Vefpafius y a native of Florence, made a 
 voyage to the fouthern continent of America, and how- 
 ever unwarrantable, had the honor of giving name to 
 the new world ; which was only due to the memory of 
 its illudrious difcoverer. 
 
 9. " * It is an old obfervation of Solomon, " He 
 
 *Jv Bclknaf 9 D. D. author of American 
 
34 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 that increafeth knowledge increafeth forrow." This 
 may juftly be applied to the enlargement of fcience, 
 \vhich is made by the difcovery of America. The field 
 is extended, but difficulties have arifen which are ilot 
 yet folved. Though we have learned more of the 
 works of creation and providence than was known to 
 preceding ages, yet we find that there is (till more be- 
 hind the curtain. 
 
 10. " Among thefe difficulties we may reckon the 
 quertion, whence was America peopled ? For three cen- 
 turies this has been a fubjedt of debate among the learn- 
 ed ; and it is amufmg, to fee how national prejudice 
 has become involved with philofophical difquifition, in 
 the attempts which have been made to folve the queftion, 
 The claims of Hanno the Carthaginian, of IVladoc the 
 Welchman, of the feven bifhops of Spain, and the ten 
 tribes of Ifrael, have had their feveral advocates ; and 
 after all, the claim of the fix nations is as well founded 
 as any, that their anceftors fprung like trees out of 
 the foil. The true philofopher will treat them all with 
 indifference, and will fufpend his judgment till he has 
 better information than any which has yet appeared," 
 
 We will venture the following hypothecs, refpecl> 
 ing the peopling of America, which is perhaps as well 
 founded as any that have gone btfore it. 
 
 11. Hiftory informs us, that Noah fettled in Arrne* 
 ma, in Alia, after the deluge ; and being difguited 
 \vith the profligacy of his immediate defcendants, he 
 and feveral of hk favorites left them, and travelled 
 as far as China, to tlie eaft ward ; and we are creditably- 
 informed by hiftorians, that there is a great probability 
 that Noah was the celebrated Confucius of the Chinefe. 
 
 12. If we admit that the old patriarch and his aflfo- 
 ciates, travelled as far as China to the eaft ward j may 
 \ve not likewife luppojfe, that fome of his ent' rpriiing 
 and roving defcendants travelled nearly the fame dif- 
 tance to the weftward ; which would bring them to 
 fome part of North-America ; fay Labrador, where the 
 two, continents of Afia and America are fuppofed to 
 unite, That America, was peopled by the immediate 
 
GEOGRAPHY* 35 
 
 defendants of Noah, foon after the confufion of lan- 
 guages, at the tower of Babel, is fully corroborated, 
 by the following fads, namely, that the Spaniards, 
 upon their firft landing in this country, found feveral 
 nations of the aborigines of America, poflefled of cer- 
 tain traditions refpecting the general deluge, the build- 
 ing of the Tower of Babel, the confufion of languages, 
 &c. This together with the multiplicity of dialedts 
 fpoken by the aborigines of America (none of which, 
 as fome authors relate, have the lead analogy to each 
 other) tends to convince us that this ftrange diverfity 
 of incongruous tongues, originated at the general con* 
 fufion of languages at the tower of Babel. 
 
 13. If we admit, that the aborigines of America, 
 were the immediate defendants of Noah, the difficul- 
 tfes refpeding the late difcovery of the remains of re- 
 gular fortifications and bulwarks in theAmerican forefts 
 will evidently vanifh, as, they may with the greateft 
 propriety be afcribed to the enterpriiing oiFspring of 
 Noah. It is quite probable, that the original conftruft- 
 ors of thefe ancient ftru&ures, were fome of the build- 
 ers of the famous Toiusr of Babel, or their immediate 
 defeendants. 
 
 With regard to the migration, or tranfportation of 
 quadrupeds, from the eaftern to the weftern continent, 
 that difficulty might be readily folved ; but the limits 
 of the prefent plan will not admit of our entering into 
 any farther difquifition on this fubjecl: at prefent. 
 
 14. America is fituated between eighty degrees north, 
 and fifty-fix degrees fouth latitude ; and between thir- 
 ty-five and one hundred and thirty-fix degrees of weft- 
 ern longitude from London. It is reckoned to be 
 ebout nine thouland miles in length, and three thou- 
 fand feven hundred in breadth Being bounded on the 
 eaft by the Atlantic Ocean, which feparates it from 
 ^Europe and Africa ; on the weft and fouth by the Pa- 
 cific Ocean, which divides it from Afia. Its northern 
 boundary is unknown, being thought to extend to the 
 north pole. 
 
 15. America enjoys all the advantages of the o.her 
 
36 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 three quarters of the globe ; being in general extreme- 
 ly fruitful and well ^vatered, with fome of the largeft 
 rivers and lakes in the world. This weftern continent 
 is divided into two parts, namely, North and South 
 .America by the ifthmus of Darien, which is a neck 
 of land about iixty miles wide. 
 
 Or EUROPE. 
 
 16. Europe is fituated between the tenth degree 
 \veft, and the fixty-fifth degree eaft longitude from 
 London ; and between the thirty-fixth and feventy- 
 fecond degrees of north latitude : being bounded on 
 the north by the Frozen Ocean ; on the ,eaft by Alia ; 
 on the Couth by the Mediterranean Sea, which Cepa- 
 rates it from Africa ; and on the weft by the Atlantic 
 Ocean, which divides it from America. It is three 
 thoufand miles long, and two thoufand five hundred 
 wide, and contains three empires, Ceventeen kingdoms, 
 and three confiderable republics. 
 
 17. It is generally believed, that Europe was peo- 
 pled foon after the flood, by the pofterity of J&fhet, 
 the third Con of Noah ; who came over the Hellespont 
 from Afia minor, into Greece. 
 
 Tho Europe is the fmalleft of the four quarters of 
 the globe ; it is in many refpecls Cuperior to any of 
 the other three, particularly in regard to the beauty, 
 courage, ingenuity and wiCdom of its inhabitants, 
 and efpecially the fan&ity of their religion. 
 
 Or ASIA. 
 
 1 8. This quarter of the world is famous for the 
 many remarkable events that have happened in it. 
 Here the firft man and woman (Adam and Eve) were 
 formed. It was here alfo, that Noah and his family 
 fir ft fettled after the deluge. Here God placed his 
 once peculiar and highly favore! people, the Hebrews. 
 In Afia alfo, the gracious and miraculous work of our 
 redemption was accompli Ihed by our blefled Redeemer. 
 It was from hence that the light of the glorious gof- 
 
GEOGRAPHY, 37 
 
 pel was carried into all the then known nations of the 
 world, by the difciples and followers of our Savior. 
 In Afia the nrft empire was founded by Nimrod, firlt 
 king of Babylon, and great grand fon of Noah. 
 
 19. This country is famous, for the richnefs of its 
 foil, the falubrity of its air, the delicioufnefs of its 
 fruits, the vaft quantity, beauty, variety and value of 
 its gems, &c. The inhabitants of Aiia, efpecially the 
 ftates of Greece, were cnce fatuous for arms, arts and. 
 fcience : but are now defpicably degenerated ; being 
 remarkably ignorant, fuperftitious, and effeminate 
 Such is the fatal concomitants of defpotic govern- 
 ments ! It is earnelHy to be wifhed, that the noble 
 and patriotic fpirit of their intrepid anceftors, may 
 roufe them once more to endeavor to reclaim their na- 
 tural rights. 
 
 Let us for the prefent forget the wretched fituatioti 
 of fo many millions of the human fpecies, that groan 
 under the oppreffive yoke of arbitrary power, in Aiia 
 and elfewhere; and heartily congratulate the brave 
 fons of 6W//V?, in their prefent noble and fuccefsiul ef- 
 forts in the caufe of univerfal liberty ! 
 
 20. May we not hail the happy period (that is fad 
 approaching 1 ) when, all local prejudices (hall vanilli^ 
 before the refulgent blaze of univerfal knowledge ! - - 
 ivhsrij all religious animofity fhall ceafe ; and every 
 man fhall enjoy the facred privilege of following that 
 manner of worfhip, which he deems molt acceptable 
 to the deity ! when, nations fliall only emulate with 
 each other, in acts of mutual friendfhip and benevo- 
 lence ! when, fociety fhall reject all abftird titles of 
 diftinction ; and virtue, talents, and patriotifm, fhall 
 only entitle men to places of public milt and honor ! 
 whin, all the defendants of Adam, fhall enjoy the 
 rights of man, Whether their hue be white, brown, or 
 black, and general happinefs, liberty, and equality, 
 fhall pervade the whole human fpeties ! 
 
 2T. Afia is a confiderable deal larger than Europe 
 or Africa - f being four thoufand eight hundred miles ia 
 D 
 
$3 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 length, and foifr thoufand three hundred in breadth. 
 Jt is bounded on the north by the Frozen Ocean ; on 
 tke eaft by the Pacific, which divides it from America ; 
 on the weft by Europe, the Mediterranean Sea, &c. 
 and on the fouth by the Indian Ocean, which feparates 
 it : rom Africa. 
 
 OF AFRICA. 
 
 22. Africa is the largeft peninfula in the world ; 
 being four thoufand three hundred miles in length, and 
 three thoufand eight hundred in breadth This quar- 
 ter of the world is encompafTed on all fides by the fea, 
 except on the eaft, where it is joined to Afia, by the 
 ifthmus of Suez, a neck of land faid to be about fixty 
 miles wide. 
 
 23 The Europeans are acqusintedwith but very little 
 of this country, except along the fca coaft. The foil 
 in fome places is extremely fruitful, and' in others quite 
 a defart. The principal rivers in Africa, are the fa- 
 mous river 7V//V, and Senegal ; the former running 
 through it from fouth to north. This country abounds 
 V/lth cattle, camels, lions, tigers, c. A fmall feed, 
 gathered from the top of an 'herb 'found here, produces 
 a deadly poifon ; the tenth part of a grain of which, 
 kills a man immediately. 
 
 A general Description of the UNITED STATES of 
 AMERICA. 
 
 24. This part of North- America was firft fettled by 
 the Englilh, about one hundred and eighty years ago, 
 \vho remained mafters of it until 1774, when the Bri- 
 tifli parliament pafied an aft, laying certain duties on 
 all teas, &c. imported into America ; and declared 
 their right of taxing the colonies in all cafes whatfo- 
 ever : this the Americans coniidered as a grievance, 
 and being apprehenfive that it was only a prelude to 
 other encroachments upon their liberty, declared 
 themfelves independent of Great-Britain on the fourth 
 of july, 1776, under the title of the Thirteen United 
 &Kin of 'America. 
 
GEOGRAPHY, 39 
 
 25. EXTENT and BOUNDARY.] Thefe ftates extend 
 upwards of twelve hundred miles in length, and about 
 one thoufand in breadth ; bounded on the north by 
 the Britim territory of Canada and the weftern Lakes ; 
 on the fouth by the Floridas and the river St. Mary j 
 eaft, by the Atlantic Ocean and Nova-Scotia ; and on 
 the weft by the river MiffiGppi, 
 
 26. PRODUCE.] Small grain of all kinds, Indian 
 corn, tobacco, cotton, indigo, hemp, flax, timber of 
 various kinds; mines of iron, copper, coals, lead, &c. 
 cattle, fheep,* venifon of various kinds ; fifh, fowl> 
 fruits, vegetables, :c. all in great abundance. 
 
 27. MANUFACTURES.] Naval rtores, powder, can- 
 non, and fmall arms ; iron utenfils of various kinds, 
 tar, turpentine, pot and pearl afhes, linen, woollens, 
 cottons, potteries, paper, glafs, maple fugar, &c. 
 
 28. RIVERS.] The largeft rivers in the United 
 States, are the JMiffiiippi and the Ohio ; the former is 
 faid to be above three thoufand miles long, and the 
 latter upwards of one thoufand. 
 
 - 29. CAPITAL CITIES.] The moft populous cities in 
 the United States are, Philadelphia, New-York, Bof- 
 ton, Charleston (S. C.) and Baltimore : the firft men- 
 tioned of which is the prefent feat of the federal go* 
 vernment, and is fituated on the banks of the river 
 Delaware, about one hundred and twenty miles from 
 the ocean. 
 
 30. GOVERNMENT, &c.] The government here is 
 democratical The executive and legiflative officers of 
 the federal union conflll of a Preiident, VicePrefident,* 
 a Senate and Houfe of Reprefentatives The Prefident 
 and Vice- Prefident are elecled for four years, the Se- 
 nators for fix, and the Reprefentatives for two. 
 
 31. The judicial power in the United States is vefted 
 in a chief judge, ,e atlbciate judges, and an attorney 
 
 The 'Vks-Prefid.jii is Irefidtnt of the Senate, and 
 in csife of the remwal of '/& Prep dent of the Un;tcd States 
 from ojfict, by dtath, refgnatioH, or Qthenvtfc, the frs~ 
 fidentjhip devolves upon him* 
 
4* GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 general ; together with fixteen diftricl judges, and an 
 attorney and marfhall for each diftricl. The fiates 
 individually have their legiflature, executive and ju- 
 dicial departments, and retain every power of an in- 
 dependent republic, or fovereignty ; except fo much 
 thereof as is delegated to the general Congrefs of the 
 Federal Government. 
 
 32. The United States are excelled by no country 
 upon earth, in regard to the fertility of its foil the 
 number and (ize of its rivers, bays, lakes, mountains, 
 &c.* The Proteftant is th.e prevalent religion thro'- 
 out the United States all feds and denominations 
 enjoy the freedom of following that manner of wor- 
 ihip which to them feems moft acceptable to the deity. 
 
 Of tke Eaftcrn^. or NEW-ENGLAND STATES. 
 
 33. The dates of New-Hampfliire, Maflachufetts, 
 Rhode- Iflancl, and Connecticut, go by the general ap- 
 pellation of New-England They are five hundred and 
 iifty miles in length, and two hundred in breadth ; 
 bounded on the weft and north by Canada and the (late 
 of New-York; on the north-eaft by the Britifh terri- 
 tory of Nova-Scotia ; and on the fouth by the Atlantic 
 Ocean and the Sound, which feparates it from Long- 
 Jfland. 
 
 34. This part of the United States was firft fettled 
 in the year 1620, by a company of intrepid adventur* 
 ers, who emigrated hither from Old England, on 
 account of religious pcrfecution. 
 
 NEW-HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 35. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, CHIEF TOWNS, &c.] 
 Length about two hundred miles, breadth one hundred 
 
 * A particular defcript ion ofthejc natural productions 
 would prove too long for the prefint pla?i ; thi principal 
 tbjtfi of which is, to give youth foitie general ideas oj the 
 outline j of Geography y and particularly that of their own 
 /fates, and to ferve by way of a remsmbrancGr to iktw 
 after leaving fchool. 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 4 X 
 
 and fixty ? bounded on the north by Canada ; on the 
 eait by the Province of Main and the Atlantic ; on the 
 fouih by MafTachufetts i and on the weft by Connecti- 
 cut river The principal town here is Porifmouth, 
 latitude 43 10' north, longitude 70 20'. weft; con* 
 taining about five thoufand inhabitants. 
 
 36. RIVERS, SOIL, &c.] The mod confiderable ri- 
 vers are Pifcataque and Merrimack. The' lower part 
 of this (late is a level country, the upper part is broken 
 and mountainous; but in general fertile, producing 
 Indian corn/ rye, fruits, vegetables, good pafturage, 
 cattle, horfes, fheep, &c. in great abundance. 
 
 37. Of the many feminaries in this ftate, Dartmouth 
 college at Hanover, is the principal, and is at prefent 
 in a flounming (late. This ftate contains upwards of 
 one hundred thousand inhabitants. 
 
 38. CLIMATE.] The air here is very falubrious, 
 and though the inhabitants experience the extremes of 
 lieat and cold in their feafon, yet it is thought that 
 few people on earth enjoy a greater degree of health 
 than thofe of New-Hampfhire and iNew-England ia 
 general. 
 
 to' 
 
 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 39. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, CHIEF TOWNS, &c.}- 
 Length, one hundred and fifty miles (exclufive of the 
 territory of Main) breadth fixty-five ; bounded on the 
 north by New-ITampfliire and the (late of Vermont; 
 by the ftate of New- York on the weft ; by Connecticut 
 and Rhode-Ifland on the fouth ; and by the Atlantic 
 Ocean on the eaft ; chief town, Bofton, containing 
 eighteen thoufand inhabitants ; latitude 42 24' north, 
 longitude 71 weft ; diftance two thoufand feven.. hun- 
 dred miles weft from London. 
 
 40. RIVERS and ISLANDS.] Of the many rivers that 
 run through this ftate, the molt confiderable are, 
 Taunton, Charles, DeerneU, Kenneb^ck, &c. 
 
 To this commonwealth belong the iftands of Nai> 
 tucket ; Kappawack, Martha's Vineyard; &c* 
 D a 
 
42 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 41. This (late exports annually, vad quantities of 
 fifh, oil, lumber, pot-afh, &c. The univerfity at Cam- 
 bridge, a few nrles from Bodon, is the olded feminary 
 in the' United States : it is faid to be at prefent in a 
 flourifhing (late. The inhabitants of Mailacbufetts, 
 amount to near three hundred and feventy thoufand. 
 
 To this (late belongs the extenfive territory of Main; 
 which is about to be ere&ed into an independent (late. 
 
 42. CHARACTER.] The inhabitants of this and the 
 other New-England dates are a humane, indudrious, 
 and enterprifing race of people ; many of whom have 
 a great turn to maritime matters ; tlu New- England 
 failors are generally allowed to be as a&ive aud hardy 
 a race of men as any in the world.' 
 
 RHODE-ISLAND. 
 
 45. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, &c.] Length fixty miles, 
 breadth forty ; bounded on the north and ead by the 
 Hate of Maflachufetts ; on the fouth by the Atlantic ; 
 and on the weft by Connecticut. Chief towns, Provi- 
 dence and Newport; the latter is fituated in 41 35' 
 north latitude, and contains near 6000 inhabitants. 
 
 44. ISLANDS, SOIL, &c.] There are feveral final! 
 iilands belonging to this (late, the mod coofiderable of 
 which is Rhode- idand, on which Newport is fituated. 
 This ifland is famous for the ialubrity of its air, and 
 the exceeding fertility -of its foil ; it is about thirteen, 
 miles in length, and four in breadth. The productions 
 here are the fame with thofe of the adjacent dates. 
 
 CONNECTICUT. 
 
 45. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, &c.] Length eighty 
 jniles, breadth fixty ; bounded on the north by Mafla- 
 chufetts ; on the eaft by Rhode-Ifland ; on the fouth 
 and wed by the Sound and the date of New- York. 
 The principal cities in this date are, Hartford, New- 
 Haven, and New-London ; the two former are alter- 
 nately tUe feat of government. New- London is (Ita- 
 ated in north latitude 41 35', \veft longitude 72 5 a 7 , 
 
GEOGRAPHT, 45 
 
 diftance two tlioufand eight hundred miles weft from 
 London. 
 
 46. RIVERS.] The mod confiderable rivers in this 
 ftate arej Connecticut, and Oufatonic. 
 
 47. CLIMATE, &c.] The air here is exceedingly falu- 
 bfious ; the land is fomewhat broken and mountainous, 
 but in many places fertile, producing all things com- 
 mon to the adjacent ftates. The inhabitants of Con- 
 necYicut, in general, are a Juimane, induftrious people, 
 particularly the females, whofe induftry and frugality 
 are well worthy the imitation of all the ypung ladies 
 in the union. 
 
 48. There are feveral excellent literary inftitutions 
 in this ftate, the principal of which is Yale-College, 
 \vhich has produced as many eminent literary charac- 
 ters as any feminary of its ftze in Europe or America. 
 The number of inhabitants in this ftate, at prefent, 
 amount to near two hundred and twenty thoufand. 
 
 NEW-YORK. 
 
 49. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, &c.] Length about three 
 hundred and iifty miles, breadth three hundred ; bound- 
 ed on the north by Canada ; on the fouth and eaft by 
 the Atlantic Oc y ean, and the ftates of Connecticut, 
 Mafliichufetts, and Vermont ; on the northweft by the 
 river St. Lawrence, Lake Ontario, &c. on the fouth- 
 weft by the dates of New-jerfey and Pennfylvania. 
 
 50. The city of New-York, is the metropolis of 
 this ftate, fituated on the fouth end of York iiland ; 
 and, with regard to the elegance of its buildings, its 
 convenience for trade, and the politenefs and hofpital- 
 ity of its inhabitants, is excelled perhaps by nacity of 
 its fize, in ^urope or America : it contains about thirty 
 thoufand inhabitants ; and lies in 40 40' of north lat- 
 itude, and 74 western longitude ; diftance two thou- 
 fand eight hundred and forty Tniles weft from London, 
 Albany, and I T udfon, on the banks t/f Hudfon's River, 
 are flonrifhing cities ; the former is laid to be the 
 Ideft towa in North-America : the other towns ar 
 
44 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Poughkeepfie, Scheneclady, Kingfton, and Lanfing- 
 burgh. The vaft improvements carried on at prefenr, 
 in ti.e weftern parts of this ftate, will greatly enhance 
 the value of lands here, in a few years. 
 
 51. ISLANDS, RIVERS, c.] To this (late belong 
 Long Ifland, which is about one hundred and fifty miles 
 in length, and near fifteen in breadth in fome places j 
 Staten-ifland, length fifteen miies, breadth feven ; 
 Yar^ Ifland (on which the city of New-York is fitua- 
 ted) being fifteen miles long and about three wide. 
 
 52. Principal rivers, the fluclfon (or North -River) 
 and the Mohawk ; the former is navigable to Albany 
 (which is 1 60 miles) for veill j 3s of near one hundred 
 tons ; on the Mohawk river is a remarkable cataract, 
 known by the name of the Cohoes, where the water 
 falls down feventy feet perpendicular : here the river 
 is laid to be fonie hundred yards wide. 
 
 There are feveral lakes within the boundaries of this 
 ftate, the molt confiderable cf which are Oneida, and 
 Chatoque. 
 
 53. Literature is in as flourifiiing a condition here, 
 at prefent, as in any (late in the union ; there r*? fc- 
 veral academies ami refpeclable grammar and IvngHfh 
 fchools in this ftate. The principal feminary in this 
 ftate is Columbia College, which is at prefent, in a 
 flouriming ftate ; the president and profcffors of which 
 are men of reputation and approved abilities. 
 
 54. New- York was firft fettled by the Dutch (about 
 one hundred and (events-fix years 22,0 N s \vho remained 
 mafters of it unti] they exchanged it with the EngliHi 
 for Surinam, in 1667. 
 
 55. PRODUCE.] Indian corn, wheat, rye, buck- 
 wheat, barley, hemp, flax, fruits, and vegetables in 
 great variety and abundance. This ftare contains near 
 two hundred and fixty thoufand inhabitants. 
 
 56. The following is extracted from Dr. Mitchell's 
 remarks upon the climate of New- York. 
 
 " The ftate of New- York lies between the fortieth 
 and forty -fifth degrees of north latitude ; and on com- 
 paring it upon the globe ; with the parts of Europe 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 43 
 
 fituated between the fame parellels, a ftranger might 
 be led to conjecture that its climate refembled that of 
 the country between Naples and Venice, or Oporto 
 and Bourdeaux yet there is undoubtedly a conlidera- 
 ble difference ; fince it has been long known, that the 
 temp "atures of countries are to be eitimated, not 
 v\r j by their diftance from the equator, but alfo by 
 their remotenefs from the margin and level of the 
 Ocean. 
 
 57. " On Long-Tfland, Indian corn is planted after 
 the beginning, or about the middle of May : and the 
 new crop is fit for grinding in one hundred and fifty 
 days ; but the fame kind of grain,, brought from No- 
 va-Scotia, grows here to maturity in ninety-fix days ; 
 while that imported from Carolina, does not ripen in 
 lefs than one hundred and ninety. Buckwheat grow* 
 from the feed to perfection, in eighty-four days. 
 
 58. " Froft commonly occurs in every month of the 
 year, excepting June, Ju'.y, and Auguft ; and has hap- 
 pened even in june and Auguft. It comes frequently 
 about the id of September ; and 1 remember that on 
 the 4th of fcay I 774, a confiderable quantity of fnowr 
 fell. In the fpring, the bioflbms of peach, apple, and 
 other fruit trees and the fprouring foliage of other 
 plants, are often hurt by it ; yet itisnot uiiiverfal over 
 the face of the country ; but from caufcs, which I do 
 not fully comprehend, prevails in low lands, valleys 
 and plains. Droughts of fix or eight weeks continu- 
 ance. fometimes parch us ; and again rain falls to the 
 depth of five or fix inches on a level in four hours. 
 
 59 " vVinds are very variable. The fea breezes, 
 which blow from the fouth, are exceedingly regular ; 
 they are our cooled in fummer^and warm^t in winter. 
 In winter the north weft winds are the moil: boifterous 
 and piei'cing ; though the hortheaft are generally at- 
 atended with ftormsof fnow and fleet.'* 
 
 NEW-JERSEY. 
 
 60. EXTFNT BOUNDARY, &c.] Length one hun- 
 dred and ftxty miles ; breadth fixty ; bounded on th 
 
46 GEOGRAPHY, 
 
 eaft, and fouth, by the Atlantic Ocean ; on the weft 
 by the river and bay of Delaware ; on the north by the 
 Hudfon. 
 
 The moft populous town in this (late is Trenton, 
 which is the ieat of government, (ituated in 40 20' 
 north latitude, and 74 50' welt longitude, from 
 London. 
 
 6 1 The other tovvrs here, are Burlington, Brunf- 
 V'ick, Newark, and Elizabeth-Town. iNaifau College, 
 at Princeton, is a refpecrable fjiniuary, feveta) diftin- 
 guifhed and literary characters have been educated at 
 it. 
 
 The exports of this (late, are flour, provifions, iron, 
 fkx feed, &c. New-Jerfey, was firft fetrled in the year 
 lixteen- hundred and fourteen, by a colony from Swe- 
 tlen, anci ibme butch fet tiers from the (late of New- 
 York. 
 
 The climate, foil, and exports of this (late, are 
 nearly the fame with the reft of the middle dates* 
 The inhftitants here are computed to be about one 
 hundred and fix ty thoufand. 
 
 62. RIVERS.] fhe moft considerable rivers in thia 
 ft'te are the Raritan, the K-akkenfack, and Pailaic: 
 on the lalt mentioned is a remarkable Lataradt, where 
 the water falls down a rock about feventy feet perpen* 
 dicular. 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 6?. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, &c.] Length about thres 
 hundred miles, breadth one hundred and fixty ; bound- 
 ed on the call by the Delaware River; on the north 
 by the (late of New- York ;, on the fouth by Maryland 
 and Delaware dates ; and on the fouth weft by Vir. 
 ginia. Capital city, Philadelphia, ***tpntaining abou^ 
 
 * This beautiful and fio 'rijbing city, experienced an 
 awfulvicifjit'iide fom? months a?o, by the p, tvalsncy of a 
 drc r-dfui dij order, commonly called the yellow f ever ) which 
 carr icii ojf upwar&s of jour thoufand oj its inhabitants^ in 
 
 aboii t two 7/,GLt/'i ; avion,? whom were fovsral c? i -tnent 
 
 o J.A 
 
 and nfeful citizens j -it has however, for ferns Months fa ft 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 47 
 
 fifty thoufand inhabitants ; north latitude 39 57-', 
 and weft . Jongitude 75 10', diitance two thoufand 
 ei^ht^ hundred and fixty miles fouth 'weft from London. 
 
 64. The other towns in this (late, are Lancaiter, 
 German town, York- Town, Carlifle, Pittfburgh, c. 
 There is an unlveriity and a college at Philadelphia, 
 and feverai other excellent literary inftitutions, among 
 which may be reckoned the friends public grammar 
 fchool : which is one of the oldeft feminaries in the 
 United States, and in regard to reg ; arity and folid 
 learning, is inferior to none of its fize on the con- 
 tinent. 
 
 This (tate was nril fettled,, abont the year 1682, by 
 William Penn, a diitinguiflied ciiarader of the people 
 called Friends, or Quakers. And at preient contains 
 upwards of three hundred and fixty thoufand inha- 
 bitants. 
 
 65. RIVERS.] The principal rivers are, Delaware 
 (on the banks of which Philadelphia ftands) the Skuyl- 
 kill and Sufquehannah. 
 
 66. CLIMATE.] Whether we confider Pennfylvania 
 withjrefpeA toihe falabrity of its air, the fertility of 
 its foil, or the liberal encouragement given here to 
 literature, agriculture, and manufactures, it is excel- 
 led by none of the United States. 
 
 67. PRODUCE.] The produce of this is much the fame 
 \vith the neighboring ftates, viz. Indian corn, fmall 
 grain of various kinds, hemp, flax, fruits vegeta- 
 bles, &c. 
 
 DELAWARE. 
 
 68. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, &c.l Length ninety- five 
 .miles, breadth about twenty ; bounded on the north 
 
 by Pennfylvania ; on the eatt by the river and bay of 
 Delaware ; on the fouth and weit by Mar) land : chief 
 
 rcfinned its former prefperity, and whtitwer the invidious 
 misinformed, ruiiy think, t is ihs candid opinion of the 
 tijt informed people, that i hiuufuphia is as fafe from a 
 relapfe of the tqte difoidcr as a;iy oihtr town nfon the 
 continent. 
 
4$ GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 towns, Wilmington and Dover; the latter is the feat 
 of government, but Wilmington is the moft populous, 
 and fltuated in north latitude 39 40' and well lon- 
 gitude 75 
 
 69. The face of the country here, and I'kewife the - 
 foil and product ions, are much the fame as thofe of 
 the adjoining ftates. 
 
 This ftate was fettled fome years prior to Pennfyl- 
 vania. The inhabitants "amount to near 40,000. 
 
 MARYLAND. 
 
 70. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, &c.j Length one hun- 
 dred and forty miles, breadth one hundred and ten 5 
 bounded on the north by the commonwealth of Penn- 
 fylvania ; on the eaft by the ftate of Delaware ; on 
 the fouth and weft by the Atlantic Ocean and Virginia : 
 chief towns, Annappolis and Baltimore, the latter of 
 \vhichisthemoft populous and flouriihing ; and con- 
 tains about fifteen thoufand inhabitants, many of whom 
 are inferior to no citizens in the union with regard to 
 commercial enterprife, patriotifm, and hofpitality. 
 Annappolis is the feat of government, .fituated in 39 
 20' north latitude, and in 76 55' weftern longitude, 
 diftance two thoufand nine hundred miles weft from 
 London. 
 
 71. CLIMATE, &c.] The land here is generally 
 level, and the air fereneand healthy. 
 
 Produce Indian corn, wheat, hemp, flax, fruits, 
 vegetables, &c. 
 
 This ftate was fettled about one hundred and fifty- 
 years ago, by Lord Baltimore, a native of Ireland, 
 who brought out with him a number of his country- 
 , men. 
 
 VIRGINIA. 
 
 72. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, c.] Length feven hun- 
 dred and fifty miles, breadth two hundred and thirty ; 
 bounded by Maryland and Pennfylvania on the north ; 
 by the Atlantic Ocean on the ea(t : by North-Caroli- 
 na on the fouth ; and by the river Miffifippi ou the weft ,' 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 49 
 
 chief towns Richmond and William {burg, the former 
 is the feat of government of late years : Williamfburg 
 is fituated in 37 30' north latitude, and in 76 40' 
 weftern longitude. Norfolk is the moft populous town 
 in this ftate, and carries on a very confiderable trade. 
 
 73. RIVERS.] No Hate in the union (nor perhaps 
 any part of the world of its iize) is equal to this for 
 inland navigation ; the moft confiderable rivers here,, 
 are the Potowmack, James, Rappahannock, and 
 York River. 
 
 This (late abounds with natural curiofities, fuch as 
 caverns, cataracts, and fpr ings (fome of which poflefs 
 rare and medicinal virtues) a particular defcription of 
 which cannot be given here, confident with the brevity 
 of our prefent plan. 
 
 74. CLIMATE, &c.] This extenfive territory com- 
 prehends various climates ; the air in general is fe- 
 rene and healthy, particularly in the upper parts of 
 the ftate. 
 
 75. PRODUCTIONS, &c.] Indian corn, wheat, rice, 
 tobacco, indigo, cotton, hemp, flax, fruits, vegeta- 
 bles, &c. 
 
 William and Mary college, at William (burg, is 
 the principal feminary in this ftate. Virginia was 
 fettled in 1606. And contains near four hundred 
 thoufand, white inhabitants, befides -upwards of two 
 ^hundred thoufand Africans. 
 
 76 CHARACTER.] The Virginians are generally 
 allowed to be a polite, humane, and hofpitable people. 
 
 Virginia was fettled fome years previous to any of 
 the Thirteen States. 
 
 NORTH-CAROLINA. 
 
 77- EXTENT,. BOUNDARY, &c.] Length feven hun- 
 dred and forty miles, breadth one hundred ; boundel 
 on the north by Virginia ; on the eaft by the Atlantic; 
 on the fouth by the (late of South-Carolina and Geor- 
 gia : and on the weft by the Miflifippi ; the moft con- 
 considerable town in this ftate is Newbera, 
 E 
 
5* GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 78. RIVERS, c.] Of the many rivers in this (late, 
 the mod confiderable are Cape- Fear, TennefTee, and 
 Roanoke. The produce, foil, &c. here, is much the 
 fame with the adjacent dates. 
 
 SOUTH-CAROLINA. 
 
 79. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, &c.] Length two hundred 
 miles, breadth one hundred and thirty ; bounded on 
 the north by the ftate of North-Carolina ; on the etft , 
 by the Atlantic ; by Georgia on the fouth. Its weft- 
 crn boundary is not exactly known. 
 
 The metropolis of this ftate is Charlefton, contain- 
 ing upwards of ten thoufand white inhabitants befides 
 blacks ; latitude 32 45' north, and 79 10' weftern 
 longitude, dillance three thoufand miles fouth weft 
 from London. 
 
 80. CLIMATE.] Along the fea coaft in this and the 
 fouthern ftates, in general, the air is fomewhat un- 
 healthy, particularly in the fummer feafon ; but in the 
 back parts quite ferene and falutary. 
 
 81. RIVERS, &c.] The principal rivers in this ftate 
 are, Santee, Pedee, Edifton, and Broad River. 
 
 82. PRODUCE.] Wheat, rice, barley, Indian corn, 
 tobacco, cotton, indigo, hemp, flax, fruits, vegetables, 
 &c. 
 
 8q. CHARACTER.] In regard to the politenefs, hof- 
 pitality, and wealth of its inhabitants, this ftate is-: 
 inferior to none in the union. 
 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 84. EXTENT, BOUNDARY, c.] Length fix hundred 
 niiles. breadth two hundred and fifty ; bounded by S. 
 Carolina on the north ; by the Atlantic Ocean on the 
 eaft ; by the Floridas on the fouth, and on the weft by 
 the MimTippi. 
 
 85. CHIEF TOWNS.] Principal towns, Savannah 
 and Augufta ; the latter is a flourilhing inland town, 
 and is the prefent feat of government; Savannah, the 
 former capital of this ftate, is fituated in 32 nprth 
 latitude^ and in 81 10' weftern longitude. 
 
GEOGRAPHY. $r 
 
 86. RIVERS.] The principal rivers in this ftate are, 
 the Savannah and Alatarnaha. 
 
 87. CLIMATE, &c.] The climate, foil, productions, 
 &c. of this ftate, are fimilar to thofe of South-Carolina, 
 
 S8. Georgia is the mod fouthern ,and latefl: fettled 
 ftate in the union, it being but about fixty years fines 
 the firft fettlement was made here. 
 
 VERMONT. 
 
 89. This ftate makes the fourteenth pillar of tha 
 Union, having lately adopted the federal conftitution. 
 
 QO. EXTENT and BOUNDARY.] Length one hundred 
 and fixty miles, breadth about fixty ; bounded on the 
 north by the Britifh territory of Canada ; on the eaft 
 by Connecticut river ; on the fouth by the common- 
 wealth of Maifachufetts, and on the \yeft by the ftate 
 of New- York. 
 
 91. The foil, and productions here, are much the 
 fame as the adjacent ftates. This ftate abounds with 
 fmall rivers, lakes, &c. The chief town here, is Ben* 
 nington, fituated in 43 15' north latitude, and 75 
 20' weftern longitude, from London. The ftate of 
 Vermont is faid to contain near one hundred thoufand 
 inhabitants. 
 
 KENTUCKY. 
 
 92. This territory was formerly a part of the ftate 
 ef Virginia, but is now erected into an independent 
 ftate, and as filch was admitted into the Federal Union 
 (on the firft day of June, 1792; by the name and ftiie 
 of the ftate of Kentucky. 
 
 93. EXTENT and BOUNDARY.] Length two hundred 
 and fixty miles, breadth about two hundred ; bounded 
 on the north and weft by the rivers Ohio and Cumber- 
 land ; and on the fouth and eaft by the ftate of North- 
 Carolina. 
 
 94. CLIMATE, &c.] The climate here is ferene and 
 healthy, and the foil extremely fertile : gentlemen of 
 veracity (who have been there) affirm, that it will 
 yield from (eventy-five to one hundred buflicls of In- 
 
52 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 cHan corn to an acre, and from twenty-five to thirty 
 bufhels of wheat or other fmaJl grain, to an acre. 
 
 This ibte contains, at prefent, about one hundred 
 thoufand inhabitants, tho fettled but a few years ago t 
 
 Of the WESTERN TERRITORY. 
 
 95. The United States poflefs an extenfive territo- 
 ry, fituated north weft of the Ohio, which, for fVrti- 
 lity-of foil, and inland navigation, is inferior to no 
 country upon earth j being watered by the gj-eat river I 
 IVliflifippi (which forms its wetter n boundary) the I 
 Ohio, and feveral other valuable rivers. 
 
 96. This Weftern Territory (which contains more ' 
 fquare miles than Great-Britain and France taken to- 
 gether) has lately been erected by Congrefs into ten 
 Independent States,, which are to be admitted into tha- 
 Federal Union at fome future period. 
 
 A covcife VIE\V of the feveral KINGDOMS, 
 STATES, ISLANDS^ &c. m the four quarters 
 oj the Globe* 
 
 ABYSSINIA. 
 
 97. A country of Africa, length nine hundred miles, 
 breadth feven hundred ,and fifty j capital town Amba- 
 ra, longitude . 55 o eaft, latitude 13 north, diftance two 
 thoufand nine hundred miles fouth ea{t from London. 
 Abounds with corn, cattle, wine, oil, gold-duft, &o. 
 Hence came the famous queen of Sheba, to fee Solomcn, - 
 and the Ethiopean eunuch, fpoken of in fcripture. 
 
 * The different places in each quarter of the globe ar- 
 ranged m alphabetical order 9 indtfcrimiftattlj) as they 
 ecsurred* 
 
GEOGRAPHY. ffj 
 
 and populous country, fubject to feveral petty princes. 
 Here the .Europeans carry on the diigraceful traffic of 
 purchafmg Haves, 
 
 ARMENIA. 
 
 90. At prefent called Turcomania, a province of 
 Afiatic Turky ; length near four hundred miles, 
 breadth three hundred j capital town Edzorum : lon- 
 gitude 41 eaft, latitude 50 north, diftance one thou- 
 (and nine hundred miles fbuth eaft from London. Soil 
 and productions much the fame with the reft of Afiatic 
 Turky. On Mount Ararat, in this country, Noah is 
 faid to have landed after the deluge. Religion, Chri- 
 tlans of the Greek Church, Jews and Mahometans* 
 
 ALGIERS* 
 
 loo. A kingdom of Africa, length fix hundred mile^ 
 breadth four hundred ; capital city, Algiers, contain- 
 ing one hundred and twenty thousand inhabitants ; 
 longitude 3 16' eaft, latitude 36 50' north ; diftance 
 ijine hundred and twenty miles fouth from London; 
 bounded by the Mediterranean on the north ; by Tu- 
 nis on the eaft ; by Mount Atlas on the fouth, and the 
 empire of Morocco on the weft. Produce, corn, cat- 
 tle, wine, oil, c. Governed by its Dey, or King, 
 who is abfolute. Revenue, one hundred and fifty thou- 
 fand pounds fterling. Land forces, nine thoufand men, 
 and a few fliips of war. Mahometans. 
 
 AMAZONIA. 
 
 TOT. A Spanim province of South-America, length 
 twelve hundred milis, breadth nine hundred and fixty ; 
 capital town/imazon ; longitude 70 5o 7 weft, latitude 
 10 fouth : very fertile ; but no gold duft being 
 found here, the inhabitants are ftill a free people^ 
 governed by their own monarchs. Pagans. 
 
 To this country belongs the river Amazon; thought ' 
 to be the largeft In the known world, 
 3 
 
54 GEOGRAPHY, 
 
 AMBOYNA. 
 
 102. An Eafl India ifland, length forty miles, breadth 
 thirty -five ; capital ot the fame name ; longitude 120 
 eaft, latitude 4 2o 7 fouth. Produce, cloves, cinnamon, 
 &c. This, with all' the other valuable fpice iilands, 
 bloag to the Dutch, who expelled the Englifh in 1622^ 
 and have retained it ever fmce. 
 
 AHIAN. 
 
 1-03.. A Country of Africa, length nine hundred 
 miles, breadth four hundred ; chief town Brava ; 
 longitude forty degrees fifty minutes eaft, latitude 
 twelve degrees north ; abounds with all the necefia- 
 ries of life : gold, wax, ivory, &c. 
 
 ANTIGUA. 
 
 TO4- Antigua is a Britifh Weft-India ifland, length 
 twenty- one miles, breadth twenty ; capital town St. 
 Johns ; longitude fixty-two degrees five minutes weft, 
 latitude feventeen degrees north. Produce, fugar, 
 cotton, ginger, &c. It contains feven thousand 
 nd twenty thoufand blacks. Proteftants.* 
 
 ARABIA. 
 
 105. A country of Afia, length thirteen hundred 
 miles, breadth twelve hundred ; capital city Mecca 
 (the birth place of Mahomet) longitude forty-one 
 degrees eaft, latitude twenty degrees forty minutes 
 north ; diftance two. thoufand fix hundred and forty 
 miles fouth eaft from London ; bounded by Turky 
 on the north ; by Perfia on tiie eaft ; on the fouth by 
 the Indian Ocean, and by the Red Sea and the ifth- 
 mus of Suez, on the weft. The north part is a bar- 
 ren defart; the fouthern part produces fpices, drugs, 
 &c. In this country ;{tands the famous Mount Sinai, 
 on which the law was delivered to Mofes It is chi'e* 
 ly fubjedt to the Turks. Mahometans, 
 
 * Ths greateft want hsr^ isfrefe 
 
GEOGRAPHY. J5 
 
 ASSYRIA, 
 
 ro6* Anciently comprehending two thoufand miles 
 in length, and eighteen hundred in breadth ; capital 
 cityNinevah (fpoken of in fcripture) which once con- 
 tained three millions of inhabitants. This Empire 
 Jailed twelve hundred years, from Nimrod, its foun- 
 der, until the time of Sardanapalus j but at prefent 
 belongs to the Turks and Perfians. 
 
 AUSTRIA. 
 
 107. A Dutchy of Germany, length one hundred 
 miles, breadth feventy miles ; capital city, Vienna i 
 containing two hundred and fifty thoufand inhabitants ; 
 longitude 16 20' eaft, latitude 48 20' north. Pro- 
 duce, corn, cattle, wine, &c. (abject to the Emperor 
 of Germany. The revenue of this and his other do- 
 minions, amounts to feven millions and an half flee* 
 ling. Forces one hundred thoufand. Roman Ca^ 
 tholics. 
 
 AUSTRIAN NETHERLANDS. 
 
 108. Or the Ten Provinces, length two hundred 
 inUes, breadth one hundred and thirty ; capital city 
 Bruffels ; containing^ one hundred and fifty thoufand' 
 inhabitants; longitude 4 8 ' eaft:, latitude 50 51' 
 north. Produce, corns cattle, aiid fruits in great 
 abundance. This country, from its great fertility, is 
 reckoned the granary of France and Germany, 
 
 AZORES. 
 
 109. Azores, are ifles in the Atlantic Ocean ; ca* 
 pkal city Angra, longitude 2? 5' weft, latitude ^9 
 10' north ; nine in number ; fituate between Eurape 
 and America ; belong to the Portuguefe. Catholics> 
 
 BAVAaiA. 
 
 I TO. An ele&orate 5n Germany, length one hundred 
 and forty miles, breadth near one hundred ; capital 
 town Munic, longitude 11 qo^afi:,, latitude 50 north, 
 ftx hundred niiles fQuth eaft from London* . 
 
56 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Produce, corn, cattle, wines, &c. Governed by its 
 own prince. Revenue, one million fteriing. Forces, 
 thirty thoufand. Religion, Roman catholics. 
 
 BRANDENBURG. 
 
 111. A marquifate in Germany, length about two 
 hundred miles, breadth one hundred and twenty ; 
 capital city, Berlin, containing one hundred and twen- 
 ty thoufand inhabitants, longitude i 3 30' eaft, lati- 
 tude 52 53' north, diftance five hundred miles eaft 
 from London. Soil and productions fimilar to the reft 
 of Germany. Subject to the king of PrufGa. Religion^ 
 Lutherans and Ca4vinifts. 
 
 BABYLON. 
 
 112. Once a famous empire and city of Afia ; Ion* 
 gitude 44 eaft ; latitude 32 north; fituate on the 
 river Euphrates ; hereabouts is fuppofed to have been 
 the feat of Paradife ; but all lies now in ruin. 
 
 BAHAMA-ISLANDS. 
 
 113. In the Weft- Indies, five hundred in all ; ca- 
 pital St. Andrefe ; longitude 73 60' weft ; latitude 
 21 27' north. They are claimed by the Spaniards. 
 St. Salvadore, one of thefe illands, was the firft land 
 Columbus difcoVered^ when his men mutinied in def- 
 pair of finding any. 
 
 BARBADOES. 
 
 114. A Britifh Weft-India Hland ; length twenty- 
 one miles, breadth fourteen ; capital Bridgetown : 
 containing thirteen thoufand inhabitants ; longitude 
 59 55' weft, latitude 13. north; produce, tobacco,* 
 cotton, indigo, fugar, rum, oranges. c. The inha- 
 bitants amount to twenty thoufand whites, and eighty 
 thoufand blacks. 
 
 BARBARY. 
 
 115. A large country of Africa ; length two thou- 
 &ud aules ; breadth ieyett hundred i 
 
GEOGRAPHY, tf 
 
 containing three hundred thoufand inhabitants ; lon- 
 gitude 6 Q weft, latitude 33 40' north ; comprehends 
 the countrie&of IVlorocco, Fez, Tafilet, Algiers, Tu- 
 nis, and Tripoli; fubjeft to t feveral abfolute princes. 
 Mahometans. 
 
 BATAV1A. 
 
 1 1 6. A colony belonging to the Dutch, in Java ; 
 length feven hundred miles, breadth one hundred ; 
 capital Batavia ; longitude 105 5 7 eaft, latitude 4 30' 
 fouth : produce, various, kinds of fpices, &c. This be- 
 ing the capital of all the Dutch colonies, is ftrongly 
 fortified with a ftone wall, and garrifoned with twen- 
 ty thoufand land forces, befides fhipping. 
 
 BENGAL. 
 
 117. A kingdom in the Eaft-Indies ; length four 
 hundred miles, breadth three hundred ; capital Pat- 
 na ; longitude 83eaft; latitude, 18 north; pro- 
 duce, corn, fugar, cane &c. I fie Biitifh, French and 
 Dutch have factories here. 
 
 BERMUDAS. 
 
 118. Four hundred fmall iflands in the weft-Indies, 
 belonging to Britain ; capital city St. George ; lon- 
 gitude 65 weft; latitude 32 30' north; produce, 
 flelh, fifli, fruits, &c. &c. The inhabitants amount 
 to twelve tboufand whites, beiides blacks. Protef- 
 tants. . 
 
 BOHEMIA. 
 
 119. An European kingdom ; length three hundred 
 miles, breadth two hundred and fifty ; capital Prague, 
 containing eighry-three thoufand inhabitants ; longi- 
 tude 14 20 7 eaft, latitude 13 fouth; produce, corn, 
 cattle, wines, c. Subject to the emperor of Germa- 
 ny. Revenue five hundred thoufand pounds. Catholics. 
 
 BORNEO. 
 
 120. An Eaft-India ifland, length eight hundred 
 breadth fcven hundred ; coital of the 
 
P GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 name, longitude rn' 27' eaft, latitude 4 45' north r 
 abounds with gold,- diamonds, and bees-wax, which 
 is ufed here Snftcad of money. The fea coaft is 
 overflowed half the yean. The inhabitants here have 
 floating houies. 
 
 BRAZIL. 
 
 1 21. A country of South- America, belonging to the 
 Portuguefe; length two thoufand five hundred miles, 
 readih feven hundred ; capital St. Salvadore ; longi- 
 tude 38 weft, latitude 13- fouth ; diftancefix thoufand 
 miles Mouth from London. Produce, tobacco, indtea, 
 Brazil wood, mines of gold, flyer, and diamonds' 
 Catholics and pagans. 
 
 CANADA. 
 
 J22. A BritiOi province in North- America, length 
 about one thoufand miles, breadth upwards of three 
 hundred. Chief town Quebec, longitude 6o' 48' weft, 
 latitude 46 55' north. This country is bounded on 
 
 ? north by New-Britain ; on the fouth and eaft by 
 united States and Nova-Scotia ; its north-weftejn 
 boundary is unknown. The great river St. Lawrence 
 is the largeR in Canada. Produce, wheat, rye, oats, 
 c. u(h, towl, deer, &c. 1 he number o inhabitants- 
 amount to two hundred and twenty thoufand. 
 
 CAPE-BRETON. 
 
 123. A Britifh ifland in North-America, lengthens 
 hundred and twenty miles, breadth fifty ; principal 
 town Louifburg, longitude 6r u ^' wett, latitude 45 
 58' north. An exceffive cold and barren country, be- 
 ing tiie moft northern fettlement in America. ^Fere 
 an excellent and lucrative fifliery is carried on. This 
 Jiland is fcparated from Xova-Scotia by a narrow ftrait, 
 Pxeligion, catholics and pagans. 
 
 CYENNE. 
 
 124. An ifland belonging to the republic of France, 
 length forty miles, breadth ei^hteea. Chief tow.n, 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 59 
 
 Bourg, longitude 52 45' weft, latitude 52fouth; 
 produce, Indian corn, tobacco, fugar, cotton, coffee, 
 &c. This is the principal fettleme'ut of the French in 
 South- America, who expelled the Dutch from it about 
 ; an hundred years ago. 
 
 CEPHALONIA. 
 
 12?. -An ifland in the Mediterranean Sea, fubjecltd 
 -the republic of Venice ; chief town Cephalonia, longi- 
 tude 24 eaft, latitude 36 2^ north, produce, muf- 
 .cadine wines, oil, vegetables, c. The climate is fo 
 extremely hot here, that the trees are fa.id to blollbm 
 every moffth in the year. 
 
 CEYLON. 
 
 126. A cinnamon ifland, in the Eaft-Indies. The 
 Dutch engrofs the whole trade of this ifland -, length 
 about three hundred miles, breadth two hundred ; ca- 
 pital town Candy, longitude 75 ea(l > latitude 7 north, 
 remarkably fruitful, produces abundance of fruits 
 fpices, line cottons, filks, gold, copper, &c. Religion 
 pagans. 
 
 CIRCASSIA. 
 
 127. Situated weft of the Cafpian Sea ; length five 
 hundred miles, breadth four hundred and thirty ; prin- 
 
 - cipal town Tenruc, longitude 40 45 7 eaft, latitude 
 45 50' north. A rambling people, living chiefly up- 
 on milk, vegetables, &c. famous for their beautiful 
 children, with whom they furniili the Turkifhieraglio, 
 
 COLOGN. 
 
 122. An electorate of Germany, length forty miles, 
 breadth twelve : capital town Lologn containing one 
 hundred and fifty thoufand inhabitauis : longitude 6* 
 40 r eaft, latitude 50 45' north : a fruitful country, 
 producing corn, wine, &:c. lr T as a confiderable tr^dc. 
 Revenue one hundred and thirtv thoufand pounds , 
 forces nine thoulaud men, Catholics. 
 
60 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 CONGO. 
 
 129. A country of Africa, length one thoufand miles, 
 breadth four hundred ; famous for the great? quantities 
 of tea of -that name, brought from hence. Subject to 
 feveral Negro princes. The European merchants car- 
 ry on a barbarous traffic here, by purchafmg tke inno- 
 cent natives for flaves. 
 
 CURASSOU. 
 
 130. A Weft-India ifland, belonging to the Dutch, 
 length thirty-five miles, breadth ten ; chief town Ca- 
 raflbu, longitude 68 20' weft, latitude 12 north; 
 the Dutch export vaft quantities of fugar and tobacco 
 from here annually. 
 
 CAFFRARIA. 
 
 131. A country of Africa, commonly called the 
 Hottentot country, length eleven hundred and twenty 
 miles, breadth feven hundred ; Cape of Good-Hope, 
 the capital ; longitude 19 35' eaft, latitude 34 j f 
 fouth. Produce, vegetables, drugs, &c. The Dutch, 
 pofTefs this country. 
 
 CHILI. 
 
 T 34. A kingdom of South-America, fubjecl: to Spain, 
 length twelve hundred miks, breadth feven hundred ; 
 capital St.Jago, longitude 77 weft, latitude 34 fouth, 
 producing all kinds of grain, gold, &c. Catholics and 
 pagans. . .. 
 
 CHINA. 
 
 133. An empire in Afia, length near two thoufand 
 miles, breadth twelve hundred ; bounded on the north 
 by, the river Amur ; by-the Pacific Ocean on the eaft 
 and foath, and by Thibet on the weft ; capital Pekin ; 
 containing two millions of inhabitants, longitude 1 1 7 
 28 ' eaft, latitude 40 north ; diftancc four thoufand 
 live hundred miles fouth eaft from London; abounds 
 with all the neceflaries and comforts of life, efpecially 
 the article of tea, which is peculiar to itfelr. There 
 
GEOGRAPHY, 6r 
 
 is a remarkable wall in this country, built (for the 
 purpoie of repelling the attacks of the neighboring 
 nations) near two thoufand years ago, and but little 
 impaired at this day ; it is fifteen hundred miles long > 
 and thirty feet wide. This country is fubjecl; to its 
 own emperor, whofe revenue amounts to twenty mil- 
 lions (ierling. Land forces five millions. Pagans. 
 
 ST. CHRISTOPHERS. 
 
 134. An Atlantic ifle, belonging to Britain, length 
 twenty miles, breadth feven ; capital Bafleterre ; lon- 
 gitude 62 weft, latitude 18 north. Produce, cot- 
 ton, indigo, tropical fruits, &c. Exports ten thoufand 
 hogflieads of fugar annually. This is one of the Carl- 
 bees. Proteftants. 
 
 CORSICA. 
 
 135. An ifland in the Mediterranean Sea, now fub- 
 jecl: to France, length ninety miles, breadth fort/. 
 Produce corn, wine oil, &c. capital city Baftia j lon- 
 gitude 9 40 / eaft, latitude 42 20' north. The in- 
 habitants of this iiland are famous for their late ftriig- 
 gles for liberty, under their brave countryman, Gen. 
 Paoli, Catholics. 
 
 CRIM-TARTARY. 
 
 136. A Turkilh province ; Capital Bacbaferia ; lon- 
 gitude 40 eaftjlatitude 44 40' north. Produce, wine, 
 olives, &c. The Cham is obliged to furnifh the Turks 
 with thirty thoufand men, who fubfiil upon plunder, 
 having no pay. 
 
 CUBA. 
 
 137. A Weft -India ifland, belonging to Spain, 
 length feven hundred miles, breadth feventy ; capital 
 city Havannah ; longitude 84 weft, latitude 23 
 north. Produce, tobacco, i'ugar, drug*, c. It h6 
 many fine harbors in it. 
 
 F 
 
62 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 DARIEN. 
 
 138. Or new Caledonia, in Terra-Firma (South- 
 America) length three^hundred miles, breadth iixty ; 
 capital Panama ; longitude 81 "weft, latitude 9 north 
 Produce, gold, filver, &c. The Scots attempted to 
 fix a colony here, in King William the third's reign '; 
 but he to pleafe his Dutch friends, and others, made it 
 death to afliit them, and i'o they dropped it. 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 139. An European kingdom, (ituated on the ifland of 
 Zealand, length two hundred and forty miles, breadth 
 one hundred and eighty; capital city Copenhagen; 
 containing one hundred thoufand inhabitants j longi- 
 tude 12 15'eaft, latitude 55 44' north ; diftance five 
 hundred miles from London ; bounded on the north 
 by Norway ; on the fouth by part of Germany ; on the 
 call by Sweden, and on the wed by the Ocean. Pro- 
 duce, corn, cattle, tar, pitch, iron, furs, &c. Reve- 
 nue eight hundred thoufand pounds. Land forces, 
 feventy-two thoufand ; naval force fixty mips of war. 
 Lutherans. . 
 
 DOMINICA. 
 
 140. A Weft-India ifland, length twenty eight miles, 
 breadth thirteen; capital Rofeau ; longitude 61 21' 
 weft, latitude 16 north. Produce,. fu gar, coffee, &c. 
 Contains about five thoufancl whites and twelve thou 
 fand blacks fubjecl: to Britain. 
 
 EUSTATIA, ST. 
 
 141. An American ifland, belonging to the Dutch ; 
 chief town Euftace, longitude 63 56' weft, latitude 
 17 52' north. Produce, fugar, cotton, tropical fruits, 
 &c. It is reckoned the granary of the adjacent iflands. 
 
 EAST-INDIES. 
 
 142. Or Indoftan/ in Afia ; length two thoufand 
 miles, breadth fourteen hundred ; capital Agra ; con- 
 taining five hundred thoufand inhabitants j longitude 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 1 63 
 
 79 eaft, latitude 26* north. Produce, fpiceries, gold, 
 diamonds, &c Manufactories, filks, chintzes, &c. 
 Greatly reforted to by Europeans,* 
 
 EGYPT. 
 
 143. An African kingdom ; length five hundred and 
 eighty miles, breadth two hundred and fifty. Bounded 
 on the fouth by Nubia ; on the north by the Mediter- 
 ranean Sea ; by the Red Sea, and the iilhmus of Suez, 
 on the eaft ; and by the unknown parts of Africa, on 
 the weft; capital city, Grand Cairo (near which (land 
 the famous pyramids) longitude 32 catt, latitude 30* 
 north ; dift-ance nineteen hundred miles from London. 
 Produce, corn, cattle, fruits, c, Subject to the Turks* 
 Jews and -Mahometans. 
 
 ENGLAND. 
 
 144. Sonth part of Great-Britain ; length three 
 hundred and fixty miles, breadth two hundred and 
 eighty ; capital London, containing one million of in- 
 habitants (fixed meridian here) latitude 51 32' north. 
 Its principalTivers are, the Thames, and the Severn. 
 Produce, corn, cattle, fifh, fowl, mines, minerals, &c. 
 Proteftants though all religions are in a great mea- 
 fare tolerated. 
 
 ETHIOPIA. 
 
 145. A country of Africa; length two thoofand 
 miles, breadth fix hundred ; capital Dancala, longi- 
 tude 34 35' eaft, latitude 15 north; comprehends 
 the countries of Abyffinia, Nubia, &c. Produce, corn, 
 wine, fngar, tropical fruits, &c. Chnflians, Jews^ 
 and Mahometans, r 
 
 FLANDERS. 
 
 146. One Df the ten Auftrian provinces in the Ne- 
 therlands ; length fixty miles, breadth fifty; capital 
 
 * Several vejfels from ihe United States have wade fuc- 
 tefsjul voyages here of late years, 
 
$4 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 city Ghent, containing near one hundred thoufatid 
 inhabitants ; longitude 4 eaft, latitude 51 25' north* 
 A fertile foil, abounds with fmall e;rain of various 
 kinds, cattle,&c. manufactures fine lace, tapeftry, toys, 
 &c. Extremely populous. 
 
 FERDINANDO. 
 
 147. An ifland in the Pacific Ocean ; length tea 
 miles, breadth fix ; chief town juan-Ferdander ; lon- 
 gitude 83 well, latitude 33 fouth. Produce, fruits, 
 and herbs. Alexander Selkirk, a native of Scotland, 
 lived here four years alone, during which time he ex- 
 iited on goat's milk and herbs. 
 
 FLORIDA. 
 
 148. Eaft and Weft, 'in North- America, belongs to* 
 the Spaniards ; length five hundred miles, breadth four 
 hundred and forty ; capital St. Auguftine ; longitude 
 Si weft, latitude 29 55' north. Produce, Indian 
 corn, rice, indigo, wines, timber, &c. Florida is 
 bounded on the north by the United States ; on the 
 fouth by the gulph of Mexico, and on the weft by the 
 
 MiiEfippi. 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 149. Formerly an abfolute monarchy; but at pre- 
 fent a great republic ; length fix hundred miles, breadth 
 five hundred ; bounded by the Englifh Channel and 
 the United Netherlands on the north j by Germany, 
 Switzerland and Italy on the eaft, ; by the Mediterra- 
 nean and the Pyrenean Mountains, which feparate.s it 
 from Spain on the fouth ; and by the Bay of Bifcaj on 
 the weft. Its principal rivers are, the Seine, the Rhone, 
 and the Loire ; capital city, Paris, containing eight 
 hundred thoufand inhabitants; longitude 2 25' eaft, 
 latitude 48 20' north ; diftance two hundred and ten 
 inileb fouth eaft from London : produces all the necef- 
 faries of lire ; has feveral mines of iron, copper, chalk, 
 and oker, and extenjive manufactories of various kinds . 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 6j 
 
 Revenue eighteen millions. Forces from three to four 
 hundred -thoufand, and two hundred and fixty-fix (hips 
 of war. Religion, Catholic, Proteftant, &c.* 
 
 GERMANY. 
 
 150. An European empire > length fix hundred miles, 
 breadth five hundred and fifty ; bounded partly by the 
 Ocean, and by Denmark on the north ; by Poland and 
 Hungary on the eaft ; by the Alps on the fouth, and 
 by France and the Netherlands on the weft ; the prin- 
 cipal rivers in this country are, the Danube (the lar-_ 
 gelt river in Europe) the Rhine and the Weier ; capital 
 city Vienna, containing two hundred and twenty thou- 
 fand inhabitants; longitude 16 15' eaft, latitude 48 
 50' north ; diftance lixteen hundred miles fouth eafl 
 from London. Produce, corn, cattle, wines, minerals, 
 &c. This country .is governed by an emperor (who 
 is elected) and near three hundred petty princes.- 
 Forces about three hundred thoufand. Revenue from 
 five to feven millions fieri ing. Religion, Catholic, 
 Calyiuift and Lutheran, 
 
 GUADALOUPE: 
 
 151. A Weft-India ifland belonging to the republic 
 of France, length fixty miles, breadth forty ; chief 
 town Abymes, longitude 61 weft, latitude 16 30' 
 
 north. Produce, fugar, cotton, indigo, c. Here is a 
 
 * This nation, who for many centuries back, has groaned 
 under the oppreffive yoke cf arbitrary fewer ; have lately 
 given to mankind the fgnal of a grand rejection of all 
 prejudices ; and by brave and fttccefsful Efforts have ob- 
 tained their natural rights / dnd 9 notwith {landing the 
 prefint powerful combination again fl their libcrties^wuft 
 finally fTtcceid, in ettablijhing an equitable mode of go- 
 vernmenton the firm hafis oflaiv, reafon and equality ! 
 The National Convention of Franc- have lately abolifhed 
 (ill futile titles ; the only mark of difinfl'ron there atfre* 
 fentj being virtue ; talents, and patrigtHin, 
 F a 
 
66 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 remarkable burning mountain, called Soufriere, which 
 emits vaft quantities of fire and fmoke. Catholics. 
 
 GUERNSEY. 
 
 152. A French iflancl, at prefent belonging to Great- 
 Britain ; length twelve miles, breadth ten ; principal 
 town St Peter le Port, longitude 4 45' weft, latitude 
 49 30' north; fituated about thirty miles from Cape 
 La Hogue in Normandy. Produce, corn, wines, &c* 
 JLutherans. 
 
 GREECE. 
 
 153. Or Romelia, length one thoufand miles, breadth 
 nine hundred and eighty ; capital city Canftantinople, 
 contains one million of inhabitants ; longitude 29 20' 
 caft, latitude 41 north ; diftance fifteen hundred miles 
 fouth eaft from London. Produce, corn, cattle, wine, 
 &c. The prefent inhabitants of this country are great- 
 ly degenerated from their anceftors, who were famous 
 for their learning and valor, It is now fubjecl: to the 
 Turks, who took its capital about three hundred and 
 thirty years ago. 
 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 154. Eaft and Weft , capital Spitfbergen ; longitude 
 10 30' eaft, latitude 77" 82' north ; an exceffive cold, 
 barren country. Abounds with deer, bears and foxes. 
 Has an excellent whale fifhery on its coaft. 
 
 GREAT-BRITAIN. 
 
 1 5*5. An Suropean iile and kingdom, metropolis 
 London, comprehending Scotland, England and Wales, 
 length fix hundred miles, breadth sAove four hundred ; 
 bounded on the weft, by the Atlantic Ocean, die Irifii 
 Sea. and St. George's Channel ; on the eaft, by the 
 German Ocean ; and on the fouth by the Engiifh Chan- 
 nel, and Straits of Dover, \vhich feparates it from 
 France : fcienee, agriculture and inanufadlures ftourifh 
 here. Revenue fourteen jillions fiye hundred thou- 
 
GEOGRAPHY, '67 
 
 fand pounds : forces fifty-eight thoufand, and the moft 
 powerful fleet in Europe, compiling of four hundred 
 and iixtv-five fhips of war. 
 
 GUIANA. 
 
 756. A country in South-America, length feven hun- 
 dred and eighty miles, breadth four hundred and fifty ; 
 capital Surinam ; longitude 57 weft, latitude 7 north. 
 Produce, fugar, cotton, tobacco, drugs, &c. belongs 
 to the Dutch and French. Calviniils and Catholics. 
 
 GUINEA. 
 
 157. A coad of Africa ; length eighteen hundred 
 miles, breadth four hundred ; capital town Cape-coaft 
 Cattle ; longitude 17 eaft, latitude 18 fouth. its. 
 
 f productions are chiefly gold, ivory, &c. Governed by 
 a number of petty princes. Pagans, 
 
 HANOVER. 
 
 158. An electorate of Germany, fubjeft to the king 
 of England ; length two hundred miles, breadth one 
 hundred and fift) ; capital town Hanover, containing 
 about fifteen thoufand inhabitants; longitude p u 45' 
 eaft, latitude 52 30' north, Revenue four hundred- 
 thoufand pounds. Religion, Lutherans. 
 
 HESSE. 
 
 159. A principality in Germany fubjeft t<o its owft 
 prince ; length one hundred riiili-s, breadth ninety-five, 
 capital city Caflel, longitude 9 20' eali- latitude 51 
 20' north. Produce, corn, 'cattle, wine, fruits, mines, 
 &c.^ Revenue one hundred and twenty rhouDnJ 
 Religion/ Catholics, Lutherans, and C' 
 
 BISPANIOLA. 
 
 1 60. Or St. Domingo, a Weft.Indn ifland, be lon g- 
 mg to the French and Spaniards ; length four him 
 and fifty miles, breadth one hundred and fifty ; ca 
 e^ longitude 70 weft ; latitude 1 8 
 
63 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 north. Produce, fugar, cotton, tobacco, indigo, Sic. 
 Catholics. 
 
 HOLLAND. 
 
 161. One of the Seven Provinces of the United 
 Netherlands ; length one hundred miles, breadth thir- 
 ty ; capital city Amfterdam, containing two hundred 
 and forty thoufand inhabitants ; longitude 4 30' eaft,. 
 latitude 52 25' north j diftance two hundred miles 
 eaft from London. __ 
 
 H9NDURAS. 
 
 162. A province in South-America, partly belong- 
 ing to Spain, but chiefly inhabited by the Mofkitto In- 
 dians ; chief town Nalodolia, longitude 85 49' weft, 
 latitude 12 16' north. The Britiili cut large quanti- 
 ties of logwood here annually. 
 
 HUNGARY. 
 
 163. An European kingdom ; length three hundred 
 miles, breadth two hundred ; bounded on the north 
 by the Carpathian Mountains ; by Tranfylvania and 
 Turky on the eaft ; by Sclavonia on the fouth ; and 
 by Germany on the weft ; metropolis Buda, contain- 
 ing fifty thoufand inhabitants ; longitude 17 30' weft, 
 latitude 48 north, difuvnce fix hundred and forty miles 
 eaft from London. Produce, corn, cattle, wines, mines 
 of gold and filver. Revenue- live hundred thoufand 
 pounds. Forces fixty-five thoufand men ; fubject to 
 the jioufe of Auftria >T . Greeks and Catholics. 
 
 ___^ 
 
 . JAMAICA. 
 
 164. A Britifli Weft- hull* iiland ; length one hun- 
 dred and forty miles, breadth fixty ; capital town 
 Kingfton^ containing twelve thousand inhabitants; 
 Jonghoj e 770 weft, latitude 17 pa 7 north; diftance 
 four th oufand four hundred miles fouth weft from Lon- 
 don. Produce, fugar, rum, tobacco, cotton, coffee, 
 & c> This iiland contains twenty-five thoufaud whites, 
 and n ( , ar one hundred thoufand blacks. Religion the 
 
 * with the reft of the Britifli dprninioas, 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 65 
 
 JAPAN, ORNIPHON. 
 
 165". An empire and ifle of Alia ; length fix hundred 
 miles, breadth two hundred ; capital Jeddo, contain- 
 ing one million of inhabitants ; longitude 1 39 call, 
 latitude 36 2O 7 north ; produces all the neceflaries of 
 life; governed by its own fovertigns. Revenue from 
 twenty to thirty millions. Forces thirty thoufand horfe, 
 
 fixty thoufand foot, and five thoufand elephants. *- 
 
 Pagans. 
 
 JUDEA, OR PALESTINE. 
 
 1 66. In the fcriptures called Canaan, the Holy Land, 
 and Land of Promife, anciently inhabited by the jews, 
 now 3 province of Aliatfc I urky ; length one hundred 
 and fifty miles, breadth eighty ; metropolis Jerufalcm, 
 once the molt: famous of all the cities in the eaft, before 
 it was dettroyed by Titus Vefpaiian ; longitude 30 
 eaft, lathade -?2 north , diftance nineteen hundred and 
 twenty miles fouth call from London. Produce, corn, 
 cattle^ wine, oil, milk, honey, &c. 
 
 167. Palefline wss anciently divided into four parts, 
 namely, Jdumea, Juden, Samaria, and Galilee ; and 
 in Solomon's time extended from the Euphrates to the 
 Mediterranean Sea. judea is peculiarly famous,, as 
 being the place of our Saviour's incarnation, mjracles, 
 and death. In this country is the river jordon, famous 
 for the baptifm of Chrift our Saviour, as alfo tor {eve- 
 ral miraculous events recorded in fcriptuifc. 
 
 Chriftians, Jews, and Mahometans. 
 
 INDIA PROPER. 
 
 * Or Mogul empire, in Afia ; length two 
 miles, breadth fixteen hundred ; capital city Del- 
 ly ; longitude j^ eaft, latitude 29 north ; distance 
 three thoufand four hundred miles from London, Pro- 
 duce, corn, wine, oil, fiik, &c. 
 
 Fere the males marry at fourteen, and the females 
 at eleven. Revenue forty millions of pounds. Forces 
 two hundred and fifty thoufand horfe, and five tbou- 
 fcuid elephants. Pagans, 
 
?0 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 169. An European ifland, fubje to the king of " 
 Great-Britain ; length two hundred and eighty miles, 
 breadth one hundred and fixty. Ireland is feparated 
 from Britain by the Irifh, Sea and St. George's Channel. 
 From Donachadee, in Ireland, to Fort Patrick, in the 
 \veft of Scotland, is only a paflage of twenty two miles. 
 The principal rivers in Ireland are, the Shannon and 
 Liffy, on the banks of the latter {lands Dublin, the 
 metropolis of Ireland, which contains one hundred and 
 forty thoufand inhabitants; longitude 6 28' weft, la- 
 titude 53 20' north ; diftance two hundred and feven- 
 ty miles north weft from London. Produce, corn, 
 cattle, hemp, flax, wool, &c. This country was con- 
 quered by king Edward the firft of England, about five 
 hundred^ 1 ears ago. Revenue from five to fix hundred 
 thoufand pounds. Catholics and Proteftants. * 
 
 ITALY. 
 
 1 70. An European country, length fix hundred miles, 
 breadth near five hundred ; bounded by Switzerland 
 and the Alps on the north ; by the gulph of Venice r 
 &c. on the eaft ; by the Mediterranean Sea on thefcuth, 
 and by the Alps, which fepa rates it from France, on 
 the weft. The principal rivers in Italy are, the Po, 
 and the Tiber ; on the latter (lands the city of Rome, 
 the capital of Italy ;* containing one hundred and fifty 
 two thoufand inhabitants ; longitude 13 eaft, latitude 
 42 north. Italy, from its falubrity ^and fertility, is 
 called the Garden of Europe. It contains the Pope's 
 dominions, and feveral other independent dates. 
 
 * In Italy there are nine cities, known by theft humor- 
 ous appellations ; Rome, the holy ; Naples', the noble ; 
 Venice, the wealthy ; Genoa, the proud ; Milan, the 
 great-, Florence, ike fair ; Bologna r the 'fat / 
 th? ancient , Padua, ths learned. 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 71 
 
 KAMTSCHATKA. 
 
 i"i. A northern coaft of Alia; difcovered about fifty 
 years ago; capital town Kamzatkai ; longitude 119 
 eaft, latitude 52 north ; abounds with bears, deer, 
 iilh, &c. The natives are a barbarous people, and 
 live upon veniibn, filh, and vegetables. 
 
 LEWIS, 
 
 172. An ifland in Scotland; length eighty miles, 
 breadth forty-five; chief town Stornway, longitude 
 8 weft, latitude 58 $9' north. Produce, corn, cat- 
 tle, fifli, fowl, &c. has many excellent harbors, aril 
 extremely well fituated for the herring and cod fifhery. 
 Religion Calvin ids. 
 
 LIEGE. 
 
 173. A principality and bifhoprick of Germany -} 
 length fifty miles, breadth forty ; longitude 5 4o'ea(l, 
 latitude 50 35* north. Produce, corn, cattle, iron, 
 lead, &c. Extremely populous. Revenue near three 
 hundred thoufand ducats. Religion Catholics, 
 
 LUCIA, ST. 
 
 174. One of the leeward iflands, belonging to the 
 republic of France ; length twenty-two miles, breadth 
 twelve ; longitude 8r weft, latitude 13 30' north ; 
 "-principal to\vn St. Lucia, an extremely rich foil, has 
 fevera! good harbors, and is ftrongly fortified. 
 
 LUCONIA. 
 
 175. One of the Philippines, an. ifland belonging to 
 Spairt ; length four hundred miles, breadtii near two 
 hundred; chief town Manilla, longitude 117 23'. 
 calt, latitude 12 19' north. Extremely fruitful, pro- 
 duces all the necedaries of life in great abundance : 
 this is eftecmed the Spanidi ftore-hou(e for their aft 
 and Welt- India poilefiions. Religion Catholics. 
 
72 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 LAPLAND. 
 
 176. The moft northern part of Europe ; length 
 live hundred miles, breadth two hundred and forty ; 
 chief town Kola : longitude 35 eaft, latitude 73 
 north ; a barren inhofpitable clime, produces no grain, 
 the inhabitants live upon fifli and venifon ; fubjedt to 
 Sweden, Denmark, and Rudia The inhabitants here 
 are a*> ignorant, rude people, rather Pagans than 
 Chriftians. 
 
 MALABAR. 
 
 177. A country on the fouth weft coaft of Jndia ; 
 this was the fim land the Portuguese difcovered in tlie 
 Eaft- Indies ; length four hundred miles, breadth one 
 hundred ; principal town Caficut, longitude 70 eaft, 
 latitude ri2i / north. Produce, Indian corn, rice, 
 fruits, &c. vaft quantities of filks, chintzes, calicoes, 
 &c. are manufactured here. 
 
 MARTINICO. 
 
 178. A Weft-India ifland, betanghrg to France ; . 
 length fixty thre'e miles, breadth thirty-five ; chief 
 town Saint Pierre, longitude 61 weft, latitude 14 
 north. Produce, fugar, cotton, indigo, cocoa, fruits, 
 &c. It has feveral commodious harbors. Catholics, 
 and Pagans. 
 
 MECKLENBURG. 
 
 179. A dutchy of Germany ; length about one hun- 
 dred miles, breadth lixty ; princij-'al town Strelitz, 
 longitude n eaft, latitude 34 north. Produce, corn, 
 cattle, &c. Revenue thirty- three thoufajid pounds. 
 Forces five thoufind men. The prefent duifee is brother 
 to the queen of England. Proteftants. 
 
 MEXICO, NEW. 
 
 I So. A country of South- America ; length two 
 thoufaud miles, bread ill fifteen hundred ; capital town 
 Santa Fe, longitude ii 3 j 7 weft, latitude 30 north 
 produce, Indian corn, fruits ; filb, mines, &c. Cathoiks. 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 73 
 
 MALTA. 
 
 181. An ifland in the Mediterranean ; length twen- 
 ty miUs, breadth twelve ; chief town Valette, con- 
 taining five thoufaad inhabitants ; longitude 14 30' 
 eaft, and latitude 46 north ; abounds with vegeta* 
 bles, fruits, c. Governed by its own knights. 
 
 MADEIRAS. 
 
 182. lilands in the Atladfcic Ocean : principal town 
 Fonchal ; longitude 18 weft, latitude 32 33' north ; 
 the Barged of them are called Mattera ; here great 
 quantities of that excellent wine is made that keeps for 
 any period of time in the hoteft climates. 
 
 MEXICO, OLD. 
 
 183. Or New Spain, in South-America ; length 
 two thoufand miles, breadth fix hundred, isfeparated 
 from South- America by theifthmus of Darien ; metro- 
 polis Mexico, containing eighty thoufand inhabitants ; 
 longitude 103 weft,, latitude 20 north ; diftance 
 four thoufand eight hundred miles fouth weft from Lon- 
 don. Produce, fugar, gold, and filver mines, fruits 
 of all kinds, cocoa, cochineal, &c. Subject to Spain, 
 Revenue twenty -four millions. 
 
 MOROCCO. 
 
 184. An Empire of Africa ; length five hundred 
 miles, breadth four hundred and eighty ; bounded on 
 the north by the Mediterranean ; on the fouth by Bil- 
 dulgered ; on the eaft by the kingdom of Algiers, and 
 on the eaft by the Atlantic Ocean ; metropolis Fez^ 
 containing three hundred and twenty thoufand inhabi- 
 tants ; longitude 6 weft; latitude 32 30' north. 
 Produce, corn, cattle, hemp, flax, Morocco leather, 
 camels, dromedaries, horfes, mules, &c. Revenue 
 three hundred and twenty thoufand pounds. Ma- 
 hometans. 
 
 G 
 
74 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 NATOLIA. 
 
 185. A country of Aila; length feven hundred and 
 fifty miles, breadth near four hundred : chief town 
 Symrna, longitude 27 25' eaft > latitude 38 20' 
 north ; abounds with all the neceflaries of life, 
 coffee, myrrh, frankincenfe, raw-filk, drugs, &c. I 
 Chriilians and Mahometans. 
 
 NEGRPONT. 
 
 186. Anifland of the Archipelago, length 95 miles, 
 breadth 25, chief town of the fame name, longitude 
 24 30' eaft, latitude 38 25' north. Produce, cor-n, 
 \vine, fi(h, fowl, fruits, &c. The tides ebb and flow- 
 here twelve or fifteen times in twenty-four hours, on 
 certain days of the moon. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. 
 
 187. An ifland belonging to Britain. Here the En- 
 glifSi made the firft fettlement in NorthAmerica; length 
 near four hurdred miles, breadth two hundred; chief 
 town Placentia, longitude 55 weft, latitude 47 30' 
 north y diftance two thoufand miles well from London, 
 an cxcedive cold, and barren country ; an extenfive 
 cod-fifhery is carried on, on the banks of Newfound- 
 land, which annually employ upwards of three thou- 
 fand veffels. and near ten thoufand hands. 
 
 * 
 
 NAPLES, OR SICILY. 
 
 188. A kingdom in Italy; length three hundred 
 and forty miles, breadth one hundred ^and twenty; 
 capital city Naples, containing three hundred and fifty 
 thoufand inhabitants ; longitude 15 I2' l eaft, latitude 
 41 north. Produce, corn, cattle, wine, oil, &c. 
 Revenue one million. Forces thirty thoufand men, 
 end a fmail fleet. Catholics. 
 
 NEGRITIA. 
 
 189. A large country in Africa ; length two thou- 
 gwad two hundred miles, breadth nine hundred ; me- 
 
GEOGRAPHY, 75 
 
 tropolis James's Fort; longitude 16 eaft, latitude 
 17 north. Produce, Indian corn, topical fruits, 
 gold, ivory, Sec. Containing fixteen kingdoms. Mar 
 hometans and Pagans. 
 
 NEW-BRITAIN, OR ESKIMAUX. 
 
 190. In North-America, faid to be fixteen hundred 
 miles in length, twelve hundred in breadth ; chief 
 town Rupert fort; longitude 80 weft, latitude 51 
 north ; abounds with fifh ? $fowl, elks, rein deer, bears* 
 tygers, buffaloes, beavers, &c, No grain grows here. 
 
 NEW-HOLLAND. 
 
 191. Said to be the largeft ifle in the known world ;. 
 length two thoafand miles, breadth fifteen hundred > 
 longitude no eaft, latitude 10 fouth. The natives- 
 are a rude favage people, devoid of art or 'mduftry. 
 
 NORWAY. 
 
 192. An European kingdom, fubjecl: to the king of 
 Denmark ; length near one thoufand miles, breadth 
 two hundred and fifty ; bounded by Lapland on the 
 north ; on the eaft by the Dofrine Mountains, which 
 feparates it from Sweden ; on the weft by the Ocean, 
 and on the fouth by the Scaggeracto Sea ; capital city 
 Bergen, longitude 5 40' eaft, latitude 60 ic 1 north, 
 Produce, corn, copper, iron, lead, allum, &c. Re- 
 venue one hundred and fixty thoufand pounds. Lu- 
 therans. 
 
 NOVA-SCOTIA, OR ACADTA. 
 
 193^ A Britim province in North- America ; length 
 three hundred and fifty miles, breadth two hundred 
 and thirty ; chief town Halifax/ containing twenty- 
 five thoufand inhabitants ; longitude 64 welt, latitude 
 44 5' north. This country is bounded on tlv north by 
 the Gulph of St. Laurence ; o the eaft -ancfc fouth by 
 the Atlantic Ocean, and by the United States and Ca- 
 nada on the weft. Part of this country has lately been 
 longed into a diftinct government from that of Nova- 
 
76 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Scotia, and is called New- Erunfwick. Produce, corn, 
 cattle, naval Itores, fifh, fowl, deer, beaver, &c. 
 It is fa,5d to contain one hundred and feventy thoufand 
 inhabitants. 
 
 OZNABURG. 
 
 194. A principality and bifhoprick of Germany ; 
 length forty miles, breadth thirty ; chief town of the 
 fame name, longitude 8i 3' eaft, latitude 5228 7 north. 
 Soil and productions the fame with the reft of Germany. 
 The prefent bifliop of Oznaburg is the fecond foil of 
 the king of England. Revenue thirty thoufand pounds. 
 Forces three thoufand. Proteilants and Catholics. 
 
 OTAHETTE. 
 
 195. An iftand in the Pacific Ocean; length fixty 
 miles, breadth forty-five; longitude 149 12' weft, 
 latitude 17 45' fouth. Produce, fugar canes, fruits, 
 herbs, &c. The natives are robuft and well made, of 
 a browniih tomplexion, with long black hair. The 
 facred and facial compact of marriage is quite aegledt- 
 cd by thefe rude people, and the tender ties of confai> 
 guiaity unknown among them. 
 
 OELAND. 
 
 196. An illand in the Baltic, fubjecl: to Sweden; 
 length fixty miles, breadth fifty ; chief town Bon- 
 holm ; longitude 16 eait, latitude 51 20' north. * 
 Produce, corn, cattle, timber, &c. The air here is 
 cxceflive cold ; the inhabitants plow, fow, and make 
 their barveflin three months time. 
 
 PORTO RICO. 
 
 197. A Spaniih iile in the Atlantic Ocean ; length 
 one hundred and twenty mil-es, breadth fixty ; chief 
 town Porto Rico, longitude 65 g5 x well, latitude 18 
 qo 1 north. Very fertile, produces fagar, cotton, caf- 
 iia, oranges, lemons, &.c. This ifland once contained 
 upwards of half a million of natives, who were all ex- 
 tirpated by the yslen-tiefa Spaniards, 
 
GEOGRAPHY. "77 
 
 PARAGUA, OR LA PLATA. 
 
 198. A Spaniih territory in South-America; length 
 fifteen hundred miles, breadth one thoufand ; bounded 
 on the north by Amazonia j on the eaft l)j Brazil ; on 
 the fouth by Patagonia, and on the weft by Peru ; 
 capital city Buenos-Ayres, containing thirty thoufand 
 inhabitants; longitude 60 weft, latitude 35 45* 
 fouth ; diftance fix thoufand miles fouth weft from Lon- 
 don. Produce, cotton, indigo, tobacco, gold, and 
 filver mines, and cattk in great abundance.* 
 
 PERSIA. 
 
 199. An empire in Afia ; length thirteen hundred 
 miles, breadth one thoufand one hundred ; bounded 
 by Tartary on the north ; by Indoftan on the eaft ; by 
 the Indian Ocean on the fouth, and by Turky on the 
 weft ; metropolis Ifpahan, containing one million of 
 inhabitants ; longitude 52 50' eaft, latitude 32 40' 
 north ; difknce two thoufand four hundred miles 
 fouth eaft from London. Produce, corn, wine, oil, 
 &c. Manufactures filks, carpets, gold, and filver lace, 
 &c. Subject to its own Emperor, or Sophi, who is ah 
 folute. Forces, one hundred and fifty thoqfand* 
 
 Mahometans. 
 
 PERU. 
 
 see. A territory belonging to Spain in South-Ame- 
 rica ; length eighteen Hundred and eighty miles, 
 breadth five hundred ; bounded by the Cordilleras on 
 the eaft ; by Terrafirma on the north ; by Chili on the 
 fouth ; and by the Pacific Ocean on the weft ; capital 
 city Lima, containing (ixty thoufand inhabitants ; lon- 
 gitude 77 50' weft, latitude 12 15' fouth ; produces 
 all the neceHaries of life : famous for the filver mines 
 of Potofi, which are now pretty well exhauftcd. 
 
 Catholics. 
 
 * To this country belongs the river La Plata, faidto Is 
 zns hundred and fifty wiksw mites wit' 
 
 faux* G 3 
 
53 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 POLAND. 
 
 201 An European kingdom, length feven hundred 
 irtiles, breadth fix hundred and eighty ; bounded by 
 the Baltic, and part of Ruflla on the north ; by Ruffia 
 on .the eaft ; by Turky and Hungary on the fouth ; and 
 by Germany on the weft ; capital city Warfaw, longi- 
 tude 21 cart, latitude 52 15' north; produce, com, 
 cattle, naval (lores, filv^r, iron, &c. The king's pow- 
 er here is quite limited, and may rather be called an 
 ariliocratical than tnonarchial government. Revenue 
 one hundred and forty thoufand pounds : Forces twen- 
 ty thoufand horfemen. Catholics. 
 
 PORTUGAL. 
 
 202. An European kingdom ; length three hundred 
 miles i breadth one hundred and twenty ; bounded on 
 the north and eaft, by Spain ; and on the fouth and weft 
 by the Atlantic Ocean ; capital city, Lifbon, contain- 
 ing one hundred and fifty thoufand inhabitants; lon- 
 gitude 8 sV weft ; latitude 38 40' north ; 'diftanee 
 eight hundred and fifty miles fouth weft from London ; 
 produce^ corn, wine, oil, &c. Government abfolute : 
 Keverrue, one million and an half fterling : Force;* 
 twenty thoufand men, and near thirty ihips of war, 
 
 Catholics. ._ ____ 
 
 PRUSSIA. 
 
 203. A kingdom in Europe; length about two hun- 
 dred miles, breadth one hundred ; bounded on the eail, 
 weft, and fouth by Poland, and on the north by the 
 Baltic; metropolis Koningfburg, longitude 21 eaft, 
 "latitude 54 30' north ; produces all the neceflaries of 
 life. Revenue five millions fterling. Forces one hun- 
 dred and twenty thoufand men. Catholics and Lu- 
 
 RUSSIA, OR MUSCOVY. 
 
 204. A large European empire ; length (including 
 the territories that belong to it in Afia) three thoufand 
 miles, breadth near two thoufand ; bounded on the 
 by Lajlarul ; by C rim-Tartar v and 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 7? 
 
 the fcuth ; by Poland, Sweden, and the Baltic on the 
 weft ; and by Chhiefe-Tart-ary, and the Ca'.pian Sea on 
 the eaft ; capital city Peteriburg, containing four hun- 
 dred thoufand inhabitants, longitude 30 eaft, latitude 
 59 57' north ; diftaiice eleven hundred and fifty mil^s 
 north eaft from London. The principal rivers are, the 
 Wolga, and the Don. Produce, corn, cattle, naval 
 Gores, mines of fiiver , lead, and iron. Revenue four- 
 teen millions (lerliug. Forces four hundred and fifty 
 thoufand men, and fixty- three (hips of war. ChrilUans 
 of the Greek Church. 
 
 SARDINIA. 
 
 205. An European iile and kingdom; length one 
 hundred and twenty miles, breath iixty ; chief town 
 Cagliari, longitude 9 15' eaft, latitude 39 lo'nort'i. 
 Produce, corn, wine, oil, and fruits. Revenue five 
 hundred thoufand pounds fterling. Eorces forty-five 
 thoufanxij- and thirty-two fhips of war. Catholics. 
 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 206. The north part of Great- Britain, anciently 
 called Caledonia ; length three hundred miles, breadth 
 one hundred and fifty; metropolis Edinburgh, con- 
 taining one hundred thoufand inhabitants ; longitude 
 3 weft, latitude 55 56* north ; ciiftnnce four handled 
 miles from London : produces all the necefiaries of life 
 in great abundance ; an extensive fklmon and herring 
 fifhery, mints of filver and lead ; manufactures linen, 
 lawn, cambrkks, and woolens. The principal rivers 
 in Scotland are, the Frith, the Tay, the Spey, the 
 Clyde, and the Tweed, which laft partly feparates 
 North from South-Britain. The moft noted lakes, or 
 lochs, are, Loch-lomond, and Loch-ncfs ; near the 
 latter (oppofite to the famous fall of Foyers) (lands a 
 remarkable mountain-, on the top of which is a lake of 
 freili water that never freezes, and fo deep that it ne- 
 ver could be fathomed ; a few miles from thence ij 
 aoorher lake thai; is covered with ke all the yer.r. 
 
g^ GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 SIBERIA, OR SCYTHIA. 
 
 207. Length two thoufand miles, breadth fevert 
 hundred ; chief town Toboliki, longitude 69 eaft, la- 
 titude 58 25' north -, a cold barren country (in Afia) 
 but little cultivated. Subject to Ruiiia. 
 
 SICILY. 
 
 208. An Italian ifland ; length two hundred miles, 
 breadth one hundred and twelve ; capital city Palmero^ 
 longitude 14 eaft.. latitude 38 30' north. Produce, 
 com, wine, fruits. -nous for the burning 
 
 tain, called .JEtna. S^hjefc ro Naples. Catholics. 
 
 SPAIN. 
 
 209,- One of the largeft and rooft fouthern kingdoms 
 in Europe; length feven hundred miles, breadth five 
 hundred ; bounded by the Bay of Bifcay and the Pyre- 
 nean Mountains un the north ; by the Straits of Gibral- 
 tar and the Atlantic Ocean on the fouth ; by the Me- 
 diterranean on the eaft^ and by Portugal on the weft ; 
 metropolis Madrid; containing three hundred thoufand 
 . jitants ; longitude 4 i5 / weft, latitude 40 35' 
 ftorth ; dillance 63o miles fouth weft from London. 
 Produce, corn, cattle, wine, oil, fruits, vaft 
 quantities cf fine wool, &c. Revenue fix millions fter- 
 ling. Forces fixty thoufand, and one hundred and 
 thirty fliips of war. Government abfolute. Catholics. 
 
 SWEDEN. 
 
 210. The largeft kingdom in Europe ; length eight 
 hundred miks, breadth five hundred ; bounded by 
 Ruffia on the eaft ; by Denmark and Norway on the 
 weft ; by Lapland on the north, and by the Baltic on 
 the fouth ; capital city Stockholm, containing ninety 
 thouiand inhabitants ; longitude 25 eaft, latitude 59 
 20'' north. Produce, corn, cattle, gold, fiiver, copper, 
 lead, amethyfts, &c. ReveniiC one million ilcrling. 
 Forces fixty thoufand men, eighty -five {hips of war, 
 abfolute of late years,. Luthcrr 
 
GEOGRAPHY, l 
 
 SWITZERLAND. 
 
 2ii. A (mall republic in Europe ; length two hun- 
 dred and fixty miles, breadth one hundred and twemy ; 
 bounded by Germany on the north; by the lakes of 
 Conftance and Ferol on the eaft ; by Italy oh the fouth, 
 and by France on the weft ; capital city Bern, longi- 
 tude 7 eaft, latitude 45 30' north. Produce, corn, 
 wine, &c. This territory is divided into thirteen di- 
 ftricls, or cantons, who hold a general diet or con- 
 grefs, on the twenty-fourth of June annually,' at Ba- 
 den. All the males in the country are bred to arms. 
 Religion, CalvinilU and Catholics, who live in drift 
 amity together of late years. 
 
 TOBAGO. 
 
 212. Oneof theCaribbee iilands, in the Weft -Indies, 
 at prefent belonging to Britain ; length thirty -two 
 miles, breadth twelve ; largeit town Tobago, longi- 
 tude 61 weft,, latitude 11 15' north. This iiland is 
 extremely fruitful, and produces every thing common 
 ta the Weft- Indies, in great variety and abundancei 
 
 TARTARY. 
 
 213. An extenfive country in Alia ; length four thou- 
 fand miles, breadth two thoufand four hundred ; chief 
 town Bochara> longitude 65 50' eaft, latitude 40 
 north ; fubjecl: to liuffia, China, &c. The foutherti 
 part produces corn, cattle, medicinal herbs, vegeta- 
 bles, &c. Towards the north it is exceflively cold, 
 and bat. little cultivated, being covered with fnow the 
 greater part of the year. Subject to China and Kufiia, 
 
 TERRAFIRMA. 
 
 214. An extenfive territory in South- America, be- 
 longing to Spain ; length fourteen hundred miles, 
 breadth icven hundred and fifty ; bounded on the north 
 and eaft by the Atlantic Ocean ; on the weft by the 
 Pacific Ocean, snd on the fouth by Peru, and Amaze- 
 sua ; chief cown Porto Bello ; longitude 82 weft, la- 
 
Sz GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 titude 10 fouth. Produce, corn, fruits, gold, filveiy 
 iron, copper, &c. 
 
 TRIPOLI, OR BARCA. 
 
 21,5. A kingdom in Africa ; length eleven hundred 
 miles, breadth two hundred and fifty ; bounded by the 
 Mediterranean on the north ; by the country of the 
 Beriberies on the fouth ; by Egypt on the eaft, and by 
 Tunis on the weft ; capital city Tripoli, longitude 14 
 eaft, latitude 33 20' north. Produce, corn, wine,,* 
 oil, camels, and excellent horfes. Mahometans. 
 
 TURKY, IN ASIA. 
 
 216 An extenfive territory, fubjecl to the Grand 
 Seignior; length one thoufand miles, breadth eight 
 hundred ; bounded on tire eaft by Perfia ; by the Black. 
 Sea, and Circaifia on the north ; by Arabia on the 
 fouth ^ and by the Hellefpont and Propbntis on the 
 weft; capital city Aleppo ; longitude 37 eaft, lati- 
 tude 35 40' north ; diftance eighteen hundred and. 
 fifty miles fouth eaft from London. Produce, corn,, 
 wine, oil, fruits, coffee, drugs, c. 
 
 TURKY, 
 
 Or the Grand Seignior* s Dominions in Europe. 
 
 217. An European empire; length one thoufand 
 miles, breadth nine hundred ; bounded by RufEa, 
 Poland, and Sclavonia on the north ; by the Meditera- 
 nean on the fouth ; by the Black Sea, the Hellefpont, 
 &c. on the eaft ; partly by the Mediterranean and 
 the territories of Venice and Auftria on the weft. The 
 principal rivers are the Danube, the Save, and Neiper; 
 metropolis Conftantinople, containing one million of 
 laiiabitants ; longitude 28 eaft, latitude 41 50' north, 
 diftance thirteen hundred and fifty miles fouth eaft 
 from London Very fertile producing all the necefla- 
 ries oflife. A vaft land force, and fifty mips of war* 
 Revenue from ten to twelve millions. Mahometans* 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 83 
 
 TUNIS. 
 
 2 1 8. A kingdom in Africa ; length three hundred 
 and fifty miles, breadth two hundred and forty ; 
 bounded by Tripoli on the eaft ; by Algiers on the 
 weft ; by the Mediterranean on the north ; and by 
 Mount Atlas on the fouth. Chief city Tunis ; longi- 
 tude 10 50' eaft, latitude 36 north; produce, corn, 
 cattle, wine, &c. Royalty here is very precarious ; 
 their Deys or Kings, are elecled by the Turkifh fol- 
 diers, who frequently depofe and murder them. 
 
 UNITED NETHERLANDS. 
 
 219. An European republic ; length one hundred 
 2nd fifty miles, breadth one hundred and forty five ; 
 bounded on the north by the German Sea ; oil the 
 Ibuth by the Vuftrian and French Netherlands; by 
 Germany on the eaft ; and by the Englifh Channel on 
 the weft. The names of the Seven United Provinces 
 are as follows, viz. i. Holland, 2. Zealand, 3. Frief- 
 <land, 4. Gr(jnningen, 5. Overyflel, 6. Gelderland, 
 
 7. Utrecht. Produce, corn, cattle, fidi, fowl, tobac- 
 co, fruits, iron, &c. Principal cities, Amfterdam, 
 Rotterdam, and the Hague; thelaft mentioned is the 
 feat of Government, and contains forty thoufand inha- 
 bitants ; it is deemed one of the moft beautiful cities 
 in Europe of its fize ; longitude 4 20' eaft, latitude 
 52 15' north. The paflage betwixt this country and 
 England is only ninety five miles. 
 
 220. This fmall territory contains upwards of 
 fifteen hundred cities and villages, and is perhaps the 
 moft populous part of its fize of any in the known, 
 world the principal rivers here are, the Scheldt and 
 the Rhine ; the latter is deemed one of thelargeft and 
 fineft rivers in Europe. 
 
 The Dutch excel in feveral branches of manufac- 
 tures, particularly in the articles of fine linen, tobacco- 
 pipes, ftarcb, &c. Forces thirty- feven thoufand men, 
 
4 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 and ninety five {hips of war. Revenue four millions 
 flerling. Calvinilts.* 
 
 VINCENT, ST. 
 
 221. ,One of the Britifh Weft-India iflands ; lengthy 
 twenty-four miles, breadth eighteen i chief town St.| 
 Vincent, longitude 61 20' weft, latitude 13 north. 
 Productions, tobacco, fjgar, indigo, &c. This ifland 
 is inhabited by the Caribbean Indians. 
 
 VENICE. 
 
 222. An Italian republic ; length one hundred and.H? 
 feventy miles, breadth one hundred ; metropolis of 
 the fame name ; containing one hundred thoufand 
 inhabitants; latitude 45 30' north, longitude 12 "- 
 eaft. Produce, corn, wine, oil, fruits, &c. Manu- 
 factures filk, velvets, gold and filveV ftufFs, &c. 
 This republic was once famous for its conftitution and 
 commeixe. Revenue twelve hundred thoufand pounds. 
 Forces twenty-five thoufand men, and thirty-two fhips 
 of war. Catholics. 
 
 * The Seven Provinces threw off the SpantjJ} yoke in 
 X 570, and after many brave flruggles for their liberties, 
 for thirty years, we declared independent ft ates in 1600.. 
 
PART II. 
 
 OF NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 A HE fcience of natural hiftory, confifts in contem> 
 plating the works of God, as manifeftly difplayed in 
 the mineral, vegetable, and animal creation ; and 
 tends to teach ns to admire and adore the wifdom and 
 providence of the beneficent Creator of the Univerfe. 
 
 OF THE ELEMENTS, &c. 
 
 " OF WATER. 
 
 T. In contemplating nature we ihall often find the 
 (time fubftaiices poUeiled of contrary qualities, and 
 producing oppofite effects. Air which liquifies one 
 fubitanee, dries up another. That fire which is feen 
 to burn up the dcfart, is often found, in other places, 
 to affiil the luxuriance of vegetation ; and water, which 
 next to fire, is the moil: fluid fubftance upop earth, ne- 
 verthelefs, gives all other bodies their [irrnnefs and 
 durability ; ib that every element feems to be a pow- 
 erful fervant, capable either of good or ill, and only 
 .awaiting external direction, to become the friend or 
 enemy of mankind. Thefe oppofite qualities, in this 
 fubftance in particular, have not failed to excite the 
 admiration and enquiry of the curious. 
 
 2. That water is the moil fluid penetrating body 
 Text to fire, and the molt difficult to confine, is incon- 
 teftably proved by a variety of experiments. A veflel 
 through which water cannot pafs, may be faid to re- 
 tain any thing. It may be objected, indeed, that fy- 
 rups, oils, and honey, leak through fome veflcls thac 
 \vat<*r cannot pafs through ; but this is far from being 
 the refult of their greater tenuity ana fmenefs of their 
 H 
 
86 NATURAL PIISTORY. 
 
 parts ; it is owing to the rofm wherewith the wood of 
 fuch vefTels abound, which oils and fyrups have a pow- 
 er of diflblving ; ib that thefe fluids, initead of finding 
 their way, may more properly be faid to ear their way 
 through the vefTel that contain them. However, wa- 
 ter will at laft find its way even through thefe ; for it 
 Is known to efcape through vefTels of every iubftance, 
 j*lafs only excepted. 
 
 3. Other bodies may be found to make their way- 
 out more readily indeed ; as air, when it finds a vent, 
 will efcape at once ; and quick-filver, becaufe of its 
 weight, quickly penetrates through whatever chinky 
 veilel confines it; but water, though it operates more 
 ilowly, yet always finds a more certain ifliie. As, for 
 jnftance, it is well known that air will not p-;fs through 
 leather; which water will ^ery readily penetrate. 
 And thofe who drive this towe greateft degree of pre 
 cilion, pretend to fay, that it will pafs through por 
 ten times fmaller than air can do. 
 
 4. Be this as it ma4, we are very certain that its 
 parts are fo fmall that they have been actually driven 
 through the pores of gold. This has been proved by 
 the famous Florentine experiment, in which a quantity 
 of water was ihut up in a hollow ball of gold, and then 
 prefled with an huge force by fcrews, during which 
 the fluid was feen to ooze out through the pores of the 
 metal, and to (land, like a dew, upon its furface. 
 
 5. As water is thus penetrating, and its parts thus 
 minute ; it may eafily be fuppofed that they enter into 
 the composition of all bodies, both vegetable, animal, 
 and fpflil. This every chymiuVs experience convinces 
 him of, and the mixture is the more obvious, as it can 
 always be feparated, by a gentle heat, from thofe fub- 
 itances with which it had been united. Fire will pene- 
 trate where water cannot pafs ; but then it is not fo 
 eaftly to be feparated : but there is fcarce any fubftance 
 from which its water cannot be divorced. The parings 
 or filings of lead, tin, antimony, &c. by diftillation, 
 yield water plentifully. The horded (lone, fea-falt, 
 nitre, vitriol; and fulphur ; are found to conlift chiefly 
 
NATURAL HISTORY; gf 
 
 of water, into which they refolve by force of fire, 
 " All birds, beaft andfifnes," fays Newton, " infers, 
 trees, -and vegetables, with their parts, grow from 
 water; and by putrefaction, return to water again." 
 In fliort, almoft every fubitance that we fee owes its 
 texture and firmnefs to the parts of water that mix 
 with its earth ; and deprived of this fluid, it falls 
 away into a mafs of fhapelefs duft and afhes. 
 
 6. From confiderations of this kind, Thales, and 
 niany of the ancient philofophers, held that water vvas 
 the tirft principle of all things ; and fome have thought 
 that Moles himfelf was of the fame opinion ; fince be- 
 fore any thing was created, he tells us Theffirit of 
 God moved u on tb^ face of the ivatzrs, 
 
 OF 
 
 7. It is difficult to fay what is the real nature and 
 eflence of fire, *but fome of its properties and effects 
 ma? be readily defcribed, and eafily underftood. One 
 effect, and that which moft particularly diftinguiihes 
 it, is heat. Another is motion, which it communi- 
 cates to all bodies ; nay, fome fuppofe, that all the 
 motion in matter proceeds only from fire, which re- 
 fides more or lefs in all bodies whatfoever, and that 
 if this fire could be extracted and taken quite away, 
 ail nature would grow into one folid body, hard and- 
 immoveable. 
 
 8. Another effect of fire is, that it dilates all folid 
 bodies, and rarities all fluids, It melts, calcines, or 
 virrities, according to the nature of the body that is 
 offered to its power, it is thought by fome, to be 
 the caufj of light, but this is doubtful It is certain 
 there may be fire without light, as in a Dutch (love, 
 which warms the room without enlightening it ; and 
 there may be light without (ire, as the light of the 
 moon, which gives no heat at all. In fhort the aif 
 we breathe, the water we drink, the earth from 
 whence we draw our food, are all enlivened and ren- 
 dered fit for the ufe of man by this warm principle re 
 feding in them, 
 
SS NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 OF AIR. 
 
 9. Air is a thin tranfparent fluid in which we live, 
 and move, and breathe ; and without which we cannot 
 fubfift. It furrounds this terraqueous globe to a cer- 
 tain height, and is called its atmofphere, is carried 
 along with it, and partakes of all its motions both annu- 
 al and diaraal. In this atmofphere the clouds and va- 
 pors which are exhaled from, the earth, are fu pended 
 and float about It isacomprtifibleand dilatable body ; 
 that is, it may be contra-cled to a fmaller fpace than it 
 naturally fills, or extended to a larger, as may be 
 proved by many experiments. It is -fitted by its na- 
 ture to penetrate and pervade other bodies, by which 
 means it animates and excites ail nature, and is one of 
 the principal caufes of vegetation. It is the breath 
 and life of the whole animal world, whether inha- 
 biting the air, the earth, or the waters. 
 
 10. It would be tedious to reckon up all the be- 
 nefits of this ufeful and delicate element ; let it fuffice 
 juft to mention its wonderful powers in many engines, 
 its admirable property of conveying fmells to our 
 nofes, founds to our ears, and peflc&ifcg the light of the 
 heavenly bodies to our eyes ; alib its great ufe and ex- 
 cellence in contributing by many other wa} 8 to the life, 
 the health, the pleafure of all mankind. 
 
 OF THE CLOUDS'" RAIN, HAIL, AND 
 SNOW. 
 
 11. The clouds are nothing but vapors raifed from 
 the waters, or from moid: parts or the earth, partly 
 by the iolar, and partly by the fubterraneous heat ; 
 \vhich vapours^ being lighter than air, mount upward 
 until having reached fuch a region of the at- 
 xnofphere, as is of the fame fpecific gravity with thein- 
 felves, they are there fufpended. /^fter a while the 
 \vatery particles which were at firft too thin to be 
 perceived, are focondenfcd bv the cold of fuperior re- 
 gions, as to render them opaque enough to r flee! the 
 light of the fun, in which -ftate they ^re called clouds ; 
 and when their fpecific gravity is fo increaled as t$ 
 $iiake them deicend^ it is then called 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. fy 
 
 12. Thefe clouds are formed in the atmofphere, at 
 very different heights from the earth. When they 
 sre formed in the lower regions of the atmofphere, the 
 rain that falls from them is very fmall. When they 
 are formed higher the bubbles falling within the fphere 
 of each other's attraction, incorporate as they fall, 
 and become larger drops. If thefe bubbles, in their 
 defcent through the atmofphere, meet with a region 
 fo cold as to freeze them they condenfe into flakes cf 
 fnow or hail. 
 
 OF WIND. 
 
 13. Wind is a quick motion of air flowing from one 
 point or quarter of the earth to another, of which, 
 though Carious conjectures have been , made, the phy- 
 iicnl caufe is not yet known. The winds are divided 
 into, i. Perennial, or fuch as blow all the year the 
 fame way, of which the moft remarkable is that be- 
 twixt the two tropics, blowing conftantly at fea from 
 enft to weft, and is called the general trade wind. 2. 
 Periodical, or thofe which conitantly return at certain 
 times, fuch as the fea and land breezes, which in 
 the evening blow from the fea to land and in the morn- 
 ing from Irmd to fea. Such alfo are the particular trade ' 
 wind which blow from the north to the Equator in our 
 fummer, and from the South to the Equator in 
 our winter. 3. Variable, or fuch as blow now one 
 \vay and now another ; are now high and now low, 
 without any regularity either as to tirae or place, 
 which is the cafe in moft Oi our temperate climates hi 
 the world. 
 
 14. The ufcs of the wind are many and great. It 
 is the common fervant of mankind. The whole bufi- 
 nefs of navigation is performed by its affiftance. It is 
 not only commiifioned to warm and cool us by turns 
 but alfo to keep onr habitations clean a n d wholefome 3 
 which office it pe rformes by carrying away inviiibly 
 every thing that might in feel: and corrupt tl:e air, 
 Which if it was always at reft and unagitated by 
 
9* NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 quentgales and florins, inftead of refreOiing and ani* 
 mating would fuiFocate and poifon ail the world. 
 
 OF THUNDER AND LIGHTNING. 
 
 15. Thunder is that loud and rumbling noife whlcH 
 is heard in the lower regions of the air occafioned by 
 the iudden kindling of fulphureous exhalations. For as 
 Sir I. Newton obferves, vapors are raifed into the air, 
 not only from water, but alfo from fuiphur, bitumen, 
 volatile falts, &c. where fermenting with nitrous acid, 
 they fometirnes take fire, and generate thunder, light- 
 ning, and other fiery meteors. If high in the air, and 
 far from us, they will do no mifchief ; but if near us may 
 tkitroy trees, animals, or men And the nearnefs or 
 diitance may be computed by the interval of time be- 
 twixt the flam and the noife. Dr. Wallis obferves, 
 that commonly the interval is about feven feconds, 
 which, at eleven hundred and forty two feet in a fe- 
 cond (the rate at which found travels) gives the dif- 
 tance about a mile and a half ; but it is often near- 
 er, and fometimes farther off. .The efFecls of lightning 
 are fometimes very furpriilng ; it has melted a f^vord 
 tvithout hurting the fcabbard,and broken the bones of 
 a man without injuring his flefh, or even his ikin. Its 
 ufes may be to purge the aii% and purify the noxious 
 vopors which nlight otherwife grow pernicious. 
 
 OF EARTHQUAKES. 
 
 16. An. earthquake is the great ell and mod: formida- 
 ble appearance of nature. It is a vehement make or 
 agitation of that part of the earth where it happens, 
 accompanied. with noife like thunder, and frequently 
 with eruptions of water, fire, fmoke or wind, &c. 
 The fame caufes that produces evaporations of water, 
 and all thofe meteors that roll over our heads, do al- 
 fo produce thefe other no lefs dreadiul effecls under 
 our feet., 
 
 For the earth abounding every where with caverns, 
 reins ; and canals^ fome fuii of water, others 
 
NATURAL HISTORY, 9* 
 
 tnd exhalations, and many parts of the earth being re- 
 plete with nitre, Culphur, bitumen, vitriol* and otheT 
 combuftibles ; theCe, either from fome fire the} meet 
 with, cr from their colliilon againit hard bodies, or 
 their intermixture with other fluids, are kindled, by 
 which means, burfting out into a greater compaCs, the 
 place becomes too narrow for them, fo that preffiug 
 violently on all fides, the adjoining parts are fhakcn, 
 a noife is heard like thunder, which continues until 
 they have either found, or made a vent to diCchargp 
 themlelves. 
 
 OF THE TIDES. 
 
 177 The tides are thtt flux and reflux, or ebb ard 
 flow of the fea, which is obferved to happen nearly 
 twice every day. It flows from Couth to north for 
 fomething nrore than iix hours during which time it 
 gradually fwells, Co that entering the mouth of rivers 
 it drives back their waters towards their heads or 
 Cp rings ; then feeming to reft for about ten minutes, it 
 begins to ebb and retire back again from north to Couth 
 for fix hours more ; and the waters finking, the rivers 
 refume their natural courfe. Then alter a paufe of 
 ten minutes more, the fea begins to flow as before, 
 and fo alternately. 1 he period of a flux and reflux is 
 twelve hours and twenty- five minutes ; fo that the tides 
 return later and later even day by fifty minutes, now 
 twenty four hours and fifty minutes is a lunar day, 
 that is, the moon paries the earth's meridian later and 
 later every day by fifty minutes , fo that the fea flows 
 as often as the moon pailes the meridian, both under 
 the arch, above the horizon, and that below ; and ebbs 
 as often as fhe paries the horizon, both at the eaiiern 
 and weftcrn points ; that is. both at the rifiugand fet- 
 ting of it. When the moon enters the rirlt and third 
 quarter, that is. at the new and full moon, the tides 
 are high and Cwifr, and called fpring tides ; when fho 
 enters the fecond and lad quarter, the tides are weak- 
 . er ; and are called neap tides, Ml thefe 
 
9 2 NATURAL BISTORT. 
 
 of the tides are accounted for from the principles of 
 gravitation. 
 
 OF GOLD. 
 
 18. Gold is the heaviefl:, pureft, and moftduclile of 
 all metals It is chiefly found in mines, though fome- ' 
 times gold dull is found in the land and mud of rivers, 
 particularly in Guinea. The golden ore that is found 
 in the mines is generally about <one hundred and fifty, 
 or one hundred and fixty fathoms deep, and is dug up 
 in large pieces, which ufually contain fome other mi- 
 neral matter, as antimony, vitriol, fulphur, copper, 
 or filver, particularly the lail. The manner of pre- 
 paring and feparating it is thus ; they firft break the 
 ore with iron mallets pretty imall, then carry it to 
 certain mills, where it is ground ^ o powder ; after 
 which they pafs it through feveral fieves until it is ex- 
 ceeding fine. 
 
 19. The powder thus prepared, they lay it in 
 troughs, mix with it a fafficient quantity of water and 
 mercury, and leave it in the fun and air for two or 
 three days, after which the coarfe and muddy earth is 
 drawn out by hot waters, until nothing remains but 
 a mafs of mercury and gold ; which are feparated by 
 dill illation The gold in this (late is called Virgin 
 Gold, which they melt in crucibles, and then caft into 
 plates or ingots. 
 
 20. There are gold mines in mod countries hi the 
 world, though in Europe they are very fparingly fcat- 
 tered. The mines of P-eru and Chili, in South-Amer- 
 ica, are the richeft, though very fine gold is found in 
 many parts of the Eart-indies. The weight of geld is 
 to that of water nearly as nineteen to one j and to 
 that of (liver near two to one. The pound weight of 
 gold, or twelve ouncCvS troy, is divided into twenty- 
 four carets. Of all the properties of gold, its ductil- 
 ity is the mod furpriiing : a ilngle ounce of gold may 
 be extended, by the gold-beater's hammer, to a fur- 
 face of near one hundred and fifty fquare feet, and by 
 the gold-wire drawers, It will be extended to upwards 
 of a thoufand, and yet remain fo entire, as that the 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. 53 
 
 leaft flaw {hall not be perceived even by the help of a 
 microfcope. 
 
 OF SILVER. 
 
 21. Silver is a white rich metal, and, except gold, 
 the fineft and moft du&ile of any : there are lilver 
 mines in all parts of the world, but thofe of Peru, and 
 fome other parts of America, particularly thofe of Pa- 
 toii, are by far the richclh 
 
 22. The filver ores, when firft dug, are not of the 
 fame quality, colour, or value; fome are white or afli 
 colour, fpotted with red or blue fj)ecks ; but the rich* 
 eft, and that which is, ea(ic(l wrought, is black; for 
 the working of this nothing is required but to put It 
 in the fire, where the lead evaporating, leaves the 
 filver pure; but the method of feparating (ilver from 
 the common ore, is much the fame as that of gold ; on- 
 ly that, to every fifty hundred weight of ore, is added 
 one hundred weight of rock fait; the ftandard of fine 
 filver is twelve penny-weights, each eonlilting of 
 twenty -four grains, 
 
 OF COPPER. 
 
 23. Topper is a hard, dry, heavy, diiclile metal", 
 abounding much with vitriol, and an ill-digeited ful- 
 pher, ant! found in mines, in mod parts of Kuro-pe, 
 but particularly in Sweden-. It is du-g up in larga 
 fragments of ore, which are firhY beaten fhiall, then 
 wafhed to feparate the coarfe and earthy pirtsfrom it, 
 
 rthen fmelted and call: in a kind of moulds to form large 
 blocks called falmons, or copper cakes. This is the 
 ordinary copper. 
 
 24. Rofe copper, is that which is melted once or 
 twice more, and a quantity of tn and antimony* added 
 to each melting, to render ir more beautiful : virgin 
 copper, is that which is fometimcs, but feldom, found 
 pure in mines. Certain proportions of\ copper and la- 
 pis, calaminarics make brafs : Certain proportions of 
 Copper ajjd tin, ma^e bell-metal ; Copper ^nd braf? 
 
94 NATURAL HISTORY; 
 
 melted in equal quantities make bronze for buds and! 
 ftatues ; and the ruft of copper makes vcrdigreafe. 
 
 OF IRON. 
 
 25. Iron is a bard, dry, fufible, and duc~H!e metal, 
 confiding of earth, fait, and lulphur ; but all impure,, 
 ill mixed, and ill digelted ; which renders it very lia- 
 ble to ruft. By often heating it \n the fire, hammering 
 it, and letting it cool of i tie If, ft is foitened^ by ex- 
 tinguilhing it when hot, in water, it is hardened. 
 
 26. The procefs of making iron is as follows ; their 
 firft work is to calcine the ore, which is done in kilns, 
 much like common lime kilns, which they fill up to the 
 top with fuel and ore intermixed, and letting fire to it 
 at the bottom, let it burn until the fuel is entirely con- 
 fumed. This is done without melting the ore, and 
 ferves to confume the more droily part of it, and to 
 make \t maleable : after this they carry it to the fur- 
 naces, where, in a furious fire, that for months toge- 
 ther is not fulFered to flacken night or day, it is melted 
 and/:aft into fows, or pigs of iron, as ih^ey are com- 
 monly called ; and laftly, it is taken from the furnace 
 to the forge, where thofe pigs are wrought into com- 
 jnon bars for uie. 
 
 OF LEAD. 
 
 27. Lead is a c.oarfe, heavy, fo ft metal, containing: 
 mercury, fome fulphur, and much bituminous earth. 
 It is found in many countries ; when the ore is firft 
 dug out of the mines it is beaten fmall, warned clean 
 in a running flream, and then lifted ; after which it 
 is melted in a iurnace, with a ftrong charcoal fire ; as 
 it melts it runs through a canal on one fide, leaving 
 the earth, (tone, and drofs amongft the afhes, and the 
 workmen with iron ladles, take it out, and upon fand 
 call it into what form they pleafe. 
 
 OF TIN" 
 
 28. Tin is a whitim metal, not fo hard as fllver 
 tier fo foft as lead : the ftannaries or tin mines in Corn- 
 wall and Devonshire (in Great- Brit an) fur nidi th* 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. J 
 
 f greatefl part of the tin that is con fumed in all Europe, 
 The manner of preparing it, as related in the philofo- 
 pbical tranfactions, is thus The mineral (tone, or ore 
 being dug and drawn out of the mines, they break it 
 in pieces with large iron mallets, then bring k to a 
 (lamping mill, where it is pounded with dampers much 
 like thoie of paper mills ; and the water palling 
 through it, wames away the earthy parts, and leaves 
 the metalic ones behind 
 
 29. I lus done, they lay it on iron plates, and dry 
 it in a furnace, and grind it very fine in a crafingnvll ; 
 then wafli it and dry it. In this Itate it is called black 
 tin; to reduce it to white tin its proper color they carry 
 it to a furnace filled with charcoal, where it is fmelted. 
 After it has pafled through all thefe preparations, and is 
 become cold, they forge it into plates, which finifhes the 
 procefs. Six pounds of bra is, and fifteen pounds of 
 lead, to an hundred pounds of tin, makes the compo* 
 iiuon called pewter. 
 
 MERCURY. 
 
 30. Or as it is vulgarly called, quick-ill ver, is an 
 imperfect metal, neither ductile nor malleable, but a 
 fluid matter, refembling melted filver j it is found 
 chiefly in Hungary, Spain, and Peru ; the method of 
 feparating; it is firft to grind the mineral glebe, or 
 ore, into powder, then pouring a great quantity of 
 
 ij water upon it, they ftir it about until the water 
 becomes thick ; then pouring it off, they put on frefh 
 
 ; water,and repeat their work until the water comes of? 
 
 *i clear ; and now all that remains at the bottom of the 
 vefTel is mercury and other metaline matter. With this 
 they intermix the drofs, or refufe of iron, and putting* 
 the whole into large retorts, diftil it ; by which means 
 all the heterogenious, metallic;, and ftony parts, are 
 feparated, and the mercury left pure. 
 
 3 r. The chief properties of mercury are, that, gold 
 cxcepted, it is the heavieil of all metals. It is alfo the 
 Woft fluid of all bodies, that is, its parts cohere the 
 lead to each other, and are the molt eafily feparated * 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 it is extremely volatile, being convertible into fume 
 by a very gentle heat ; it eaiily enters and clofely ad- 
 heres to gold, lefs eaiily to filver, with difficulty to 
 copper, and to iron not at all. 
 
 OF DIAMONDS. 
 
 32. There are many -kinds of precious dunes, but \ 
 the diamond, bv the ancients called adamant, is the 
 molt valuable of them all. Its goodnefs confifts in its 
 V'ater or color, lultre, and weight : And its defects 
 are flaws, veins fpecks of red and black ind, and a 
 bluiili or yeliowiih cad. Diamonds are found only in 
 the Kaft- indies, fometimes in mines and fome times in 
 the fand of rivers: it is the hardest of all gems, info- 
 much that it can only be cut and ground by itfelf, and 
 its own fubdance. 
 
 3.3. The manner of preparing them is firft to rub 
 them hard aga'mft each other, and the dud which is 
 thus rubbed of the ftoues, ferves to grind and polifh 
 them ; and this is done by means of a mill, which turns 
 a wheel of loft iron, fprinlded over with diamond dult 
 mixed with oil of olives : The fame dud, wel) ground, 
 and diluted with water and vin?gar, is ufed inthefaw- 
 in^ of diamonds ; which is performed with an iron or 
 brafs wire as fine as a hair. 
 
 OF THE MAGNET, OR LOADSTONE. 
 
 34. This wonderful done is ufually found in iron 
 mines : and is produced in mod countries of the world, 
 particularly in China, Bengal, Arabia, England/ 
 Germany, c. It is a heavy itone, fomething reiem-- 
 bling the ore of iron, only cloier and more ponderous. 
 It is endosved with ibme furpriiing qualities and pow-- 
 ers : It attracts iron, which will adhere to it very 
 [irongly ; which virtue it alfo communicates to the iron 
 fo attracted : In every magnet ihere are two poles, one 
 of which points northward, and the other fouthward ; 
 and if the magnet be divided into ever fo many pieces, 
 the two poles will be found in each piece. It is this 
 property which has rendered it fo ufcful in improving 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. 97 
 
 the art of navigation ; for by the help of a needle/ 
 properly touched to the Loadftone, the faijor directs 
 the courfe of his fhip to whatever quarter of the world 
 he pleaies ; the property of pointingtowards the north, 
 being communicated from the (lone to the needle. 
 
 OF VEGETABLES, &c. 
 ift. OP THE VINE. 
 
 35. The vine is a plant or fhrub of the reptile kin J/ 
 fupporting itfelf by creeping or climbing up any thing 
 which (lands near it. It is famous for its fruit called 
 grapes, which it produces in bunches, and from the 
 juice of which is made that dangerous liquor, wine : 
 I call it dangerous becaufe men very often drink it to> 
 the lofs of their health and reafon , bst temperately u- 
 fed, its virtues chear the heart, and enliven the imagi* 
 nation. The bed foliation, for a vineyard, is in a dry 
 foil, on the fide of a hill, fronting the fouth : The me- 
 thod of making wine, is only to tread or fqueeze cut 
 the juice ; let it ttand ibme time with the bufks to fer- 
 ment, and then tun it up in veilels. There are vari- 
 ous kinds of wine which are generally denominated 
 from the places where the vines grow ; thus Port comes 
 from Portugal, Madeira from the Madeira I (lands, 
 Burgundy and Champaign are the product of thole pro- 
 duces in France. 1 
 
 OF COFFEE. 
 
 36. Coffee berries are the fruit of a tree which 
 grows very plentifully in Arabia Felix, .and is cultiva- 
 ted alfo in Turky and fome parts of the Levant. The 
 fizc qf thefe berries is fomething binder than our lar- 
 geft peas, the flower is like the white jetTamin flower, 
 und the leaf like that of the bay. The berries are of 
 a pale color, and imported to us as they are gathered 
 from the tree ; but before they can be ufed to make the 
 liquor which we call coffee, they mud be toaited un- 
 t'a they become a deep brown color ; and then ground 
 
 I 
 
9 3 NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 in a mill to powder. The cuftom of drinking coffee 
 Is fcarce of an hundred years (landing, in England, or 
 America; Come fay Dr. Harvey was the firft who ufed 
 5t ; others that one Pafqua, a Greek fervant, brought 
 into England by Mr. Daniel Edwards, a Turky Mer- 
 chant, in one thoufand fix hundred and fifty-two, was 
 the firft who introduced it, and opened the firft coffee- 
 lioufe in England. 
 
 OF TEA. 
 
 37. The tea tree grows in China, Japan, Slam, 
 and other parts of the Eaft-lndies. It delights in val - 
 leys and [tony foil. That which is imported to us, and 
 of which we make tea,, is only the leaves, which are 
 gathered by the natives in March or April, held over 
 the fteam of boiling water to moiften them, and then 
 laid on copper plates, and dried before the fire, which 
 curls them up in the manner we fee. Its feed is afual- 
 ly fown in places expofed to the (both, and the tree 
 bears three years after fown. The root is fomewhat 
 like that of the peach tree ; the leaves are about an 
 inch and a half long, narrow at the point and jagged 
 all round Its flower refembles the \vild rofe, which, 
 when blown, is fucceeded by a cod not exceeding the 
 lize of a hazle nut, containing two or three feeds, from 
 whence the plant is propagated. The tree is faid to 
 be of various heights, even from ons foot to a hundred, 
 
 OF THE SUGAR CANE. 
 
 38. The fugar cane is produced in many parts of the 
 "Weft-Indies, particularly the Carribee Iflands, as Bar- 
 badoes, Jamaica, Nevis," &c. It ufualiy grows five 
 or fix feet high, and is about half an inch in diameter. 
 The ftem or ftock, is divided by knots a foot and a 
 half apart At^the top it puts forth a number of long 
 green leaves, from the middle of which arife the flow- 
 er and the feed: when ripe, which is commonly in 
 about ten months, it is found quite full of white juicy 
 pith, from whicli is exprefled the liquor whereof Hi gar 
 is made. 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. 97 
 
 39. The procefs of making fugar is as follows ; after 
 the canes are cut, they are carried in bundles to mills, 
 \vhich confift of three wooden rollers, covered with 
 fleel plates, and are wrought either by water, or wind, 
 or cattle, or Haves. The liquor, when the canes are 
 prefTed and broke between the rollers, runs through 
 a little canal into the fugar houfe, and is conveyed in- 
 to a copper, heated by a How tire, jnft to make it fim- 
 mer, where it receives its llrft reparation. With the 
 liquor is here mixed a quantity of allies and quick lime ; 
 the eifects of which mixture, aiiifted by the 'action of 
 fire, is, that the uncluous parts are Separated from 
 the reft, and railed to the top, in form of a thick founi, 
 \vhieii is conftantly taken orf with a ikimmer This 
 done, it is farther purified in a (econd, third, fourth, 
 and fifth boiiler, in which lad it is brought to the confif- 
 tence of a fyrup. Then in a iixth boiiler the fy rnp re- 
 ceives its full coclion, and here all the impurities left by 
 the former lees are taken away by a new lee, and a wa- 
 ter of lime and allum is calt into it. In this lad copper, 
 there is fcarce found one third of what was in the firfl:, 
 the reft being wafted in fcum. By thus palling a num- 
 ber of coppers, the fugar juice is purifitd, thickened, 
 and renderd fit to be converted into any kind of fugar. 
 
 OF BIRDS. 
 
 40. If we condder the nature and formation of birds 
 in general, mmy reflections will naturally arife, and 
 confirm in our minds the wifclom and goodnefs of God, 
 in i'o wonderfully adapting their power to the ufes and 
 ends they were ordained to ferve and purfue. 
 
 ift. OF THE EAGLE. 
 
 41. There are many forts of eagles, but that called 
 the Golden- Eagle is chief, and is co*mnonly reckoned 
 the king of birds. Pie is found in the defarts of Arabia, 
 sncl in the moft remote parrs of Scvthia : He is a 
 bird of great ftrengtb, exceeding bold, and very vo- 
 racious and fierce, in devouring his prey. He is of a 
 
300 NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 large fize, near four feet long from the point of the 
 bill to the end of the tail ; and betwixt the points of 
 each wing, when extended near fix feet ; his beak is 
 very ftrong, crooked and {harp, fo alfo are his talons 
 or claws. 
 
 42. Their common prey are hares, rabbits, kids, 
 Jambs, c.-But when preiled by hunger, they will 
 feize on larger animals. His fight is fo exceeding 
 iharp and piercing, that he can fee his prey on the 
 ground, though at ever fo great a 'height in the air, 
 and darts upon it with a furprifing rapidity. And as 
 Lis eye is of fuch great ufe in fpying out his prey nature. 
 3ias contrived to preferve it with uncommon care, hav- 
 ing inftead of one, provided it with four lids or covers. 
 *They build their nefts generally on the fides of inaccef- 
 lible ro'cks, or on the tops of old decayed large trees, 
 and feldom lay above two eggs at a time. They 
 Jive to a prodigious age, fome fay three hundred years, 
 but that is probably a miftake. 
 
 OF THE OSTRICH. 
 
 47. This is generally thought to be the larged ; at 
 ]ea(t it is one of the talleil birds in the world, being 
 Jull as high as a man on horfeback. It is found both 
 in Africa and Arabia, particularly in the fandy defarts 
 of Arabia. The head and bill referable thofe of a duck, 
 .their wings are not large enough in proportion to 
 aheirbody to raife them up from the ground, but ferve 
 sis fails or oars to cut through or impel the air, and add 
 great fwiftnefs to their feet, which are ihod xvith a 
 horny fubftance, enabling them to tread firmly, and 
 to run a long time without hurting themfelves. 
 
 44. They are frequently hunted with grey hounds, 
 and when in danger of being taken, fuddenly (top, and 
 let down one of their wings, and covering their whole 
 body with it, fuffer the dog to get his mouth full of fea- 
 thers, then taking to their heels again, before the dog 
 can difengage himfelf from the feathers, they are go 
 s confiderable way before him. 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. ior 
 
 45. What is mod remarkable of this bird is, that 
 flic lays her eggs in the fand, and entirely forgetting 
 them/ fuifers "them to be hatched by the heat of the 
 fun, and quite contrary to all other creatures whatib- 
 ever, appears utterly deftitute of parental aifedion. 
 
 OF QUADRUPEDS, OR FOUR-FOOTED 
 BEASTS; 
 
 i ft. OF THE LION. 
 
 46. The lion, juftly (tiled by all writers the king of 
 beads, is generally of a dim color ; but not without 
 fonie exceptions, as black, white, and red, in Lthio- 
 pia, and fume other parts of Africa and Alia. The hair 
 cf fome of them is curled, and fome long, fliagged, 
 find thin. His head is vaftly large and ftrong, his nofe 
 thick, his mouth very wide, his eyes are red, fiery, 
 and hollow, not very round, nor long, looking a wry 5 
 his fore feet have live diftinft claws on each .foot, 
 and the hinder but four ; all crooked, fliarp, and ex- 
 ceeding hard. His fight and fmelling are very acute, 
 and he ileeps with his eyes open. He cannot endure, 
 fire. 
 
 47. When other wild breads hear his terrible roar* 
 ing noife, all are furprifecl with fear and dare not flir ; 
 
 ; >h he is not without his fear of fome creatures^ 
 fuch as (as is reported) the great dogs of India, &c; 
 with which they hunt and kill lions. He is mo ft com* 
 monly taken by nets and other fnares. Lions are 
 thought to be Jdttg lived, becaufe many of them have 
 been taken toothlefs ; but this is no certain fign, as it 
 
 proceed from their corrupt breath, or other caufcj. 
 I he lionefs, tho female of the fame kind, i.s 
 found in the fume countries, with the fame nature and 
 properties ; but has no mane at all, which is proper 
 to the male only, to whole ihoulders and neck it is a 
 great ornament. 
 
 40.. The jackall ; or wild dog (commonly called the 
 
 I 3 
 
102 NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 lion's pf ovicler) though not. much bigger than a fox, 
 yet is f'o fierce and bold, that it Icizeu on fticb beads, 
 as cows, hogs, fheep, c. and fometimes will attack 
 a man. It is reported, that when this creature feizes 
 his prey, lie makes an hideous r.oife, which gives no- 
 tice to the lion, who immediately comes, if within 
 hearing ; at whofe fight the jackal 1 goes a little afide, 
 until the lion has fully fatisfied his hunger, and march- 
 es off, and then returns to feed on what the lion has 
 left. His head is like a fox's, and his" body like a 
 Cadger's. 
 
 OF THE ELEPHANT. 
 
 50. The elephant is bred in the hot eafl and fouth 
 countries ; that of India is the largelt, being about 
 thirteen feet high, and feven broad, and is much the 
 largei! of all land animals. It is for the moil: part, of 
 a moufe color, or black. The fkin is fo hard, that a 
 rJharp fword cannot penetrate -through it, efpecially 
 vpon the back. The moft tender part being under 
 the belly. Its eyes are likefwines. 
 
 51. It has four teeth on each fide, with which it 
 grinds its meat like meal ; befides thefe, it has two 
 others, which hang out beyond the relt ; in the male 
 downwards, in the female upwards ; thofe of the male 
 sire the largeft ; thofe of the female are fmalbr, but 
 fharpcr One of them it keeps always fliarp, to re- 
 venge injuries ; and with 'the other it roots up trees 
 and plants for its meat. The tooth of the male of this 
 beall grows to be ten feet lung ; fome elephant's teeth 
 have been feen, that (they fay) have weighed, fmgle, 
 three hundred pounds weight. The teeth of the fe- 
 male are reckoned more precious than thofe of the male. 
 Theie they lafe once in ten years ; which falling off, 
 they very carefully bury in the earth (as is thought) 
 on purpofe that men may not find them. The two 
 teeth hanging out beyond the reft are ivory. 
 
 52. The elephant's tongue is very finall, but broad, 
 his trunk., through wlr'ch he draws breath, ferves as 
 tin hand to receive his food ;. it is crooked; gnfty ; and 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. 103 
 
 flexible. At the root, next to the nofe, in the trunk, 
 are two pailages, one into his body and head, by which 
 he breathes, and the other into his mouth, whereby he 
 takes in his food. With this he fights in war, and can 
 take up a fonll piece of money from the ground. It 
 has joints in its legs, which it can bend at pleafure. 
 Its feet are round like a horfe's, and vaftly broad. 
 
 53. It is a great lover of wine, and will drink (if 
 fame be true) about fourteen gallons at a time, of ei- 
 ther wine or water. It goes with young, according 
 to fome writers, three years, and others, but two ; 
 and brings forth but one at a time, and that but little 
 bigger than a calf, and grows until thirty. When it 
 crofles a river, the dam takes her young up with her 
 fnout, with which flic grafps it, and carries it fafe over. 
 
 54. The female is more ilrongand courageous than 
 the male, and will bear a greater burden ; but in war 
 the male is more graceful, becaufe taller. When it is 
 rrioft loaded it will go fwift ; and can carry a wooden 
 tower upon its back, and thirty men with their ammu- 
 nition and provifions of war. It is one of the mod 
 docile of all animals, and may be taught to do many 
 things. If it receives no hurt h will live an hundred 
 years, and fometimes two hundred. The blood of the 
 elephant is obferved to be the coldeft of all animals. 
 
 OF THE CROCODILE. 
 
 55. The crocodile is a creature that liveth on land 
 and yvater. Its color is like to faffron, that is, between 
 yellow and reel, but more inclining to yellow. The 
 belly, is fome what whiter than the other parts. Its bo- 
 dy is rough, being covered all over with a certain bark 
 or rind, fo thick, firm and ftrong, that it will not yield 
 (audefpecially upon the back) unto a cart wheel, when 
 the cart is loaded ; and in all the upper parts, and the 
 tail, it is impenetrable by a dart or fpear; x but the 
 belly is fofter, wherein it receiveth wounds more eafi- 
 Iv. The covering of its back is cliflinguiflied into divers 
 divided {hells, ftanding up far above the flklh ; but on 
 the bvUv it is more ihrjoih, 
 
104 NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 '56. The head of this beaft is very broad, and his 
 fnout like a (wine's. When it eateih, or biteth, it IR-- 
 ver moves- the under chap. The opening of the mouth 
 reacheth to the place of his ears Its teeth are white, 
 long, fharp, a little crooked, and hollow. It has ilxty 
 joints, or bones^ on the back, which are tied together 
 by Co-many ligaments. The tail is near as long 'as the 
 \vhole body, and the fame is alfo rough, and armed 
 with hard jkin on the upper part, and the fides ; bat 
 beneath it is fmootla and tender. It hath fins upon the < 
 tail, by the benefit w hereof it fwirneth ; as alfo by the 
 help of its feet, which are like a bear's, except that 
 they are covered with fcales inilead of hair. Us nails 
 are very {harp and (Irong. 
 
 57. By reafon of the ihortnefs of its legs, his pace 
 is very {low ; and therefore it is not very difficult for 
 a man to efcape from him by flight ; efpecially if he 
 does not go ftraight forward, but turns and winds out 
 of the direct path ; for the crocodile's body is fo hard 
 and iti if that it cannot ealily turn and wind after him-. 
 It brings forth young every year, and lays its eggs, 
 (wlikh are about as b'rjf as a gpofe's) in the earth or 
 dry land. During the (pace of three {core days it lays 
 every clay an egg; and within the like fpace of time 
 they are hatched into youLg ones, by fitting or lying 
 upon them by courfe, the male one while, and the 
 female anorher ; which is in a moderate and temper- 
 ate feafon ; otherwise they perlili and come to nothing; 
 So foon as the young ones are hatched they initantly 
 fall into the water.. The crocodile is thought to live 
 iixty years-. 
 
 58. Some have thought that the alligator (of which 
 there are many in Georgia and South- Carolina) arc a 
 diiHndt fpecies of the crocodile ; but it is the received 
 opinion of naturaliils, that it. 5s no oilier than a cro- 
 codile not arrived to its full growth. There are ma- 
 ny crocodiles ia -Egypt, about the river Nile, in the 
 Wei j he f about the Nile are much the 
 large it ; fonie o; tiKrm being (according to very credi- 
 .ble te(timony) not Ici'o thaa thirty feet long. - 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. 105 
 
 OF THE SKUNK. 
 
 9. This moft fingular animal inhabits the American 
 woods, and is remarkable for the peculiar fluid which 
 it emits, when purfbed by its enemies, for the fake of 
 defending itfclf. Its flefh, when properly drefled, is 
 very good eating. Its jkin is covered with a coarfe 
 kind of hair or fur. Mr. Carver has given a particu- 
 lar account of this animal, in his travels; but an ac- 
 curate direction of it was made lately by Dr. Mirchcl, 
 who found the odoriferous matter to be contained in 
 two bags iituated in the pofterior parts of the body, 
 and furrounded by the circular mufcles in fuch a man- 
 ner that by their contraction, the fluid is forced out 
 with great velocity, and to a confiderable dillance. 
 The urinary organs are totally diflinct from thefe 
 bags. This peculiar flibftance medically adminiilered 
 is laid to be good for afthmas, and other fpafmodic 
 diforders ; and from its analogy to muik, ambergris 
 and civet, it is highly probable that it poilefles no 
 finall degree of virtue. [See American mufeum,~} 
 
 OF THE RACOON. 
 
 60. This animal, is in fhape and (ize fomewhat like 
 a fox ; its fur, or hair, is alfo like that animal's ; the 
 males have a large whitifh ftripe, and the females a 
 (mailer one, that runs acrofs the forehead : this little 
 animal is very difficult to catch, from its great dexte- 
 rity in running up trees to evade its purfuers. 
 
 OF THE OPPOSUM. 
 
 6r. The oppofumisin /hape and fize foinetlnng like 
 the badger, but rather of a lighter color ; its feet and 
 tail, referable thofe of a rat. This creature has a 
 ftrange bag. or apartment at the lower part of its 
 body fo rarely contracted that it can open and (hut it 
 at pleafure, like the mouth of a purfe ; in this ftrange 
 repofitory, it fecures its offspring while young ; who 
 will naturally run thither when apprehenfive of any 
 danger. The three hit ddcribed animals, arc? ^ecu 
 liar to America, 
 
*o6 NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 OF FISHES, &t. 
 i ft. OF THE WHALE. 
 
 62. Of all the inhabitants of the water, the whale 1 , 
 is the Inrgeil, particularly thofe found in the north 
 feas, which are fome of them 200 feet in length, and of 
 a bulk proportionable. Its head is about one third part 
 of its whole length, en the top of which is a bump cal- 
 led the hovil, in which are two fpout holes, from 
 whence, either in fport or elfe when wounded, he 
 throws the water with fuch force, that it roars like a 
 hollow wind, or the fea in a (form, and may be heard 
 at the diftance of a league. His eyes are* not mrch 
 bigger than thofe of an\>x, and placed near the cor- 
 ner of his mouth. 
 
 63. The flefli is coarfe, hard, and lean, the fat ly- > ; 
 ing only between the flefti and fkin ; that which we call I 
 the whale bone is found in the mouth and throat ; in 
 every whale perhaps 500 pieces, each fifteen feet long. 
 They never have more than two young ones at a time, 
 and how long they go with young is uncertain. '1 he 
 drug called fpermaceti, is the brain 6f the whale re- 
 fined and purified by feveral meltings. All that fifher- 
 men concern themfelves with, is the blubber, or fat. 
 the whale bone, and the brain ; the lean part of the 
 carcafs is left upon the ice, for the bears, who are ve- 
 ry fond of it. 
 
 64. The manner of taking them is with a harpoon, 
 or harping iron, which is a large iron fpear, or javelin 
 five or fix feet long, with a triangular point, barbed 
 like an arrow. T his the harpooncr throws at the head 
 of the whale with all his force, a line being fattened to f 
 it, and if he is fo Iqcky as to penetrate the flefh imme- 
 diately they let out the line, and the whale dives to 
 the bottom with great fwiftnefs ; but coming up again 
 f o r b re a t h , t h ey w o u n d hi m a fr e i 1 1 > u n t i 1 gr o w i n g f a i n C 
 with thelofs of biood, they at length venture fo near 
 him as to thruil a long lance under his gills into hi.; 
 breaft, which foon difpatchcs him. 
 
NATURAL HISTORY. to? 
 
 OF THE SHARK. 
 
 65. The fliark is very large, and reckoned the 
 boldeft of all fifh. Rodeletius, fays that he faw a mid- 
 dling one, that weighed near ten hundred weight." 
 Gillius fays that he was very credibly informed, that 
 a tifh of this fort, not weighing lefs than four thou- 
 fand net pounds, being diflecled, had a whole man 
 found in his belly ; and that the people of Marfeilles 
 told him they had caught one in, which they found a 
 man armed with a coat of mail. The head and mouth 
 of this fiPa are large in proportion to the body ; the 
 number of its teeth varies according to its age ; it 
 having been obferved, by men worthy of credit, that 
 this kind breeds new teeth every year as long as it 
 lives : It has three rows of teeth, hard, flrong, ,and 
 iharp ; it is common in the Weil Indies, &c. and very 
 destructive to thofe who divert themfelves by fwimigg, 
 for it fometimes bites a man afunder, at other times, 
 takes away a limb, &c. it is often catched by failors. 
 \\lhen it feizes its prey, it turns itfelf on its back. 
 
 OF THE DART. 
 
 66. The dart is fo called from his flying like an ar- 
 row, from the tops of trees, and hedges upon men, 
 by which means he (lings and wounds them to death. 
 It is hred in Lybia, Rhodes, Italy, Sicily, Germany, 
 and fome other countries. Jt is in thicknefs about the 
 bignefs of a man's finger, and proportionable in length. 
 The top of the back is black, and has two black lines 
 in the middle from head to tail. The body is of an alh 
 color, full of round black fpots, no bigger than the 
 feed oflentiles, each fpot having a circle about it, like 
 an eye ; the belly is white, of this kind fome think was 
 the viper which came upon the Land of St. Paul Some 
 slfo conje&ure,- that of this fort were the fiery ferpentsi 
 fent by God Almighty to annoy the rebellious lira el- 
 ites in the wilder nefs. 
 
lo8 NATURAL HISTORY, 
 
 Or INSECTS. 
 OF THE SILKWORM. 
 
 67. The {ilk worm is produced from a fmall egg, not 
 tnuch bigger than a muftard feed, is of a pale afh color, 
 and feeds on mulberry leaves, or for the want ofthofe, 
 on the leaves of lettuces. During its continuance in 
 this form, it fuffers four ficknefles, each lafting about 
 three days, wherein it feeds not at all, but grows 
 thicker, fhorter and clearer, and in each ficknefs 
 changes its fkin. Soon after this it begins to wind it- 
 ielf up into a filken bag or cafe, about thefizeof a pi-^ 
 geons egg, in which (late it lies eaclofed about fifteen 
 or twenty days without any food, and feemingly with- 
 out life or motion, andis there transformed into an au- 
 relia, or chry falls, and eating itfelf a pailage out of* 
 its filken fepulchre, becomes a moth, which is its lad 
 flate, the {late in which it la) s its eggs and dies. Thefe 
 eggs are kept for about ten months, until the proper 
 feafon returns, which is the beginning of May and 
 then hatch of themfelves into filkworms. 
 
 68. Thofe who keep thefe infects, never fuffer them.; 
 to eat their way out of their habitation, becaufe that 
 fpoils their work ; but towards the end of their conti- 
 nuance in that (late, they wind the (ilk from off them, 
 and the enclofed worm aiFames its new (late of a moth 
 as well-as if it had continued the whole time in its filken 
 covering. The quantity of filk generally wound from 
 one of thefe balls or cafes is about nine hundred and 
 thirty yards ; but fo extremely fine is the thread, that 
 the weight of it is not above two grains and an half. 
 
 OF THE WHEAT INSECT. 
 
 69. This infect has for feveral years been very de- 
 ftructive to the wheat of New-York, andfeverd of the 
 other (tates. It is fliaped like a fly, and from an opi- 
 nion that it was brought into this country by the Ger- 
 mans, at the beginning of the late war, has been cal- 
 led the Heflian Fly. It breeds five or fix times a year, 
 
NATUE.AL HISTORY. ro$> 
 
 and makes dreadful work in the green and growing 
 \vheat, by gnawing and fqueezing the draw, and there- 
 by difabling it to tranimit the nutritive juices to the 
 blade. Col. Morgan, of New-Jerfey, has been very 
 diligent in his enquiries, into the hiftory of this def- 
 tructive infec~fc ; and has publifhed feveral valuable 
 communications rcfpecling it j but its more particular 
 and accurate [See American Magazine^ hiftory, has 
 been given by Dr. Mitchell, who has not long fince^ 
 forwarded fpecimens of it to fome eminent natural-ills 
 [See Gazette of the United States.'] in Europe, that it 
 may be thoroughly examined, and properly claffifted. 
 Jt is clear from this gentleman's account, that it does 
 not like the weavil, prey upon the grain, but only 
 upon the plant ; and that the bed way to guard againlt 
 its attacks is to manure the land richly, and fow the 
 feed as late as the feafon will admit. The infscT: fot* 
 two years has been rather on the decline, but it is 
 doubtful whether the country will ever get entirely 
 rid of it. 
 
 K 
 
PART III. 
 
 OF RHETORIC. 
 
 R, 
 
 ^KETORIC, conlifts in a proper choice, and ar- 
 rangement of words, as well as of ideas ; and enables 
 us to convey our fentiments with accuracy, energy, 
 and conviction. 
 
 The component parts of rhetoric are compofition, 
 elegance, tropes, figures, &c. 
 
 1. Compofitiort regards grammatical accuracy and' 
 propriety, by imitating the phrafe and order of words 
 made ufe of by the mod approved authors, in the ftyle 
 \ve would wife to write, whether it be the humble or 
 fublime, c. or whether the fubjecl: be philofophical^ 
 oratorical, or poetical. 
 
 2. Elegance confifts in the purity, accuracy, and 
 politenefs of language ; and is chiefly acquired by flu- 
 dying the corrected writers, converfing with men of 
 tafte^and refinement, and by frequent and accurate, 
 compositions. 
 
 3. A trope, is the accurate and elegant adorning of 
 a word, by changing its plain and native fenfe to a re- 
 lative and improved one. 
 
 Examples of Tropes ; taken from Scripture. 
 
 4. METAPHOR.* The Lord is my rock ; that is 
 W fetpport. 1 ani the true vine ; that is the Savior. 
 Then mail the trees of the wood (ing out at the pre- 
 tence of the Lord - The lion of the tribe of Juda. 
 
 * Metaphor is the changing of a word; or 
 from a natural to a 
 
1 12 RHETORIC. 
 
 $. METONYMY. f They have Mofes and the Pro- 
 fht'ts let them hear thern ; that is the writings of Mofes 
 and the Prophets. For as often as ye eat this bread, 
 and drink this cuf, ye do fhew the Lord's death until 
 he come ; that is the contents of this cup. Bat the 
 tongue can no man tar/ie ; it is an unruly evil, full o-f 
 deadly poifon. 
 
 6. IRONY.t Rejoice O young man in thy youth 
 snd let thy heart cheer thee in the days of thy youth, and 
 walk in the ways of thy heart and in the fight of thine 
 eyes ; but know thou, that for all thefe things God will 
 bring thee iMti&j&dg&MBt. Go and cry unto the Godj 
 whom ye have cbofi'n ; let theiti deliver you in the time 
 of your tribulation. And it came to pafs, at noon, 
 that Elijah mocked them [the Prophets of Baal] and 
 faid cry aloud ; for he is a6W; either he is talking, 
 or he ispnrfuing, or he is on a journey, or peradven- 
 ture \& fleepethy and muft be awaked. 
 
 7. A figure is a certain mode of adorning fyeech fa 
 as to convey our ideas (or exprefs the paffions) in a 
 more cmphatical manner than that which is natural 
 and common. 
 
 Examples of Figures ; taken from Scripture. 
 8. APOSTROPHE.* I went with them to the 
 lioufe of God, with the voice of joy ; why art thou caft 
 dciun my foul ! hope thou in God, for I (hall yet praife 
 him. Come now 9 and let us reafon together faith the 
 Lord ; thongli your fins be as fcarlet, they iliall be asf 
 %vhite as fuow 5 though they be red like crimfon, they 
 fhall be as wool. 
 
 j* Metonymy implies a changing, or the putting of ons 
 name or thing for another. 
 
 J Irony implies fp taking contrary to what we think, 
 by way cfderifion, or mockery to him we argue or talk 
 with. 
 
 * slpoftrophj fignifiss a digrejjion ; ly which things 
 animate or inanimate, p erf on 5 prcfent or abfl'ni, -are 
 appealed io, at if they wsre finable or frefent^ 
 
RHETORIC, 113 
 
 9. CLIMAX.* And not rfhly fo but we glory in 
 tribulations alfo; knosving that tribulation \vorketh 
 patience, and patience experience, and experience 
 hope, and hope maketh not afliamed. For 1 am per- 
 fuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angeis, nor 
 principalities, nor powers, nor things prefent nor 
 things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other 
 creature (hall be able to feparate us from the love of 
 God, which is in Chriit jefus our Lord Therefore 
 let no man glory in men, for all things are yours ; 
 \vhetherPaul, or , 4 polios, or Cephas, or the world, or 
 life, or death, or things prefent, or things to come ; all 
 are yours, and ye are Chriil's, and Chriibis God's. 
 
 10. PARABLE. f As fnow in iummer, and rain 
 in winter, fo is honor not feeinly for a fool. Bleiled 
 is the man who walketh riot in the counfel of the un- 
 godly ; he {hall be like a tree planted by the rivers of 
 water, that bringeth forth his fruit in his feafon : his 
 leaf aifo {hall- not wither, and whatfoever he doeth 
 /ball profper. The ungodly are not fo, but are like 
 the chaff which the wind driveth away. He that paf- 
 feth by, and meddleth with ftrife, belonging not to 
 him, is like one that taketh a dog by the ear. So- 
 lomon. 
 
 OF GESTURE. 
 
 11. The ornaments of utterance &nd gefture, confifts 
 jn the judicious and elegant management of the votes 
 and coantsnanct ; and a graceful action of the body and 
 hands. The following quotation, taken from Dr. 
 Blair's letfures, contain fome excellent obfervaiions on 
 this branch of rhetoric. 
 
 12. " When fpeaking in public, one {hould (Kidv to 
 preferve as much dignity as poffible in tlie whole atti- 
 tude of the "body. An erecl: pofture is generally to be 
 chofen ; (landing firm, fo as to have the fuildt and 
 
 * Climax implies a gradation from on? thing to a no* 
 thsr : as I cawe, 1 faw, I conquered. 
 
 f A parable imf/ies a continued fimltitude, or 
 rifo?i t K 2 
 
114 RHETORIC. 
 
 freeft command of all his motions ; any inclination 
 which is ufed, fhould be forward towards the hearers, 
 which is a natural expreffion of earneftnefs. As for 
 the countenance, the chief rule is, that it ihould corref- 
 pond with the nature of the difcourfe, and when no 
 particular emotion is expreffed ; a ferious and mamy 
 look is always belt. . The eyes ihould never be fixed 
 dole on an; one objedt, but move eafily round the au 
 dience. 
 
 13. In the motions made with the hands, confift the 
 chief part of gefture in (peaking. The ancients con- 
 demned all motions performed with the left hand alone; 
 but I am not fenfible that thefe are always oifenfive, 
 though it is natural for the right hand to be more fre- 
 quently employed. Warm emotions demand the mo- 
 tion of both hands correfponding together : but whe- 
 ther one gelticulates with one or both hands, it is an 
 Important rule that all his motions mould be free and 
 cafy. Narrow and flraitened movements are generally 
 ungraceful, for which reafon motions made with the 
 hands are directed to proceed from the Ihoulder, ra- 
 ther than from the elbow. 
 
 14, perpendicular movements too, with the hands, 
 that is, in a ftraight line up and down, which Sbake- 
 fpeare, in Hamlet, calls, <c fawing the air with the 
 Iiand," are feldom good. Oblique motions are in gen- 
 eral the moft graceful. Too fudden and nimble moti- 
 ons, mould be likewise avoided. Earneftnefs can be 
 fully exprciied without them. Shakefpeare's directi- 
 ons on this head are full of good fenfe ; " Ufe all gen- 
 tly/' fays he, <( and in the very torrent and tempeft 
 of paflion, acquire a temperance that may give it 
 fmoothnefs." 
 
 OF DISPOSITION. 
 
 I 5. Difpofition fignifies, .the proper ranging of the 
 parts -of an oration, in an accurate and methodical 
 manner. 
 
 16. The component parts of an oration^ or decla- 
 mation; are the following; viz. 
 
RHETORIC. tij 
 
 Exordium, or introduction to the whole fubjeft. 
 
 The narration, or a brief hiitory of our fubjecl:, in 
 as plain pleajing and fliort a manner as poflible. 
 
 Tfoprofo/jtion, or fum of the whole waiter or fub- 
 jecl ifl difpute . 
 
 The confirmation, which tends to corroborate our 
 fubjecl, with all the force of arguments that we can 
 procure from reafon and invention. 
 
 The rhetorician's mode of ranging their'/////V#, is 
 fomewhat iimilar to that of the military generals in ar- 
 ranging their troops ; that is they place the flrongeft 
 in the front, the weakeft in the centre ; and rcferye a 
 few of their beft to the laft ; to vanquifh their adverfa* 
 ry, or cover the retreat, as occafion may require. 
 
 The refutation, or confutation, which aniwcrs all 
 our antagonift's arguments, by making them appear 
 to be falfe or abfurd, 
 
 The peroration, or conclufion of the whole, which 
 by fuming up the principal arguments made ufc of," 
 fhould tend to move the paffions of our audience, fo as 
 to perfuade them to acknowledge the force and con- 
 vicliori of them. 
 
 17. The following precepts, if duly obferved, will- 
 greatly affiit the young ftudent, in the delivery of an 
 oration : 
 
 " VAPcY your tone, jaft as your fubjecls go ; 
 t Cant not, nor pitch your voice too high nor low : 
 " Strain not, nor fpeak your words too fa ft or flo\y, 
 " Whatever diiF'rent point your words demand, 
 " In joy, grief, hope, or fear ; with art comn 
 <( Your body's gefture, countenance and hand. 
 li Adorn with tropes and figures, your oration^ 
 <l By voice and action, grace, pronunciation. 
 " Thefe rules of old difcover'd, not devis'd, 
 " -Are nature dill, but nature methodiz'd. 
 " Follow then nature, and your judgment frame 
 " By her juft dandard, which is dill the fame : 
 " Unerring nature, ftill divinely bright, 
 
 J/ Cue gkaf urichan'd aad w 
 
ti6 RHETORIC. 
 
 ORATIONS AND HARANGUES. 
 
 St. Paul's inimitable oration, or defence, before king 
 Agrippa and Fettus, tbe Reman governor in j'udea, 
 as recorded in the new-teftament. Acts, 26. 
 
 18. EXORDIUM. I think myfilf happy, king 
 Agrippa, in as much as I (hall anfwer for rnylelf this 
 da\ before thee, touching all the things whereof I am 
 accufed of the Jews : efpecially, becaufe I know thee 
 to be expert in all cuftoms and queftions which are 
 among the jews j wherefore I befeech thee to hear me 
 patiently. 
 
 19. NARRATION. My manner of life from my 
 youth, which was at firft among mine own nation at 
 jertfjwem, know all the Jews which knew me from 
 the beginning (if they would teftify) that after the 
 ftraitett fet of our religion, 1 lived a pharifee. And 
 now I ftand, and am judged for the hope of the pro- 
 inife made by God unto our fathers , unto which pro- 
 wife our twelve tribes, inftantly fervingGod, day and 
 night, hope to tome ; for which hope's fake, king 
 Agrippa, I am accufed by the jews. 
 
 20. PROPOSI riON. Why mould it be thought 
 a thing incredible with you, that God mould raife the 
 dead ? when God himfelf has given afiurance of it unto 
 all men, in that he hath railed Chrift from the dead. 
 
 21. CONFIRMATION. As for my own part, 
 moft noble Feftus, I own, I once verily thought, that 
 even I myfelf ought to do many things contrary to the 
 name of jefus of Nazareth. Which things 1 alfo did 
 in ^jtrufalsm. I punifhed the fajms, oft, in every fy- 
 nagogue, and compelled them to blafpheme j and be- 
 ing fxceedingly mad againft them, I perfecuted them, 
 even unto itrange cities. In purfait of wliich, as 1 
 went to Diiwjfifit) with authority and commiffion from 
 the c'iiei prieftg, at mid-dav, O king, I faw on the 
 xvay. a ligbt from Heaven, above tne brightnefs of the 
 fun, fhining round about me, and them which journey- 
 ed w'rh mr. \nd when we were all lallcn to the earth, 
 I heard a voice fpeaking unto nie^ and laying; in the 
 
RHETORIC, 117 
 
 Hebrew tongue, San!, Saul, ivhy perfecuteft thou me ? 
 It Is hard for thee to kick againft the pricks. And I faid, 
 Who art thou, Lord ? And he faid/ I am Jrfits, -whom 
 thou perfecuteft. But rife and Jt and upon thy fcst ; for 
 I have appeared unto the?, for this purpcfe, to make thes 
 fi miniftcr and a witnefs both of thtfi things which thou 
 baft feen, andofthofe things in which I will appear unto 
 thee. Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I was not difo- 
 bedient to.the heavenly viiion : but fhewed firft to them 
 of Damafcus, and at Jtntfalem, and throughout all the 
 coaft of Jiidea, and then to the Gentiles , that they mould 
 repent and turn to God. 
 
 22. REFUTATION. For thefe caufes the Jews 
 caught me in the temple, and went about to kill me. 
 - Having therefore obtained help of God, I continue 
 until this clay, witneffing both to finall and great, fay- 
 ing no other things than thofe which the prophets and 
 Mofes did fay ihould come : that Chriil mould fuffer, 
 and that he fhould be the firft that ihould rife from the 
 dead, and fhould fliew light unto the people, and to 
 the Gentiles. 
 
 23. PERORATION. This, mo ft excellent audit- 
 ors, is the real truth : believe me, I am no peftileat 
 fellow, nor mover of fedition ; but always endeavor, 
 as much as in me lies, to preferve a confcience void of 
 offence towards God and towards man : neither can 
 the Jews prove the things whereof they now accufe me. 
 Nor am I, Feftus, befide myfelf; but fpeak thus free- 
 ly before the king, becaufe he knows thefe things to 
 be true ; yea, 1 am fully perfuaded the king knows 
 them all to be true ; for they were not done in a cor- 
 ner. King slgripfa, believed thou the prophets ? I 
 know that thou believed. And would to God, that not 
 only thou, but alfo all that hear me this day, were 
 altogether fuch as I am, except thefe bonds. 
 
 IN PRAISE OF VIRTUE. 
 
 24.. Virtue is of intriVific value and good defert, 
 and of indifpenfible obligation j not the creature of 
 
RHETORIC 
 
 will, but neceflary and immutable ; not local or 
 porary, but of equal extent and antiquity with the di- 
 vine mind ; not a mode of fenfation, but everlafting 
 truth ; not dependent on power, but the guide of all 
 power. 
 
 25. Virtue is the foundation of honor and efteem ;. 
 and the fource of all beauty, order, and happinefs in 
 nature. It is what confers value on all the other en- 
 dowments and qualities of a reafonable being, to which 
 they ought to be abfolutely fubfervient, and without 
 which the more eminent they are the more hideous de- 
 formities, and the greater curfes they become. The 
 ufe of i.t is not confined to any one ftage of our evidence 
 or to aov particular fitualion we may b; j in, but reach- 
 es through ail the periods and circumftances of our 
 beings. 
 
 26. Many of the endowments and talents we now 
 poflefs, and of which we are too apt to be proud, will 
 ceafe entirely with the prefent itate j but this will be 
 our ornament and dignity in every future ftate to which 
 we may be removed. Beauty and wit will die, learn^ 
 ing will vanifh away, and all the arts of life be foon 
 forgot ; but virtue will remain forever. 
 
 27. This unites us to the whole rational creation, 
 and fits us for convcrfing with any order of fuperior na- 
 tures, and for a place in any part of God's works. 
 It procures us the approbation and love of all wife and 
 good beings, ar.d renders them our allies and friends. 
 But what is of unfpeakably greater confequence is, 
 that it makes God- our friend . affimilates and unites our 
 nii nds to his, and engages his almighty power in our 
 defence : Superior beings of all ranks are bound by it 
 no lefs than ourft-lves. ,t has the lame authority in all 
 worlds that 5i has in this. The farther any bcingis ad- 
 vanced in excellence, and perfection, the gi eater is his 
 attachment to it and the more he is under its influence. 
 To fay no more, it is the law of the whole univerfe : 
 it (lands fir ft in the efHmation of the Deity ; its origi- 
 nal is his nature,- and it is the very object that makes 
 him lovely. 
 
RHETORIC. ii 9 
 
 28. Such .is the importance of virtue Of what con- 
 lequence, therefore, is it, that we praclife it ! there is 
 no argument or motive, which is at all fitted to influ- 
 ence a reafonable mind, which does not call us to this. 
 ~Gne virtuous^difpofition of foul is preferable to the 
 greateft naturafaccomplifhinents and abilities, and of 
 more value than all the treafures of the world. If you 
 are wife then (tudy virtue, and contemn every thing 
 that can come in competition with it. Remember, 
 that nothing elfe deferves one anxious thought or wifh, 
 Remember, that this alone is honor, glory, wealth, 
 and happinefs. Secure this, and you fecure every 
 thing ; lofe this, and all is loft, 
 
 PRICK 
 
 DESCRIPTIVE PIECES. 
 
 Character of the Virtuous Man. 
 
 29. He who in his youth, improves his intellectual 
 powers in the fearch of truth and ufeful knowledge ; 
 and retines and ftrengthens his moral and active powers, 
 "by the love of virtue, for the fervice of his friend, his 
 country, and mankind : who is animated by true glory 
 exalted by facred friend mi p for focial, and foftened by 
 virtuous love fordomeftic life ; who lays his heart open 
 to every other mild and generous affection, and who 
 to all thefe adds a fober ma-fculine piety, equally re- 
 mote from fuperftition and enthuiiafm that man enjoys 
 the moft agreeable youth \ and lays in the richeft fund 
 for the honorable action, and happy enjoyment of the 
 fucceeding periods of life. 
 
 30. He who, in manhood, keeps the defenfive and 
 private paffions under the wifeil rdtraint ; who forms 
 the moll felecl: and virtuous friendfhips ; who feeks af- 
 ter fame, wealth ancl power, in the road of truth and 
 virtue ; and if he cannot find them in that road, gene- 
 rouily defpiies them ; who in his private character and 
 connections, gives fulleft fcope to the tender and man- 
 ly paffions, and in his public chara&er and connections; 
 
RHETORIC, 
 
 ferves his country and mankind, in the mod upright 
 and difmterefted manner ; who, in fine, enjoys the 
 goods of life with the greateft moderation, bears its 
 ills with the greateft fortitude; and in thofe various 
 circumftances of duty and trial, mainteins'and expref* 
 fes an habitual and fupreme reverence and love of 
 God ; that man is the worthieft character in this ftage 
 of life ; pafTes through it with the higheft fatisfa&ioii 
 and dignity ; and paves the way to the mod 'eafy attd 
 honorable old age. 
 
 31. Finally, he who in the decline of life preferves 
 himfelf mod exempt from the chagrins incident to that 
 period ; cheriihes the moft equal and kind affe&ions j 
 ufes his experience, wifdom and authority, in the 
 moft fatherly, and venerable manner; #&* under a 
 fenfe of the infpeclion, and with a view to the appro- 
 bation of his maker ; is daily aipiring after immortali- 
 ty and ripening a pace for it ; and having frftained his 
 part, quits the ftage with a modeft and graceful triumph, . 
 this is the beft, this is the happieft old man. There- 
 fore that whole life of youth, manhood, and old age, 
 \vhich is fpent after this manner, is the beft and the 
 happieft life. 
 
 FORDYCE. 
 
 THE HERMIT. 
 
 32.- AT the clofe of the day, when the hamlet is {till, 
 And mortals the fweets of forgetful nefs prove, 
 IV hen nought but the torrent is heard on-the hill, 
 And nought but the nightingale's heard in the grove. 
 'Twas then, by the cave of a mountain rediu'd, 
 An hermit his nightly comphaint thus began : 
 Tho' mournful his voice, his heart was refign'd. 
 He thought as a fage, but he felt as a man. 
 
 33. lia ! why thus abandon 'd to darknefs and woe, 
 Why thus, lonely Philomel, flows thy fad ftrain I 
 For fpring (hall return, and a lover beftow, 
 And thy bofom no trace of misfortunes retain. 
 Yet, if pity infpire thee, ah ! ceafe not thy lay, 
 Mourn (weeteft complainer, man calls thee to mourn i 
 
RHETORIC, 12 r 
 
 Tooth him whofe pleafnres like thine pafs away. 
 Full quickly they pafs but they never return. 
 
 34. Now gliding remote on the verge of the iky, 
 The moon half exringuifh'd her crefceni difplays : 
 
 But lately I mark'd when majeftic on high, . 
 
 She fhone and the planets were loft in her blaze. 
 Roll on, thou fair orb, and with gladnefspurfue, 
 The path that conducts thee to fplendor again. 
 But m^n's faded glory no change {hall renew, 
 Ha, fool ! to exult in a glory fo vain 1 
 
 35. ' Tis night and the landfcape is lovely no more ; 
 
 1 mourn, but, ye woodlands, 1 mourn not for you ; 
 For morn is approaching, your charms to reftore, 
 Perfum'd with frem fragrance, and glittering with dew, 
 Is! or yet for the ravage of winter I mourn ; 
 
 Kind nature the embryo bloilbm fhallfave, 
 But when (hall fpring villt the mouldering urn ! 
 O, when flia-ll it dawn on the night of the grave ! 
 
 36. 'Twas thus by the glare of falfefcienee betray'd 
 That leads to bewilder, and dazzles to blind, 
 
 My thoughts wont to roam from i'hade onward to {hade, 
 DeftrutStion before me and forrow behind ; 
 Opity, great father of light, then I cry'd, 
 Thy creature who fain would not wander from thee^ 
 Lo ! humbled in duft, I relinquish my pride ; 
 From doubt and from darknefs thou only canft free* 
 3 7. And darknefs and doubt are now flying away, 
 No longer 1 roam in conjecture forlorn ; 
 So breaks on the traveller, faint and aftray, 
 The bright and the balmy effulgence of morn. 
 See truth, love and mercy, in triumph defcending, 
 And nature all glowing in Eden's firli: bloom, 
 On the cold check of death, fmiles and rofes are blend* 
 And beauty immortal awakes from the tomb. [ing, 
 
 38. I am perfuaded, that neither death, nor life; 
 nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers ; northings 
 prefent, nor tilings to come ; nor height, nor depth, 
 nor any other creature, ihall be able to feparate U3 
 from the love of God ; which is in Chrift jefus our Lord, 
 L ST. PAUL. 
 
122 RHETORIC. 
 
 39. Complaifance renders a fuperior, amiable ; an 
 equal, agreeable ; and an inferior, acceptable. It 
 fmootljs diftindion, fweetens converfation, and makes 
 every one in the company pleated with himfelf. It 
 produces good natuie and mutual benevolence, encou- 
 rages the timorous, fooths the turbulent, humanizes the 
 fierce ; and diitinguimes a fociety of civilized perfons, 
 from a confufton of favages. In a word, complaiiance 
 as a -virtue, that blends all orders of men together in a 
 friendly intercourfe of words and actions, and is fuited 
 to that equality in human nature, which every one 
 ought to confider fo far as is confident with the order 
 and economy of the world. GUARDIAN. 
 
 40. Chanty fuffereth long, and is kind ; charity 
 cnvieth not, charity vaunteth not itfelf, is not puffed 
 up, doth not behave itfelf unfeemly, feeketh not her 
 own, is not eafily provoked, thinketh no evil, rejoic- 
 eth not in iniquity ; but rejoiceth in the truth 
 beareth all things, believed! all things, hopeth all 
 things, enclureth all things. ST. PAUL. 
 
 41. Suppofe a youth, to have no profpecl; either of 
 fitting in parliament, of pleading at the bar, of ap- 
 pearing upon the Rage, or in the pulpit; does it fol- 
 low, that he need beftow no pains in learning to fpeak 
 properly his native language i 1 Will he never have oc- 
 cafion to read, in a company of his friends, a copy of 
 verfes, a padage of a book or news- paper ? Mud he 
 never read adifcourfe of Pillotfon, or a chapter of the 
 Whole Duty of Man, for the infifft&ion of his chil- 
 dren and fervanfs ? Cicero judly obferves, thataddrefs 
 infpeaking, is highly ornamental, as well as ufeful, e- 
 \-en in private life : The limbs are the parts of the bo- 
 dy,, much lefs noble than the tongue, yet'no gentleman 
 grudges a conhderable expence of time and money, to 
 have, his fon taught to nie them properly, which is ve- 
 ry commendable. And is there no attention to be paid 
 to the ufe of the tongue, the glory of man ? 
 
 BURCH, 
 
RHETORIC 123 
 
 42, It is pleafant to be virtuous and good, becaufe 
 that is to excel man j others : It is pleafant to grow bet- 
 ter, becaufe that is to excel ourfelves : it is pleafant 
 to mortify and fubdue our lufi, becaufe that is victory : 
 It is pleafant to command our appetites and paffions, 
 and to keep them in due order within the bounds o 
 reaibn and religion, becaufe that is empire. 
 
 T1LLOTSON. 
 
 43. Life is fhort and uncertain ; we have not a mo- 
 ment to loie. Is it prudent to throw away any of our 
 time, iu tormenting our felves of others, when we 
 have fo little for houeft pleafures ? Forgetting our 
 weaknefs, we ftir up mighty enmities, and fly to 
 wound as if we were invulnerable. Wherefore all this 
 buttle and noife I Thebeft ufe'of a fhort life is, to make it 
 agreeable to ourfelves, and to others. Have you cauie of 
 quarrel with your fervant, your matter, your king, 
 your neighbour ? Forbear a moment, death is at hand', 
 which makes all eqtfal. What has man to do with 
 \vars, tumults, ambufhes ? You would deftroy your en- 
 emv ? You lofe your trouble ; death will do your bu- 
 fintfs while you are at reft. And after all, when you 
 have got your revenge, how fhort will be your joy, 
 or his pain ? While we are among men, let us culti- 
 vate humanity, let us not be the caufe of fear nor of 
 pain to one another. Let us defpife injury, malice, 
 and detraction ; and bear with an equal mind fuch 
 tranfitcry evils. While we fpeak, while we think^ 
 death comes up, and clofes the foene. 
 
 ART OF THINKING. 
 
 44. As there is a worldly happmefs, which God 
 perceives to be no-other th&n difguifed mifery ; as 
 there are worldly honors, which in his eltimation, are 
 reproach : So there is a worldly wifdom, which iu his 
 fight is fooliilinefs. Of this worldly wifdoin, the cha- 
 racters are given in the fcriptures, and placed in con- 
 trait with thofe of the wifdoin which is from above, 
 The one, is the wifdoni of the crafty ; the other^ that 
 
124 RHETORIC. 
 
 of the upright : The one terminates in felfi&nefs ; the 
 other in charity : The one is full of ftrife and bitter enr 
 vying; the other, of merty and good fruits. 
 
 BLAIR. 
 
 45. Americans ! be firm ! nor let corruption ily, 
 Twine round yourhonefl heart indiflbluble chains ;.- 
 The fteel of Brutus burft the grofler bonds 
 By Caefar caft o'er Rome ; but (till remain'd 
 tThelbft enchanting fetters of the mind, 
 iAnd other Casfars role. Determined, hold 
 "Your independence ; for that once deftroy'd, 
 Unfounded freedom is a morning dream, 
 That flits serial from the fpreading eye. 
 
 THOMPSON.. 
 
 EXTRACTS. 
 
 46. Let others boait that they are brutes, I glory 
 that I am a Man. Let others wiili for eternal fleep, I 
 iliall be forever awake. Let others wafte their goldea 
 tours in proving that. God is falfe, I feel fome thing 
 \vithin which proves that his word is true. Though 
 ethers confign foul and body to the dufl, the clods of 
 2he valley cannot cover my foul. No ! Legions of an- 
 gels cannot confine me to the grave : My body was de- 
 Signed for the dud ; but my foul will inherit the world 
 of fouls ! dlas ! IV hat is life if we live not forever ! 
 
 Indurtry is needful in every condition of life > we can?- 
 jnot, without it, act in any (late to the benefit or fatif- 
 jfaction of others, or to our own advantage or comfort; 
 it is requifite for procuring eafe and fatisfa&ion to the 
 Blind ; and if attended with a good confcience, fweet- 
 cns our enjoyments, and feaforis our attainments ; and 
 3S a guard to innocence and bar ta temptation. 
 
 The talent of turning men into ridicule, and ez> 
 poling thofe we converfe with, is the qualitication of 
 little ungenerous tempers. What an abfurd thing it is to 
 pafs over all the valuable parts of a man, and fix our at- 
 tention on his infirmities j toobferve his imperfections 
 jjiore than, his virtues J 
 
PART IV. 
 
 MISCELLANY. 
 ON OUR SAVIOR'S NATIVITY. 
 
 V ICTORIOUS love ! how uncontroul'd thy pow'r 
 How great thy triumph, on that glorious hour ! 
 The high rais'd thrones above lock'd down to fee 
 The varitjuifli'd God a captive led by thee. 
 His fplendor in mortality difguis'd, 
 The principalities of Heaven furpris'd 5 
 Th' indulgent ikies fmil'd on the happy birth, 
 While peace and jo)ful wonder hufh'd the earth. 
 
 2. Fly rigid winter, with thy horrid face, 
 And let the foft and lovely fpring take place ; 
 Oh 1 come, thou faired feafon of the year, 
 
 With garlands deck'd, and verdant robes appear, 
 At once produce the fummer's various coatt, 
 Whatever fweets her flow'ry (lores can boa ft : 
 Full canifters of Sharon's rofes fpread, 
 ^nd drefs with art tlv illuftrioas infant's bed ; 
 Rifle the gardens, fearch the painted fields, 
 For all the blooming glories nature yields. 
 
 3. Bat O, ye products ot the earth ! how pooty 
 To I T eavV,s enamel! 'd plains, are all your ftore i 
 Perpetual greens, and never fading flowers, 
 Enrich'd with foft perfumes the imaiortal bowers 5 
 /."d yet he left the blight etherial feats, 
 
 For cbefe cold regions, and obfcure retreats.- 
 
 4- }- huifh'cl ye winds, no^ngry teippells roar> 
 %uj L r e . whifpers thro.igh the grove ; 
 
 With all ,: ,biu lo:id your balmy wings, 
 And breathe the fragrance of ten thoufand fprings* 
 L 2 
 
126 MISCELLANY. 
 
 5. Begin, ye fweet muficians of the air I 
 Let nature all her Toothing {bunds prepare : 
 Let tuneful art, her various meafures bring> 
 Each mehtng tone, and every warbling firing, 
 Let pfalteries, harps, and the loud cymbal ring ; 
 Let the (brill trumpets raife their fprightly voice, 
 While Carmal, and high Lebanon rejoice. 
 
 6. He comes, O Jacob, thy long promis'd king 1 
 Celeftial envoys the glad tidings brinj: 
 
 O'er earth's wide compafo-to the diitan-t tnairc, 
 With truth, and perfect juftice he (hall reign. 
 The fparkling ikies fhall tarnifti and decay, 
 The (im be quench'd, the Oars (hall fade away j 
 Bui--- he fhall rife with a propitious light, 
 Stand at high noon, and fliine divinely bright, 
 
 SOLILOQUY. 
 
 1. HAIL once again, aufpicious morn, 
 On which poor helplefs I was born, 
 
 To pleafure and to pain : 
 Of both, 'tis true, I've, had my fharc^ 
 For duly mix'd they cure defpair ; 
 
 And wantonnefs reftrain. 
 
 2. Ths being who the whole dire&s^ 
 Kefufes oft what man expecls; 
 
 Oft diflippoints his fears : 
 But good and juft, fupreme and wife, 
 Whether he gives us or denies, 
 
 He dill at laft appears. 
 
 3. Happy for frail contracted man, 
 Whofe views are boundleis, life a 
 
 To have lb fbre a guide ; 
 Thrice happy he who can refign 
 His all to providence divine ; 
 
 And truft in nought befide. 
 
 4. He who can temper nature's f 
 \Vho knows the edences of things, 
 
 all their woad^rpus ties ? 
 
MISCELLANY. 
 
 He only hath- the power and (kill? 
 To order matters as he will, 
 In earth, in air ; and ikies. 
 
 5. Near eight times five revohing years, 
 \Vithallthcirjoys, and cares, and-fears^ 
 
 1 fpeedily have pad ; 
 How like a vifion or a dream^ 
 Do ail thefe revolutions feem ; 
 
 How vain from iirft to'lanV. 
 
 6. Tell me^ O my confdous heart-, 
 How well have I perform'd my part 5 . 
 
 On life's amufing (tage : 
 Hav$ 1 been honeft, juil and true, 
 And given to all what was their due>. 
 
 I rom childhood up to age. 
 
 7. Or have my paffions oft prevail'dy 
 And I, as oft, in duty fail'd, 
 
 Or decency tranfgrefs'd : 
 Heaven's bieffings have I not abus'dj 
 Or have I never yet refus'd, 
 
 To fuccour the diftrefs'd. 
 
 8. Alas, tho free from grofler crimes^ 
 In recollecting former times, 
 
 Pfind great caufe of fhaine ; 
 Unnumber'd follies 1 lament, 
 And for much precious time mifpent) 
 
 Myfelf ieverely blame. 
 y. My Gcct, by whom I live and move, 
 Do thou to me a father prove, 
 
 Indulgent {till 1 , and kind : 
 Thy weak and guilty creature fpare> 
 Anito the laft thy wonted care, 
 
 And mercy let me find. 
 10. For all thy goodnefs- heretofore, 
 Which makes me humbly hope for niore^ 
 
 Thy name be ever blefs'd : 
 Through future life, thy grace vouchfafe p 
 And when I die, conduct me fofe^ 
 
 To 
 
123 MISCELLANY, 
 
 Insufficiency of Creatures to fatisfy an Immortal 
 Soul. 
 
 1. TRAVERSE the globe, go fly from pole to pole,. 
 Go far as winds can blow, or waters roll, 
 
 All, all is vanity beneath the fun, 
 
 To certain death through various paths we run. 
 
 2. See the pale mifer, poring o'er his gold, 
 See there a galley flave to mifery fold ; 
 Ambition groans beneath her own v a ft weight, 
 The fplendid victim of the toils of (late, 
 
 3. So in the mantling bowl fweet poifor* flows, 
 Love's deareil joys oft terminate in woes : 
 
 E'en learning ends its vaft career in doubt, 
 And, puzzling ftill, makes nothing clearly out. 
 
 4. Where then is fovereign blifV, where doth it 
 No mortal bappinefs e'er dweJt below ; [grow 1 
 Look at yon heaVen, go feek the bleffing there, 
 
 Be heaven thy cum, thy foul's eternal care ; 
 Nothing but Gd, and God alone you'll. find, 
 Gan fill a bound lefs and immortal mind. 
 
 ODE TO ADVERSITY. 
 
 1. TF on this roof high Heaven fliauld fend, 
 Thy hand correclh e fair 
 
 SubmifuVe teach my foul to bend, 
 But keep her from defpair. 
 
 2. Fate's awful word niutl'furc be juft, 
 Then let me^kifs the rod ; 
 
 Nor worn with woe, at all diftruft, 
 The goodnefs of my God. 
 
 3. The hand that form'd my inmoft thought^ 
 Muft needs be great and wife : 
 
 And he who belt perceives my faults, 
 The fitted to cbaftife. 
 
 4. TL?n, till life's Jateft fands are run, 
 O teach me, power divine S 
 
 To cry- my Ood, thy will be done 
 Waate'cr becomes of nuuc^ 
 
MISCELLANY. 129 
 
 AN ADDRESS TO THE DEITY. 
 
 1. O THOU who relgn'ft, " high throned above all 
 Circled with rays of uncreated light, [height," 
 VVhofe fimple nod/ o'er worlds the fceptre fways, 
 And with a glance eternity furveys ! 
 
 Whofe effence reaches through the immenfe of fpace, 
 And undivided fpreads through every place ! 
 Whofe fmile is heaven, whole kindnefs gives me breath, 
 Whofe frown's more direful than the fting of death, 
 Who form'dfi: all nature by thy powerful word, 
 Thou king of kings, and universal Lord I 
 
 2. if I am right, fucceed me in my race? 
 If I am wrong, reel-aim me by thy grace ; 
 
 Shine through thefe glooms of fin, a heavenly ray> 
 And guide my footfteps in the perfect way ! 
 Cleanfe my vile foul from all her filthy (tains, 
 With that pure ftr.eam that flow'd from jefus' veins* 
 Be thou my patron, guardian, friend, and guide, 
 Save me from folly, vanity, and pride* 
 With pious fortitude, inspire my mind, 
 To each event, that I may be refign'd. 
 
 3. May ne'er my bofom pant for empty fame> 
 But thy own glory be my conftant aim ! 
 
 All felnfh motives banifh from my breail, 
 Which feek their own and not another's reft j 
 May nobler motives animate my foul, 
 Reign in my life, and thro' rny actions roll. 
 May virtuous deeds my fleeting hours employ^ 
 And heav'nly knowledge fill, my foul with joy. 
 To bear my paflage to the etheriai (here, 
 Grant me thy preience, and I aik no more. 
 
 4. Now for my country would I raife my pray'ry 
 O may Columbia be thy guardian care ! 
 
 Behold her, FATHER, with propitious fmiles, 
 Atid fave her fons from anarchy and broils ; 
 May truth and patriotifm infpire each foul, 
 And Jove, and harmony, pervade the whole*. 
 May luxury, an infant empire's bane, 
 Ms'er prove her ruin, nor her glory ftain.j 
 
J?o MISCELLANY. 
 
 May agriculture, in her virgin prime, 
 
 Expand and flourish, thro' this fertile clime 5 
 
 &iay focial commerce open her affluent (tores, 
 
 And waft her treaiures, from thefe weftern fhores, 
 
 May heaven born kience fpacious temples rife 
 
 On a firm bails to the lofty flues. 
 
 May pure religion rear her facred fane, 
 
 ^nd o'er this weitern world, extend her mild domain- 
 
 A PRAYER, 
 
 / Imitation of Pope's Universal Prayer. 
 Written by a Young Lady near Philadelphia. 
 
 j. IN thee my God and Lord Itruft, 
 
 And humbly wait thy will ; 
 O I teach me to be wife and juft, 
 
 And keep me from ail ill ! 
 
 2. Save me from pride and felf- conceit, 
 From falfe-hobd, fraud and guile. 
 
 From envy, malice, and deceit, 
 From fu perdition vile. 
 
 3. O teach my foul the Heady path 
 Of virtue to purfue, 
 
 To flnm each crime which moves thy 
 Each mean and felfifh view. 
 
 4. Let gentle pity fill my breaft 
 With charity divine, 
 
 To aid the needy and diftrefs'd, 
 And make tl;eir mis'r) mine. 
 
 5. Let pure devotion warm my heart 
 With gratitude and love ; 
 
 For lliDU each bleffing doft impart,. 
 And canfi each pailion move. 
 
 6. To vanity, the vice of fools, 
 Should my, weak heart ''ncline.g- 
 
 'To facred virtue's pureft rules, 
 Qhi add thy ^race divine* 
 
MISCELLANY. 
 
 CONTENT. 
 
 1. WOULD you each earthly blifs enjoy, 
 Which bounteous heaven does give j 
 
 And pleaf.ire which can never cloy, 
 i hey in content all live. 
 
 2. Would you have peace and eafe and reft 
 Obedient to your call : 
 
 Or be with healtu or honor bled, 
 Content fupplies them all. 
 
 3. \Vou'd yon be cur'c] of ev'ry woe, 
 Oftjpar, of pain and grief; 
 
 Of pining forrow, anxious care, 
 Content will give relief. 
 
 4. Her cfcoicefi; gifts fliould nature pour, 
 In blvjilings on your head ; 
 
 You'll never know an happy hour, 
 If rich content be fled. 
 
 5. To gain the prize, we need a guide. 
 But few the wa^cnn tell ; 
 
 For with ambition, painon, pride, 
 Content will never dwell. 
 
 6. Within that heart where virtue reigns^. 
 With lowly humble mind ; 
 
 Where padion, reafon mild retrains, 
 Content you'll always find. 
 
 7. Padion, by reafon's drength control^ 
 Ne er let it bear the fway ; 
 
 For mould it in your bofom rule, 
 J I will fright content away. 
 
 8. V ith care the latent f; a erls erafe ; 
 Of vice which larks within, 
 
 ^nd f c w iair ' irrue in its place, 
 Content can't grow with (in. 
 
 9. Cherifh with care the gentle gueft, 
 Ne'er i rt ; 
 
 JIarhotir no cringe wihin your bread, 
 Lelt foft content depart, 
 
J33 MISCELLANY. 
 
 CHOICE OF A WIFE, 
 
 j. FREE as my life may be from care, 
 I feel fome times for you, ye fair, 
 
 '1 hrotigii intereft, love, and duty i 
 Duty's obfen ing how ye live, 
 My intereft is the joys you give, 
 
 And much I love your beauty; 
 
 2. Yet fearing you fhould me miftake, 
 Know, I a vait diftinction make, 
 
 In thofe whom 1 admire ; 
 Finefhapes, and face, molt men approve. 
 But thofe who merit Ranger's love, 
 
 Mull other ways inipire. 
 
 3. Muft more in fenfe than perfon (hine, 
 Tender their hearts, with fouls fublime, 
 
 Tofcandal quite a ftranger j 
 The mufes friend, in fcience read, 
 Hate cards, and in induftry bred, 
 
 Such are the wives for Ranger. 
 
 A PRAYER FOR UNIVERSAL PEACE, 
 
 1. O HASTE the time, thou prince of peace, 
 When war no more lhall lift the fliield ; 
 
 But wrath, and drife, and luft of fpoil, 
 To thee, their fanguine trophies yield. 
 
 2. Reprefs the horrid waite of Fife, 
 Defti oy the warrior's trade in blood, 
 
 And fay, to all the tribes of earth, 
 Be (till, and know that f am God. 
 
 3. Lord JESUS fpeed the promis'd day, 
 When love (hail hold unbounded reign, 
 
 And union flieathe the flaming fwcrd, 
 That hangs o'er defolation's plain. 
 
 4. Ah ! come, ye happy moments, come, 
 When the whole earth fhall own the Lord, 
 
 And thou, the prince, the king of peace, 
 In peace forever be ador'd. 
 
MISCELLANY. 
 
 Of the NEW-TESTAMENT, : 
 ft wily to be rej erred ; 
 of cur moral conduct. 
 
 1. VVE come now to that part of icripttire which is 
 the mod important of all, and which you rauft make 
 your conftant (tudy, not only until you are thoroughly 
 acquainted with it, but all your life long; becaufe, 
 how often foever repeated, it is impoflible to read the, 
 life and death of our blefled Savior, without renewing 
 and encrealing in our hearts, that love and reverance 
 and .gratitude towards him, which is fo juftly due for 
 all he did and fufrered for us. 
 
 2. Every word that fell from- Ins lips, is more preci- 
 ous than all the treafures of the earth ; for his " arc 
 ""the. words of eternal life." They nuill therefore b 
 laid up in your heart, and conftantly referred to on all 
 occaiions, as the rule and direction of all your actions ; 
 particularly thofe very comprehend ve moral precepts 
 he his gracioufly, left with us, which can never fail to 
 
 . diredt us right if fairly and honeflly applied ; fuch as, 
 te -vvhatfocver ye would that men fhouid do unto you, 
 even to do unto them." There is no occaiion, great; 
 or fmall, on which you may not fafcjy a] /ul-j 
 
 for the direction of your conduct ; 
 heart honeitly adheres to it, you can never be 
 any fort of injuftice or unkindnefs. 
 
 3. The two great command rnCaia t>;C 
 fummary of our duty to - re- 
 tained, and made a ilar 
 
 hearts, t( to love tiie Lord our God, v.'ua all 
 hearts, with all our minds, with all our itrength ; 
 ' a n d ourn e i gh bor ( o r f : 1 1 o w c r e a t u r e ) . 
 " Love workcth no ill to h: : :or." T: 
 
 if you have true, ben ' \villncverdoany 
 
 thing injurious to individuals or to focitty. 
 
 . mies whaifoever ar ;r remoter 
 
 coi . at lead, if not : imn 
 
 ly j injurious to the ibciety in v. ;. , im- 
 
 .jle to love God ; \\itliniii : 
 M 
 
134 MISCELLANY. 
 
 and as far as we are able to referable him ; therefore, 
 the love of God mutt lead to every virtue in the highell 
 degree ; and we may be fare, we do net truly love him* 
 if we content ourfelves with avoiding flagrant fins, and 
 do not ftrive in good earneft to reacL the greateft de- 
 gree o> perfection we are capable of. Thus do thofe 
 few words diredt us to the higheil chriftian virtue. In- 
 -deed the whole tenor of the gofpel is to offer us every 
 help, direction, and motive, that can enable us to at- 
 tain that degree of perfection on which depends our 
 eternal good. 
 
 Of the Example fet by our SAFIOR^ a.ul h%i. 
 
 Character. 
 
 1. WHAT an example is fet before us in our blefled 
 mailer ! How is his whole life, from earlieft youth, de- 
 dicated to the purfuit of true wifdom, and to the prac- 
 tice of the mo ft exalted virtue! When you iee him, 
 at twelve years of age, in the temple amongft the doc- 
 tors, hearing them, and afking them queftions on the 
 1 abject of religion, and aftonifhing them all with his 
 underttanding and anfwers you will fay, perhaps,- 
 * f Well might the Son of God, even at thofe years, 
 be far vvifer than the aged ; bat can a mortal child 
 emulate fuch heavenly wifdbm ? Can fuch a pattern be 
 propofed to my imitation ? Yes certainly ; remember 
 that he has bequeathed to you his heavenly wifdom, 
 as far as concerns your own good. He has left you 
 ibch declarations of his will, and of the confequences 
 of your actions, as you are, even now, fully able to 
 underftand, if you will but attend to them. If then 
 you will imitate his zeal for knowledge, if you will 
 delight in gaining information and improvement, you 
 may even now become wife unto falvation. 
 
 2. Unmoved by the praife he acquired amongft thofe 
 learned men, you fee him meekly return to the fubmif- 
 fion of a child uncier thofe vho appeared to be his pa- 
 rents, though he was in reality their Lord : you fee 
 him return to live vvith them, to work for them, and 
 to b e the joy and fglace of their lives ; uadi the time 
 
MISCELLANY. 13 5* 
 
 came, ^hen he was to enter on the fcene of public ac- 
 tion, for his heavenly father had fent him from hir,- 
 own right hand, to take upon him the form of a poor 
 carpenter's fon. 
 
 3. What a leflon of humility is this, and of obedi- 
 ence to parents 1 when having received the glorious ~ 
 teftimony from heaven, of his being the beloved fon o 
 the moft high, he enters on his public mini dry, what 
 an example does he give us, of the moft extenfive and- 
 conftant benevolence. How are all his hours fpent ia- 
 doing good to the fouls of men. Not the meaneft fin- 
 ner is below his notice: to reclaim and lave them, 
 he condefcends to converfe familiarly with the moft, 
 corrupt, as well as the moft abject. All his miracles 
 are wrought to benefit mankind ; not one to pnnifh 
 and afflict them. Inftead of ufing the almighty power, 
 which accompanied him, to the purpofe of exalting 
 himfelf, and treading down his enemies, he makes no 
 other ufe of it than to heal and to fave. 
 
 4. When you come to read of his fufferings and 
 death, the ignominy and reproach, the forrow of mind, 
 ad torment of body, which he fubmitted to, when 
 you confider that it was for our fakes " that by his 
 flripes we were healed/' and by his death we were 
 niied from deftruction to everlafting life ;, what can I 
 fey, that can add any thing to the fenfations you muft 
 then feel ? No power of language can make the fcenei 
 more touching than it appears in the plain and Hmplc 
 narrations of the evangelifts. The heart that is un- 
 moved by it, can be fcarcely human ; hut the emotions 
 of tendernefs and compunction, which almoft every one* 
 feels in reading this account, will be of no avail, un- 
 lefs applied to the true end ; unlefs it infpire you with: 
 a fincere and warm affection towards your blcfled Lord,. 
 \vith a firm refolution to obey his commands -, to be his- 
 faithful difciple, and ever renounce and abhor thofe fins. 
 \vhich brought mankind under divine condemnation,, 
 and from which we have been redeemed.at fo dear a 
 rate. 
 
 5. Remember that, the ftyle ofchriftian ; or followerr 
 
i,^ MISCELLANY. 
 
 cf Chrifl, implies a more than ordinary degree of boll- 
 nefsancl goodnefs. As our motives to virtue are (Iron- 
 ger than tliofc which are afford eel to the reft of man- 
 kind, onr guilt will be propbrtionably greater, if we 
 depart from it. 
 
 6. Our faylor appears to have had three great pur-', 
 pofes, in descending from his glory, and dwelling 
 s.iuongft men. The fir ft, to teach them true- virtue, 
 both by his example and precepts. The fecond, to 
 give them the moil forcible motives to the practice of 
 it, by (< bringing life and immortality to light," by 
 zibfolute neceility of obedience to God's laws. The 
 third, to facrifice himfelf for us, to obtain by his death,' 
 ihe remifllbn of fins, upon onr repentance and refor- 
 mation, and the power of bedowing on his fin cere fol- 
 lowers, the ineitimable gift of immortal happinefs. 
 
 *jl t 'Ive View of the Bhjjld and Cur fed at 
 
 ///i? icijl Diiy^ and the Inference to be drawn 
 fro; 
 
 1. What a tremendous fccne of the lafi day does the 
 i7T;ipel place before our eyes. of that day, when you 
 i - .iid every one of us, mall awake from the grave, and 
 behold the Son of God, on his glorious tribunal, at- 
 tended by millions of celeftial beings, of whofe fupe- 
 rior excellence we can now form no adequate idea. 
 When, in prefence of all mankind, of thofe holy an- 
 gels, and of the great Judge Jiimfelf, you mnft give 
 r,n account of your pad liie^ and hear your final doom, 
 from which there can be no appeal, and which muft 
 determine your fate to all eternity ; then think, if for 
 a moment you can bear the thought, what will be the 
 clefoiation, fliame and angul/h of thofe wretched fouls, 
 who fhall hear thefe dreadful words ; <v > Depart from 
 3ne, ye curfed, into everlafthvg fire, prepared for the 
 devil and his angels." Oh ! I cannot fnpport even the 
 idea of your becoming one of thofe undone, lofl crea- 
 tures! I truft in God's mercy, that you will make a 
 better ufe of that knowledge of his \vill, which he lir.:- 
 
MISCELLANY, 137 
 
 to you, -and of thofe amiable difpofvtion* 
 he lias given you. 
 
 2. Let us therefore turn from this horrid, this in- 
 fupportable view, and rather to endeavor to imagine, 
 as far a poffible, what will be the fenfations of your 
 foul, if you mall hear our Heavenly judge addrefs you 
 in the fa tranfporting words, " Come thoa blefled c 
 my father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from, 
 the foundation of the world." Think what it mud be 
 to become an object of the elieem and applaufe, not 
 only of all mankind aflembled together, but of all th~- 
 hoft-of Heaven, of our bleifed Lord himfelf, nay, of 
 his and our Almighty Father. To find your frail ileU* 
 changed in a moment, to a glorious celeftial body, en- 
 dowed with perfect beauty, health, and agility ; to 
 find your foul cleanfed from all its faults and infirmi- 
 ties ; exalted" to the pureft and nobleft affections ; - 
 overflowing with divine Jove and rapturous gratitude ! 
 to have your understanding enlightened and refined j 
 your heart enlarged and purified -, and every power 
 and difpofition of body, adapted to the higheft relifh 
 of virtue and happinefs ; thus accompllmed, to be ad^ 
 mitted into the fociety of amiable and happy beings^ 
 all united in the moft perfect peace and friendship, all 
 breathing nothing but love to v/od, avul to each other ; 
 with them to dwell in fcenes more delightful than the * 
 richeit imagination can paint free from every pain 
 and care, and from all poflibility of change or fatiety : 
 but, above all, to enjoy the more immediate prefence 
 of God fcimfelf ; to be able to comprehend ancl admire 
 his adorable perfe&ions in a high degree, though ftili 
 far fliort of their infinity, to be cojifcipus of hYs love 
 and favor, and to rejoice in tlie li^ut of his coun- 
 ten a ace 1 
 
 3. But here all imagination falls: \ve can form no 
 idea of that bills, which may be communicated to us 
 by fnch a near approach to the fource of all beauty and , 
 good: we mull content ourfelves with believing, "that; 
 i; is what mortal eye hath not feen ; nor ear heard, , 
 
 M 2 
 
13 s MISCELLANY. 
 
 neither hath it entered into the heart of man to c 
 cclve." The crown of all our jo)S will be, to know 
 that we are fecure ofpoilefling them for ever : what a 
 transporting \ 
 
 4. Can you reflect on all thcfcr things, and not feel 
 the mod earned longings after immortality ? Do not 
 all other views and defires feem mean and trifling, 
 when compared with this ? And does not your inmod 
 heart refolve, that this fhall be the chief and conftant ; 
 object of its wi flies and purfuit, through the whole 
 courfe of your life ? 
 
 5. If you are not infenfible to that defire of happi-> 
 jiefs, which feems woven into your nature, you cannot 
 
 \y be unmoved by the profpect of fiich a tranfcend- 
 iint degree of it ; and that continued to all eternity ; 
 perhaps, continually increafing. You cannot but dread- 
 the forfeiture of fuch an inheritance, as the mod infup- 
 portable evil ! Remember then remember the con- 
 ditions on v/hich alone it can be obtained. God will 
 31 ot give to- vice, careleilhefs, or floth, the prize he- 
 has propose! to virtue. 
 
 6. You have every help that can animate your en- 
 cJeavors : you have written laws to direct you, the ex- 
 ample of Chrift and his difciples to encourage you ; the 
 jnoit awaking motives to engage you, and you have 
 bclides, the comfortable promife of con dan t ailillance 
 
 from the Holy Spirit, if you diligently and iincerely 
 pray for it. O ! let not all this mercy be loft npoii 
 you; but give your attention to this, your only im- 
 portant concern, and accept with profound gratitude," 
 the ineftimable advantages that are thus affectionately 
 iul'1'.red you. 
 
 7. i hpugl] the four gofpels are each pf them a nar* 
 lotion of the life, fa^ing^s and deatr I ; yet a> 
 tiicy are not exactly alike, but fome cir-cun-ihinces and 
 i\\\ '-, ted in one, are recorded in another, you 
 mud make yourft'lf perfectly mailer of them alL 
 
 8. The acls of the holy apodles, endowed with the 
 Holy Ghofl, and authorised b)' their divine mader, 
 come next to be read, IScihing caj^ 
 
MISCELLANY, i?,p- 
 
 ing and edifying, than the hiftory of their actions, of 
 the piety, zeal and courage, with which they preach- 
 ed the glad tidings of falvation ; and of the various 
 exertions of the wonderful powers conferred on them 
 by the Holy Spirit, for the confirmation of their million. 
 
 CHARACTER OF ST. PAUL. 
 
 li. The character of St. Paul, and his miraculous 
 converfion, demand your particular attention. Molt 
 of the apoftles were men of low birth and education ; 
 but St. Paul was a Roman citizen; that is, he paffefT- 
 ed the privileges annexed to the freedom oj the city of 
 Home, which was coufidered as a high distinction in 
 thofe countries that had been conquered by the Romans 
 He was educated amongfl: the mod learned feel of 
 *lbe Jews, and by one of their principal doctors. Ke 
 was a man of extraordinary eloquence, as appears not 
 only in his writings, but in feveral fpeeches in his own 
 defence, pronounced before governors and courts of 
 juitice, when he was called to account for the doctrines 
 he taught. 
 
 2. lie feems to have been of an uncommonly warm 
 temper, and zealous in whatever religion he profefled : 
 this zeal, before his converfion, fhewed itfelf in the 
 molt unjudiliable actions, by furioufly perfecuting the 
 innocent chriflians ; but though his actions were bad, 
 we may be fure his intentions were gocd ; other wife 
 we mould not have feen a miracle employed to con- 
 vince him of his miflake, and to bring him into the 
 right way. 
 
 3. This example may allure us of the mercy of God 
 towards miftaken confciences, and ought to infj/i:- 
 with the mod enlarged charity and good will towards 
 thofe whofe erroneous principles milk-ad their con- 
 duct : infiead of refentment and hatred againlt their 
 perfons, we ought only to feel an active wiifa of aflilV- 
 ing them to find the truth ; fince we know not whe- 
 ther, if convinced, they might not prove, like St. Paul, 
 chofen veiTels to promote the hpaQr of Ggd ; snd of 
 true relilou, 
 
MISCELLANY". 
 OF THE EPISTLES. 
 
 1. Next follow the epiftles,' which make a very im-' 
 portant part of the New^Teftament-, and you cannot be 
 too much employed in reading them. They contain 
 the molt excellent precepts and admonitions, and are 
 of particular ufe in explaining more at large, ieveral 
 doctrines of chriftianity, which we couid not fo fully 
 comprehend without them. 
 
 2. There are, indeed, in the epiftlesof St.. Paul, 
 many pafTages hard to be underftood : fuch in particu- 
 lar are the tirft eleven chapters to the Romans ; the 
 greater part of his epiftles to the Corinthians and Gal- 
 atians, and feveraAjjichaptcrs of that to the Hebrews. 
 Infiead of perplexing yourielf with thefe more obfcure 
 paffages of fcripture, I would wifh you to employ 
 jour attention chiefly en thofe that are plain ; and to 
 judge of the doctrine taught in the other parts, by 
 
 ' comparing them with what you find in thefe. It is 
 through the neglecl of this rule, that many have been 
 led to draw the mod abfurd doctrines from the holy 
 fcriptures. 
 
 3. Let me particularly recommend to your careful 
 perufal, the xii, xiii, xiv, xv, chapters of the epiftle 
 to the Homans. In the xiv chapter, St. Paul has in 
 view ? the difference between the Jewifli and .Gentile 
 (or Heathen) converts, at that time: the former 
 were difpofed to look with horror on the latter, for 
 their impiety in not paying the fame regard to the 
 diftinction of days and meats chat they did ; and the 
 latter on the contrary, were inclined to look with 
 contempt on the former, for their weaknefs and fa- 
 perilition. 
 
 4. Excellent is the advice which the apoftle gives 
 to both parties : he exhorts the [ewifh converts not 
 to judge, and the Gentiles not to defpife. ; remember- 
 ing, that the kingdom of heaven is not meat and drink 
 but rigliteopfnefs and peace, and joy in the Holy 
 Ghoft. Endeavor to conform yourfclf to thus ad- 
 vice ; to acquire a temper of uuiverfal caudor and be* 
 
CELLANY, 141 
 
 revolence ; and learn neither to defpife nor condemn 
 any perfons on account of their particular modes of 
 "faith and wor/hip : remembering always, that good- 
 nefs is confined to no party ; that there are wife and 
 v/orthy men among all the feels of chriftisns ; and 
 that to Lis mailer every one muil itand or fall. v 
 
 ____ CHAPONE. 
 
 Rel/gicus Knowledge of great Conflation and Relief 
 ami"' 1 ft the dijtrefles of Life. 
 
 1. Confiderit in the light of confolation ; as bring- 
 ing relief to as, amidil the diftreiles of life. Here re- 
 ligion inconte(lihly,triumphs ; and its happy effects in 
 this refpect, furnifh a iirong argument to every bene- 
 volent mind, for wifhing them to be farther difFufed 
 throughout the world. For without the belief ^nd 
 hope afforded by divine revelation ; the circumftances 
 of man are extremely forlorn. 
 
 2. He finds himfelf placed here as a (Iranger in a 
 vaft univerfe, where the powers and operations of na- 
 ture are very imperfectly known ; where both the be- 
 ginnings and HTues of things are involved in myfterious 
 darknels j where he is unable to difcovcr with any 
 certainty, whence he fprung, or for \vhat purpofe he 
 vas brought into this ftate of exigence ; whether he 
 be fubjected to the government of a mild, or of a wrath- 
 ful ruler ; what conftruclion he is to put on many of 
 the difpenfations or his providence ; and what his fate 
 is to be when he departs hence. What a difconfolate 
 fituation to a ferious enquiring mind i The greater 
 degree of virtue it poileiies, its fenfibility is likely to 
 be the more oppreiied by this .burden of laboring 
 thought. Even though it were in one's power to 
 baniih all uneafy thought, and to fill up the hours of 
 life with perpetual amuiement , life fo filled up would 
 upon reflection, appear poor and trivial. But thefe 
 are far from being the terms upon which man is brought 
 into tffis world. 
 
 3. Me is confcious that his being is frail and feeble ; 
 he lees hioifeif befet with various dangers : and is es ? 
 
T42 MISCELLANY. 
 
 pofed to many a melancholy apprehension, from ths 
 evils which he may have to encounter, before he ar- 
 rives at the dole of life. In this diftrefled condition* 
 to reveal to him fuch difcoveries of the Supreme Be- 
 ing as the chriilian religion aiforcls, is to reveal to 
 him a father and a friend ; is to let in a ray of the mod 
 chearing light upon the darknefs of the human efiate. 
 He who was before a deftitute orphan, wandering in. 
 the inh of pi table defert, has now gained a flicker from 
 the bitter and inclement blaft. He now knows to 
 whom to pray, and in' whom to trud ! where to '.m- 
 bofom his ibrrows ; and from what hand to look for 
 relief. 
 
 4. It is certain that when the heart bleeds from, 
 fome wound of recent misfortune, nothing is of equal 
 efuracy with religious comfort. It is of power to en- 
 lighten the darkdt hour, and to aflirage the fevered 
 \voe, by the relief of divine favor, and the profpect of 
 a blefled immortality. In fuch hopes the mind expa- 
 tiates with joy ; and when bereaved or its earthly 
 friends, folaces itfelf with, the thoughts of one friend 
 \vho will never forfake it. BLAIR. 
 
 IRREGULAR PLEASURES. 
 
 I. By the unhappy exccfs of irregular plcafures in 
 youth, how many amiable difpofitions are corrupted 
 or.deftrovecl ! How nfany rifing capacities and powers 
 are fuppreffed ! How many flattering hopes -of parents- 
 and friends are totally extinguKhed 1 Who but mud 
 drop a tear over human nature, when he beholds that 
 morning which rofe fo bright, overcaii with uch un- 
 timely darknefs ; thnt good humonr, which once cap- 
 tivated all hearts ; that vivacity which fparkled in eve- 
 ry company ; thofe abilities which were fitted for 
 adorning the highelt Rations, all facrificed at the fhnne^ 
 of low ienfuality, and one who was formed for run- 
 ning the fair career of life, in the midft of public 
 cfteem, cut off by his vices at the beginning t>f his 
 courfc. cr funk for the whole of it into iafigniacancy 
 aiid contempt ! Thefe O fmful plcafure ; are thy tro- 
 
MISCELLANY. 143 
 
 phies ! It is thus, that co-operating with the foe of 
 God and man, thou degraded human honor, and blaft- 
 eft the opening profpects of human felicity. 
 
 A _ BLAIR. 
 
 The NcceJ/lty of depending for Succefs on the B!ef- 
 ft gs .0} Heaven. 
 
 1. Let me recall your attention to that dependance 
 on the bleffing of heaven, which, amidft all your en- 
 deavors after improvement, you ought continually to 
 preferve. It is too common with the young, even 
 when they refolve to tread the path of virtue and ho- 
 lior, to fet out with prefumptuous confidence in them- 
 ielves. Trufting to their own abilities for carrying 
 them fuccefsfully through life, they are careleis of ap- 
 plying to God, or of deriving any afliftance from what 
 they are apt to reckon the gloomy difciplinc of religi- 
 on. Alas how little do they know the dangers which 
 await them ? Neither human wifdom nor human vir- 
 tue, unfuppfcrted by religion, are equal for the trying 
 fitiiatkms which often occur- in life. 
 
 2. By the fliock of temptation, how often have the 
 mod virtuous intentions been overthrown ! Under the 
 preflure of d fatter, how often has the greatest conftan- 
 cy funk ! Deftitute of the favour of God, you are in no 
 other fituation with all your boafted abilities, than 
 orphans left to wander in a tracklefs defart, without 
 any guide to conduct them or any flicker to co- 
 ver them from the gathering ilorm. Cor reel:, then, 
 this ill founded arrogance. Expect not that your hap- 
 pinefs can.be independent of him who made you. By 
 faith and repentance apply to the redeemer of the 
 world. By pietv and prayer feek the protection of 
 the God of Heaven. BLAIR. 
 
 E :pcrlence to be anticipated by Reflexion. 
 
 I. It is obferved, that the young and ignorant are 
 always the mofl violent in piirfuit. The knowledge 
 which is forced upon them by longer acquaintance 
 <with the world, moderates this impetuofity. Studj 
 
1/4 MISCELLANY. 
 
 then, to antic1pate,by reflection, that knowledge which 
 experience buys at too dear a price, inure yourfc-lves" 
 to frequent confideration of the cmptinefs of thofs 
 pleafures which excite fo much ilrife and commotion 
 : among mankind. Think how much more of true en- 
 joyment is loll by the violence of paffion, than by the 
 want of thofe things which give occaiion to that pafficn. 
 2. Perfuade yourfelves, that the favour of God, and 
 the .pofleflion of virtue, form the chief happinefs of the 
 rational nature. Let a contented mind, and a peace- 
 ful life, hold the next place in your eftimation. Thefe 
 are the concluiions which the wife and thinking part 
 of mankind have always formed. To thefc conditions, 
 after having run the race of paiHon, you will probably 
 come at hut. By forming them betimes, you would 
 make a feafonable efc ape from that tempeftuous region 
 through which none can pafs without fyfFering miiery, 
 contracting guilt, and undergoing ievere remorfe. 
 
 BLAIR. 
 
 A contested Temper the greatcjt El- n l-^ t 
 material requifiU to the $r&pe\ 
 
 Duty. 
 
 1. A contented temper is one of the greateil blcfl* 
 ings that can be enjoyed by man, and one of the mod 
 
 I material requifites to the proper difcharge of the du- 
 ties of every ftation. For a fretful and dilcontented 
 temper renders one incapable of performing aright, 
 any part in life. It is unthankful and Impious towards 
 God ; and towards men, provoking and unHft. it is 
 a gangrene which prevs on the vitals^ and infers the 
 xvhole coniiitution with difeafe and putrefaction. Sub- 
 due pride and vanity, and you will take the moil: e;lce- 
 tual method of eradicating this diltemper. 
 
 2. You will no longer behold the bbgeacs,a round you 
 with jaundiced eyes. , You -will take in good par* 
 bleilingj which Providence i* pleaiVd to bellow , 
 
 the degree of favor xvliie'l 7 . creature 
 
 ppfed to graut you. Viewing vouricives with all 
 
MISCELLANY. 54? 
 
 .your irnperfe&ions and failings in a jufl light, you will 
 'rather be furprifed at your enjoying To many good 
 things, than dfifconteflted, becaufe there are any which 
 .you want. From an humble and contented temper 
 will fpring a chearful one. This, if not in iifelf a vir- 
 tue, is at ieait a garb in which virtue fhouid be always 
 arsyed. 
 
 3. Piety and goodnefs aught never to be marked 
 with that dejection which fometimes takes rife from fu- 
 perilition, but which is the proper portion only of guilt. 
 At the fame time, the chearfulnefs belonging to virtue, 
 is to be carefully diftinguifhed from that light and gid- 
 tly temper which characl'erifes folly, and is fo often 
 found among the difiipated and vicious part of man- 
 kind. Their gaity is owing to a total want of reflec- 
 tion ; and brings with it the ufual coafequences of an 
 unthinking habit, fhame, remorfe, and heaviness of 
 heart in the end. 
 
 4. The chearfuJnefs of a well regulated mincj^ 
 f'prings from a good conference and the favour of hea- 
 ven, and is bounded by temperance and reafon. It 
 makes a man happy in himfelf, and promotes the hap- 
 pinefs of "all around him. It is the clear and calm fun- 
 fliine of a mind illuminated by piety and virtue. It 
 crowns all other good difpoiitions, and comprehends 
 the general elfect which they ought to produce on the 
 teart. BLAIR. ; 
 
 ON THE DEATH OF CHRIST. 
 
 I. The redemption of man is one of the moft glori- 
 ous works of the Almighty. If the hour of the crea- 
 tion of the world was great and illuftrious : that hour, 
 \vhen, from the dark and formlefs mafs, this fair fyf- 
 tem of nature arofe at the divine command ; when, 
 " the morning ftars fang together, and all the fons of 
 Godfliouted for joy ;" no'lefs illuftrious is the hour, 
 of the reftoration of the world , the hour, when, 
 from condemnation and mifery, it emerged into hap- 
 pinefs and peace. With lefs external majelly it was 
 - attended^ but is on that account; the more woiiderful, 
 
14" MISCELLANY. 
 
 i hat, under an appearance fo fimple, fuch great 
 events were covered. 
 
 2. In the hour of (Thrift's death, the long feries 
 of prophecies, vifions, types, and figures, was accom- 
 pli {hed. This was the center in which they all met ; 
 this the point towards which they had tended and ver- 
 ged, throughout the courfe of fo many generations. ". 
 You behold the law and the prophets {landing, if we 
 may fo fpeak, at the foot of the crofs and doing homage. 
 You behold Mofes and Aaron, bearing the ark of the 
 covenant ; David and Elijah prelenting the oracle of 
 teftimony. Yo behold all the priefts and facrifices, all 
 the rites and ordinances, all the types and fymbols, ? 
 afTembled together to receive their confummation. 
 
 , Without the death of Chrill, the worfliip and cere- 
 monies of the law would have remained a pompous, but 
 unmeaning inftitution. In the hour when he was cru- ' 
 cified, " the book of the feven feals" was opened, 
 livery rite afTumed its fignilicancy ; every prediction met 
 its event ; every fymbol difplayed its correfpondcnce. 
 
 3. This was the hour of the abolition of the law, 
 and the introduction ofthegofpel; the hour of ter- 
 minating the old; and beginning the new difpenfatiou 
 of religious knowledge and wbrfhip throughout the 
 earth. Viewed in this light, it forms the molt augult 
 ara, which is found in the hiftory of mankind, 
 
 4. When Chrift wasfuffering on the crofs, we are 
 informed by one of the evan^eliits, that he faid, I thirit ; 
 and they filled a fpunge with vinegar and put it to his 
 mouth. " After he had tafted the vinegar, knowing 
 that all things were now accompli (lied, and the fcrip- 
 t ure fulfil led, he faid it is finiihed j" that is, this of- 
 fered draught of vinegar was the laft circumftance pre- 
 di'fled by an ancient prophet that remained to be ful- 
 lilled. Thevifionand the prophecy are now fealed : 
 the Mofaic difjpenfation is clofed. " And he bowed his 
 head and gave up the Ghoft."- Significantly was the 
 veil of the temple rent in this hour ; for the glory then, 
 departed from between the Cherubims. I'hi 1 legal 
 high prlcft delivered up his urlm and thuiuuiiai; Jus 
 
MISCELLANY, 147 
 
 breuft plate, his robes, and his incenfe ; and (Thrift 
 ftotxl forth as the great high pried of all fucceedi-ng 
 generations. By that one facrifice, which he now of- 
 fered, he abolished facritices forever; Altars on which 
 the lire had blazed for ages, were now to fmoke no 
 more. Victims were no more to bleed. " Not with 
 the blood of bulls and goats, but with his own blood, 
 he now entered the holy place, there to appear in the 
 prefence of God for us." 
 
 5. 1 hi a was the hour of ailbciation and union to all 
 the worfhipprrs of God. When thrift laid, " it is iinifh- 
 ed/' he threw down the wall of partition which had Ib 
 long divided the Gentile from the Je\v. He gathered 
 into or,e all the faithful out of every kindred and peo- 
 ple. He proclaimed the hour to be come, when the 
 knowledge of the true God ihoukl be no longer confin- 
 ed to one nation, nor his worfhip to one temple ; hue 
 overall the earth, the worfhipers of the father ihould 
 " fevve him in fpirit and in truth," From that hour, 
 they who dwelt in die " utmoft ends of the earth, 
 Grangers to the covenant of promife, began to be 
 " brought nigh. 5 ' In that hour the light of the gofpel 
 dawned from afar on the L-ntiih Tilands. 
 
 6. This was the hour of ChriiVs triumph over al! 
 the powers of darkncfs ; the hour in which he over- 
 ti rew dominions, and thrones, "led captivity cap- 
 tive, and gave gifts unto men." The conteft which 
 the kingdom of darknefs had long maintained agaiiul: 
 the kingdom of light, v~as now brought to its crifis. 
 The period was conie^. when <J the- feed of the woman 
 fhould bruife the head of the ferpent." For many ages 
 the mod grofs fuperltkion had filled the earth, (i 'i h2 
 glory of the incorruptible God was'* every where, ex- 
 cept in the land of judea, " changed 'uito images mail? 
 like to corruptible man, and to . birds and bealls, and 
 creeping things," The world which 'the Almighty 
 created for himfelf/ feemed to have become a temple of 
 idols. Even to vices and pa (lions altars were railed : 
 and, what was entitled religion, was. ineifeft, a dif- 
 ciplhie of impurity. In the midft of this uniyerfui 
 
X4 MISCELLANY. 
 
 cUrktiefs, Satan had erected his throne; and the lear- 
 ned and the polifhed, as well as the favage nations, 
 bswed down before him. But at the hour when Chrift 
 appeared on the crofs, the fignal of his defeat was 
 given. His kingdom fuddenly departed from him ; the : 
 reign of idolatry palled away Ue was beheld to fall, 
 like lightning from heaven." In that hour the foun- 
 datio\i of every Pagan temple fliook ; the ftatue of ev- 
 ery falfe God tottered on its bafe. The pried fled from 
 liis falling fhrine ; and the Heathen oracles became.- 
 clumb for ever. 
 
 7. Death alia, the 1 aft foe of man, was the victim* 
 of this hour. The formidable appearance of the fpec- * 
 tre remained, but his dart was taken away; for, in : . 
 the hour when Chirift expiated guilt, he difarmed 
 death, by fecuring the re fur reel ion of the juft. When 
 lie faid to his penitent fellow-fufferer, " To day thoa. 
 ihalt be with me in Paradife." He announced to alL 
 iiis followers the certainty of heavenly blHs. He de- 
 clared, " The Cherubims" to be difmiiled, and the 
 *' flaming fword" to be fheathed, which had been ap- 
 pointed at the fdl, " to keep from man the way of 
 the Tree of life." Faint before this period, had been, 
 the hope, indidincl: the profpedfc, which even good 
 men enjoyed of the heavenly kingdom. " Life and 
 immortallity were now brought to light." From the 
 hill of Calvary, the firfl clear view was given to the 
 world of the everlafting manfions. Since that hour, 
 they have been the perpetual confolation of believers 
 in Chrill. Under trouble they {both their minds ; 
 amid PC terrptations they fupport their virtue ; and in 
 d-. iv.g moments ensble them to fay, " O death ! 
 \vhere is thy fting ? O grave ! where is thy viclory f 3 ." 
 
 BLAIR. 
 
 OF PROVIDENCE. 
 
 I . That great prophet Mofes, it is faicl, was called 
 i^p, by a voice from heavep, to the top of a mountain; 
 \vhere, in a conference with the Supreme Being, he 
 "was permitted to propbfe to him fome quellious con^ 
 
KflSCELLANT. ity 
 
 earning bis adminiftration of the univerfe. Tn the mid ft 
 of this divine colloquy, he was commanded to look 
 down on the plain below. 
 
 2. At the foot of the raor.ntam there iflued out a 
 clear fpring of water, at which a foldier alighted from 
 his horie to drink He was .no fooner gone, than a 
 little boy came to the lame place, and finding a purfe 
 of gold, which the foldier had dropped, took it up and 
 went away with it. Immediately after this came ail 
 infirm old man, weary with age and travelling, and 
 having quenched his third, fat down to reft himielf by 
 the fide of the fpring: the foldier, miffing his purfe, 
 returns to fearch for it, and demands it of the old man, 
 who affirms' that he had not feen it ; and appeals to hea- 
 ven in wimefs of his innocence : the foldier not belie v ing 
 his protections, kills him. 
 
 3. Mofes fell upon his face, with horror and amaze- 
 ment, when the divine voice thus prevented his ex- 
 poftujation : be not furprifed Mofes, nor afk why the 
 Judge of the whole earih has differed this thing to 
 come to pafs : the child is the occalion that the blood 
 of the old man is fpilt ; but know, that the old man,, 
 whom thou fa we ft, was the murderer of that child's 
 father. FRANKLIN. 
 
 OF NEATNESS, DECENCY, &rc. 
 
 I. Neatnefs, cisanllnefs, and decency, to which we 
 may add dignity of countenance, and demedn&ur, fcem 
 to have fometbing refined and moral in them. /\tlea(t 
 we generally efteem them indications of an orderly, 
 genteel, and well governed mind, confcious of inward 
 worth, or the refpect due to one's nature. VV hrreas 
 naflinefi, flovenlinefs, aukwardn>jft, and indecency, 
 are fhrewd fymptoms of fomething mean, carek'fs, 
 and deficient ; and betray a mind untaught, illiberal, 
 unconfcious of what is due to one's felf or to others. 
 I-Iow much cleanlinefs conduces to health needs hard- 
 ly to be mentioned ; and how neceilary it is to maintain 
 ones charade* and rank in life, and to'render us agree* 
 able to others as well as to ourfelvcs. is as evident, 
 M 2 
 
ijfo MISCELLANY, 
 
 2. There are certain motions, airs and geftc: 
 \vhich become the human countenance and form, in 
 which we perceive a comelinefs, cpsnncfs, fimplictty, 
 and graccfninefs ; and there are others, which to our 
 fenfe of decorum, appear uncomely, affcfted y difinge- 
 -nuQits and attkward, quite unfuitable to the native dig- 
 nity of our face and form. The fir ft are in themfelves 
 the moft eafy, natural, and commodious ; gives one 
 boldnefs and prefence of mind, a mod eft aHiirance, an 
 addrefs both awful and alluring ; they beipeak can- 
 dour and greatnefs of mind, raiie the moft agreeable 
 prejudices in one's fWor,rencler fociety engaging, com- * 
 mand refpect, and often love, and give weight and au 
 thority both in converfation and bufmeis ; in fine they 
 are the coloring of virtue, which fhew it to the 
 greateft advantage in whomfoever it b ; and not only 
 imitate, but in Come meaiure fupply it, where it is- 
 wanting. Whereas the laft, viz, tudeucfs, afieAation, 
 indecorum, and the like, have all the contrary effects; 
 they are bur deft feme to one's felf, a diflionor to our 
 nature, and a nuiiance in fociety. 
 
 3. The former qualities, or goods, are beft attain- 
 ed, by a liberal education, by preierving a juft fenfc 
 of the dignity of our nature, by keeping the beft and 
 politeft company, bet above ail, by acquiring thoie vir- 
 tuous and enobling habits of mind which are decency in 
 perfection, which will give an air of unaffected gran- 
 deur, and fpread a luftre, truly engaging, over the 
 \vhole form and deportment. 
 
 PRECEPTOR. 
 
 THE SPEAKER. 
 
 I. A correct fpeaker does not make a movement of 
 3imb or feature, for which he has not a reafon. If 
 he addrefles heaven he looks upward If he fpeaks to 
 his fellow- creatures, he looks round upon them ; and 
 the fpirit of what he fays, or is faid to him, appears in 
 his look, if he cxprefles amazement, or would excite 
 it, he lifts up his hands and eyes. If he invites to 
 \irtue and happiuefs, he fpreads his arms and looks bs 
 
MISCELLANY. rjr 
 
 uevolent. if he threatens the vengeance of heaven a- 
 gainft vice, he bends his eye-brows into wrath, and 
 menaces with his arm and countenance. He. does 
 rot neecllefslv faw the air with his arm, nor ftab him- 
 felf with his finger. He does not clap his right hand 
 on his brcalt unlefs he has occafion to fpeak of himfelf, 
 or to introduce confcience or fomething fentimentaL 
 He does not (tart back, unlefs he wants to exprefs hor- 
 ror or averfion. He does not come forward but when 
 he has occaiion to folicit, He does not raife his voice, 
 but to exprefs, fome what peculiarly emphatkal. He 
 does not lower it, but to contrafl the railing of it, 
 His eyes, by turns, according to the humour of the 
 matter he has to exprefs. fparkle fury ; brighten irjto 
 joy ; glance difdain ; melt into grief, frozen difguft^ 
 and hatred ; languifh into love, or glare detraction. 
 DRUMMQND. 
 
 A T A B L E, 
 
 Exhibiting the rca\ and Jupp.fed number of in ha- 
 bit ants cxijliftg upon the face of the earth. 
 
 Kingdoms, &c. No. Inhabitants. 
 
 Sweden, -'-._.__.. 5.000. coo 
 RufTia, -.......- 20.000.000 
 
 Denmark, - - - - --- - - 2.000,000 
 
 Poland, 8.000.000 
 
 Germany, ----...-. 26.000.000 
 Pruffia, ---.-,...- 2.000.000 
 
 France, 24.000.000 
 
 United Netherlands, 2.300.000 
 
 Gt. Britain and Ireland, - ... 12.000.000 
 Switzerland, -------- 1.560.000 
 
 Bohemia, --------- 3.000.000 
 
 Italy, 1 6. ooo. ooo 
 
 Portugal, 2.200.000 
 
 Hungary, 4.500.000 
 
 Spain, .._.- io.ooo.ico 
 
 Turky, ----------- o.ooo.coo 
 
 Total in Europe, 145.560,000 
 
153 MISCELLANY. 
 
 Brought forward, - - - - - 145,^65.0:0 
 
 Aiia is fuppofed at - 450.000.000 - 
 
 Africa, at .-, = .... i5O.coo.ooo 
 
 America,* at - - - - - - - 1 60.000.000 
 
 Total, f -------- 905.560.000 
 
 * Upwards of four millions of which are faid to be 
 in the United States. 
 
 -j- Fifteen millions of which are- Jews-; three hun- 
 dred millions, five hundred and fixty thoufand Chrif* 
 tians : two hundred and eighty millions Mahometans ; 
 and three hundred and ten millions, Pagans, and hea- 
 then. 
 

 
 it '< 
 
 CONCISE SYSTEM 
 
 O F 
 
 ARITHMETl O. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 / 
 
 L.RITIIMETIC is the art or fcience of numbering;; 
 for as magnitude is the fubje'dt of Geometry, fo is mul- 
 titude, or numbers, the. fubjecl of Arithmetic ; the 
 \vhole art of which, depends chiefly upon the thorough 
 knowledge of the five following Rules (all other rules.. 
 
 being compounded of them) viz, NUMERATION, 
 
 ADDITION, SUBTRACTION, MULTIPLICATION, and 
 DIVISION : 
 
 THE NUMERATION TABLE, 
 
 I Units, 
 
 21 Tens, 
 
 3 2 1 Hundreds, 
 
 4 321 Thoufands, 
 
 54 321 Tens of Thoufands, 
 
 654 321 Hundreds of Thoufands,, 
 
 7 654 321 Millions, 
 
 87 654 321 Tens of Millions, 
 
 987 654 321 Hundreds of Millions. 
 
 Note* The lad line in the Numeration Table, 
 read thus ; Nine hundred and eighty feyen miilioni, & 
 hundred and ffiy.fvur ' thonfatid, Time huxJ- 
 i^^.fy one, 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 SIMPLE ADDITION. 
 
 Simple addition teaches to ad<l feveral numbers of v 
 'one kind together, fo as to make of them one total fura. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Begin at the right hand, or units rank, and carry T 
 for every 10 contained in each rank, to the next row,.* 
 and fet down wl at is over ; under the laft rank, fet'^ 
 down the whob amount. 
 
 Note. \ou mud: place units under units, tens under 
 tens, and 'hundreds under hundreds, <xc. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 652 2214 3546 98765 
 4?B 3563 4253 7679 
 696 4213 3442 870 
 673 , 3445 9587 48 
 
 2504 
 
 In reckoning the firfl example here, 1 fav r? and & is 
 14 and S is 22 and 2 is 24; tr.L-re ?.\re t*vo tens in tl-is 
 row, and four over ; J fet down the 4 uu::-r the units 
 place, and carry 2 to the next row, arul tlie 
 
 2 that I carry and 7 makes 9 and 9 is T. } ar.cl "7 is 2 
 and 5 is 30 ; this rank comes opt an e^^u urnh r of 
 tens,, and nothing over, therefore 1 put down o, in 
 the place of 'tens,, and carry 3, for the ;? tens, to the 
 next row ; again, the 3 that I carry and 6 is 9 and 6 
 is 15 and 4 is 19 and 6 is 25 ; this being the lad row, 
 I fet down the whole amount, viz. Two thoufand five 
 hundred and four. 
 
 SIMPLE SUBTRACTION. 
 
 Simple fubtraction teaches to take a lejler number 
 from a greater, and Jheweth the difference betwixt 
 them. RULE. 
 
 Place the lefTer number under the greater, taking 
 care that each iigure in both lines (of the fame 'local 
 value) (lands in its proper place, namely, unit* under 
 units, tens under tens, &c. 
 
 Note. What you ftop-at in addition,, you mud 
 borrow in fubtraction. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 From 741 the greater No. 
 Take 594 the lefler do. 
 
 M7 
 
 In this example, after placing the leffer number 
 under the greater, as the rule direcls, I fay, 4 from 
 I I cannot, but 4 from n (here I borrow 10 from the 
 next row, which 1 add to the i) and there remains 7 ; 
 then the i, that I borrowed, and 9, make 10 (having 
 " borrosved 10 in the units place, 1 mull pay one to the 
 tens row as an equivalent for it) again 10 from 4 1 can- 
 not, but i o from 14 (borrowing and paying as before) 
 and there remains 4 ; the r that 1 lait borrowed, and 
 5, is 6, fr6m 7, and i remains : Here the work is 
 clone, and the difference between the two given num- 
 bers is 147. 
 
 From 7126 5794 76014 joooo 1000 
 Take 2784 1566 50678 9 909 
 
 Rem. 
 
 To prove fubtra&ion, add the remainder to the lef- 
 fer number, and the fum will be equal to the greater. 
 
 SIMPLE"MULTIPLiCATION. 
 
 Multiplication fcrveth inftead of feveral additions. 
 There are three things particularly to be obferved in 
 this rule ; viz. The multiplicand, or fum multiplied, 
 the multiplier or fum multiplied by, the product or 
 anf-vver. The multiplicand and multiplier, when 
 taken together, are fometimes called Factors. 
 
 TABLE. 
 3 ti, 
 
 4 ti, 
 
 31 
 
 s 9 
 
 4 ti. 5 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 ti. 
 
 8 
 
 40 
 
 7 
 
 ti. 
 
 9 
 
 (>3 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 45 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 84 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 6 
 
 ti. 
 
 6 
 
 36 
 
 8 
 
 ti. 
 
 8 
 
 64 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 22 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 : 4* j 
 
 
 9 
 
 72 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 36 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 48 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 96 
 
 8 
 
 24 5 ti. 5 
 
 25 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 54 
 
 9 
 
 ti. 
 
 9 
 
 8r 
 
 9 
 
 27 | 6 
 
 30 
 
 7 
 
 ti. 
 
 7 
 
 49 
 
 
 
 i r 
 
 99 
 
 4 
 
 r6 [- 7 
 
 35 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 56 
 
 
 12 
 
 io3 
 
: 5 6 ARITHMETIC, 
 
 RULE I. 
 
 Let the factors be placed one under another, taking 
 care to place units under units, tens under tens, &c. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 61812 1312 26184 65432 38126 
 4 5 6 ii 12 
 
 24724^ 
 
 RULE II. 
 
 When the multiplier confifls of more places thaal 
 one, there muft be made as many feyeral products agj 
 there are figures in the multiplier : let the firft %ure" 
 of every product (land directly under the multiplying 
 figure : add thefe feveral products together, and their 
 fum will be the' total product. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 41862 24186 54638 743541 
 
 24 56 95 766 
 
 1004688 1354416 5190610 56955164: 
 
 RULE IIL 
 
 Cyphers at the right of either, or both factors, may 
 be omitted in the operation, but muft be annexed to 
 the product. 
 
 148006 45600 84000 
 
 5400 140 6700 
 
 947200000 6384000 562800000 
 
 RULE IV. 
 
 When the multiplier is any component number (as 
 6. times 6 is 36) multiply by thole parts one after ano- 
 ther, and the laft product will be the total product 
 fought. Multiplication is proved by inverting the fac- 
 tors ; but the mcil certain method of proving it is by 
 diviiion. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 34526 56234 7643$ 
 24 55 9 6 
 
 828624 1968190 7337760 
 
ARITHMETIC, 757 
 
 SIMPLE DIVISION. 
 
 Divifion teacheth to find how often one number is; 
 contained in another ; there are three certain parts' in 
 divifion, viz. The dividend, or fum to be divided - 
 the divifor, or fum divided by ; the quotient, or an- 
 Aver to the work : if any thing remains after the ope- 
 ration is done, it is called the remainder ; and if placed 
 over the divifor thus, ^i, forms a fraction. 
 
 To find how often the divifor is contained in the 
 dividend : RULE : 
 
 FSrft feek mentally ; fecond multiply the divifor into 
 the lalt figure placed in the quotient ; third ftibtract ; 
 fourth bring down the next figure, or period. 
 
 To prove divifion, multiply the quotient by the di- 
 vifor, and to that prod rift add the remainder ; the fum, 
 \vill be equal to the dividend. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 5)85564 6)74325 7)746853 8)705.; 
 17112-4 
 
 5 9)53824306' 11)81048269 . 
 
 85564 Proof. 12)1028034725761 
 
 In the firft example! fay the fives in 8 once, and 5 
 remains, which being placed before the next figure in 
 the dividend makes 35 ; again the fives in 35, 7 times 
 5 is 35 and none remains j then the fives in 6 
 and i remains, which prefixed to the 4 makes 14 ; then 
 the fives in 14 twice, and 4 remain;,, place 
 
 I at the right haqd The fum is proved 1 
 tion ; adding the remainder to the firft product. 
 
 OF LONG DIVISION. 
 
 When the divifor is more than 12, \ve nr.i 
 quotient figure and divifor together, . and fu 
 i^roducl from the dividend, in" order to 
 remainder, which operation inuft be continued to evei 
 quotient figure .; and this is denominated I 
 
 When cyphers occur in the divifor, t 
 o,/ ; and the fame number of figures^ or* plcu;: 
 be cut oil" in the divideiul. 
 O 
 
158 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 When the divifor is any component number, that the 
 product of any two figures multiplied together, will 
 snake the divifor ; it is both fhorter and caller, to di- 
 vide the given number by one of thofe figures, and that 
 quotient again by the other, as 12 times 8 is 96. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 426,00) y64324,oo( 64,00)68005 4,22( 
 
 TABLES, 
 
 In Addition of divers Denominations. 
 
 OF MONEY. 
 
 4 Farthings make i Penny, 
 
 12 Pence I Shilling, 
 
 20 Shillings I Pound. 
 
 Note. . Hands for pounds, j. for {hillings, d. for 
 pence, ^r. for farthings. 
 
 TROY WEIGHT. 
 
 34 Grains make i Pennyweight, 
 
 20 Pennyweights i Ounce, 
 
 12 Ounces I Pound. 
 
 Note. By this weight, is weighed, gold, filver, 
 jewels, liauor, &c. 
 
 CLOTH MEASURE. 
 2j Inches make i Nail, 
 
 4 Nails i Quarter, 
 
 4 Quarters I Yard, 
 
 3 Quarters I Flemifh Ell, 
 
 5 Quarters I Englim Ell, 
 
 6 Quarters I French Ell. 
 
 APOTHECARIES WEIGHT. 
 
 20 Grains , make I Scruple, 
 
 3 Scruples I Dram, 
 
 8 uyams I Ounce, 
 
 12 Ounces I Pound, 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 AVOIPvDUPOIS WEIGHT. 
 
 
 56 Drams 
 1 6 Ounces 
 
 28 Pounds 
 
 4 Quarters 
 20 Hundred 
 
 i Ounce, 
 
 I Pound, 
 
 \ Quarter of an 
 1 hundred \vt. 
 i Hundred, or 
 
 r Ton. 
 
 LONG MEASURE. 
 
 3 Barley corns make 
 
 i Inch. 
 
 Inches i Hand* 
 
 12 Inches I Foot. 
 
 3 Feet i Yard. 
 
 6 Feet i Fathom. 
 
 5^L Yards i Rod ? pole,or perch, 
 
 40 Poles i Furlong. 
 
 Furlongs I Mile. 
 
 3 Miles i League. 
 60; Miles* i Degree. 
 
 *Englifh and American meafbre. 
 
 LAND MEASURE. 
 9 Square Feet make i Yard 
 301 Yards I Pole. 
 
 40 Poles i Rood. 
 
 4 Roods i i Acre. 
 
 640 Acres i Mile Square,, 
 
 TIME, 
 make 
 
 60 Seconds 
 60 Minutes 
 24 Hours 
 
 7 Days 
 
 4 Weeks 
 13 Months i day and 6 hours i Year. 
 
 i Minute. 
 i Hour. 
 I Day. 
 
 I Week. 
 I Month. 
 
 10 Gallons 
 iS Gallons 
 
 WINE MEASURE. 
 
 i Gallon. f 
 
 i Anchor of brandy, &cr. 
 j Runlet, 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 
 i Barrcl ; or ; a hogfhcacl; 
 i Tierce. 
 
 
 I Kogfliead. 
 
 ogfhs. 
 
 i Tun. 
 
 DRY MEASURE. 
 
 make 
 
 i Quart. 
 
 
 i Gallon. 
 
 quarts 
 
 i Peck. 
 
 quarts 
 
 I Bufhel. 
 
 
 i Quarter. 
 
 
 i Chaldron. 
 
 31 i Gallons 
 42 Gallons 
 63 Gallons 
 
 Pints 
 4 Quarts 
 2 Gallons 
 4 Pecks 01 
 8 Bufhels 
 56 Bufhels 
 
 Note. This meafure, is ufed in the meafuring of s 
 all kinds of Grain, Salt, Coals, &c. 
 
 MOTION. 
 
 60 Seconds make i Prime Minute, 
 
 60 IVIinutes i Degree. 
 
 30 Degrees i Sign. 
 
 j2 Signs make the whole circle of the Zodiac. 
 
 SHILLINGS TABLE. 
 
 is r 
 
 i 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 3 
 3 
 
 4 ^ 
 
 4 10 
 
 5 
 If the learner commits thefe tables to memory, the/; 
 
 \vill enable him to calculate fums in compound addi- 
 tion, with greater-facility, 
 
 PENCE 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 
 SHI 
 
 W. 
 
 j. 
 
 
 
 j. 
 
 20 is 
 
 i and 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 30 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 30 
 
 40 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 50 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 60 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 7o 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 70 
 
 So 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 So 
 
 90 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 90 
 
 100 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 IOO 
 
 COMPOUND ADDITION, 
 
 Is the adding of feveral numbers together (having 
 divers denominations, as pounds, millings, pence ad 
 farthings -> dollars, dimes, c.) into one total fum. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 16 * 
 OF MONEY. 
 
 . /. ds . s. d. .^ /. d : . /.- d. 
 
 9124 12 10 6 996 12 6 395 14 9V 
 
 8 10 5 44 14 4 690 10 7 970 5 S 
 
 943 16 12 3 788 18 8 54 19 7 | 
 
 7 66 50 15 9 475 15 9 1048 9 o 
 
 In the fir ft example here, I begin at the right hand, 
 or pence rank, and fay 6 and 3 is 9 and 5 is 14 and 4 
 is 1 8 pence (or is. 6d.) 1 let down 6 under the pence 
 line, and carry i for the is. to the next rank, and fay 
 the i that I carry and 6 is 7 and 4 is n and 2 is 13 ; 
 1 come down the next rank, faying, 13 and 10 is 23 
 and 10 is 33 ; here I fet down 13 under the (hillings 
 line and carry i to the next, or pounds row ; again, 
 the t that I carry and 7 is 8 and 9 is i 7 and 8 is 25 and 
 9 la- 94 ; here the operation is finished, and the fum 
 total is 34!. 133. 6cL 
 
 TROY WEIGHT. 
 
 oz 
 
 dw 
 
 grs 
 
 
 Ib 
 
 oz 
 
 dw 
 
 grs 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 23 
 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 II 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 
 3 
 
 II 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 i > 
 
 18 
 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 2-3 
 
 
 cr 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,OTH 
 
 MEASURE. 
 
 I? 
 
 qr 
 
 na E.ells 
 
 qr 
 
 na 
 
 J7 
 
 3 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 IO 
 
 3 
 
 z 
 
 1 2 
 
 I 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 i S 
 
 i 
 
 3 
 
 54 
 
 3 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 62 
 
 o 
 
 i 
 
 44 
 
 2 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 O 2 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 APOTHECARIES WEIGHT. 
 
 oz dr 
 
 fc 
 
 gr 
 
 Ibs 
 
 oz 
 
 dr 
 
 fc 
 
 g* 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 I 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 O 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 I 
 
 14 
 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 O 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 T $ 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 LAND 
 
 MEASURE. 
 
 
 A 
 
 R 
 
 P 
 
 A 
 
 
 R 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 25 
 
 3 
 
 25 
 
 64 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 26 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 37 
 
 I 
 
 9 
 
 48 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 28 
 
 44 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 14 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 i 
 
 39 
 
 55 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 44 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. 
 
 
 Jbs 
 
 OZ 
 
 dr 
 
 T 
 
 C 
 
 
 qr 
 
 Ib 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 14 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 45 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 12 
 
 
 i 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 29 
 
 18 
 
 
 O 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 62 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 45 
 
 17 
 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 44 
 
 H 
 
 
 i 
 
 *3 
 
 
 DRY MEASURE. 
 
 
 ch ' 
 
 B 
 
 P 
 
 B 
 
 P 
 
 
 G 
 
 q* 
 
 
 
 *9 
 
 35 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 
 i 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 46 
 
 12 
 
 i 
 
 7 
 
 I 
 
 
 2 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 45 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 
 I 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 3 
 
 i 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 
 O 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 
 I 
 
 3 
 
 
ARITHMETIC. 5 3 
 
 WINE MEASURE. 
 
 T 
 
 hhds 
 
 G 
 
 qts 
 
 Tie 
 
 G 
 
 qt3 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 62 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 4i 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 i? 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 48 
 
 
 
 54 
 
 2 
 
 32 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 I 
 
 *4 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 i 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 ii 
 
 H 
 
 3 
 
 44 
 
 O 
 
 15 
 
 I 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 LONG MEASURE. 
 
 Le M F P Yd Ft In B 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 30 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 II 
 
 2 
 
 45 
 
 I 
 
 6 
 
 l6 
 
 '5 
 
 I 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 O 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 42 
 
 O 
 
 10 
 
 2. 
 
 3 2 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 18 
 
 *3 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 2. 
 
 16 
 
 I 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 I 
 
 5 
 
 I 
 
 H 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 '5 
 
 H 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 TIME. 
 
 M 
 
 W 
 
 D 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 M 
 
 S 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 2 3 
 
 22 
 
 52 
 
 5S 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 H 
 
 1 1 
 
 12 
 
 59 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 59 
 
 57 
 
 4 6. 
 
 6 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 j j* 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 15 
 
 J-S 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 44 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 MOTION. 
 
 o 
 
 / 
 
 
 11 
 
 o 
 
 / 
 
 i 
 
 55 
 
 54 
 
 
 40 
 
 .46 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 
 55 
 
 54 
 
 32 
 
 22 
 
 98 
 
 26 
 
 
 34 
 
 86 
 
 45- 
 
 59 
 
 65 
 
 25 
 
 
 48 
 
 64 
 
 25 
 
 45 
 
 44 
 
 37 
 
 
 26 
 
 22 
 
 17 
 
 54 
 
164 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 COMPOUND SUBTRACTION. 
 
 Compound fubtra&ion teaches to find the difference 
 between anj two given numbers of divers denomina- 
 tions. 
 
 SUBTRACTION OF MONEY. 
 
 10 20 12 10 20 12 10' 20 12 4 
 
 Examples. s d s d s d q 
 
 Borrowed, 524 64 10 3 560 6 4 i 
 Paid, 312 3 45 12 6 19610 64. 
 
 Unpaid, I 10 i 
 
 In the firft example here, I fay, 3 from 4 and i 
 remains ; again, 12 from 2, I cannot, therefore I mnft 
 borrow i pound or 20 {hillings (from the pounds line) 
 and fay, 12 from 20 and there remains 3, to which I 
 add the 2 in the upper line, which makes 10; I put 
 clown the 10 in the millings row, and then fay, the 
 "I that I borrowed and 3 makes 4 ; laflly 4 from f and. 
 l remains ; here the work is finijhed, and the balance 
 unpaid is one pound ten {killings and one penny, as 
 in the work. 
 
 i. *, d. . r. d. . s. J. 
 
 From i/o 10 i 21 1 1 21 22 o 5' T 
 Take 50 10 10 14 14 81 22 o 7J 
 
 TROY WEIGHT- 
 
 II. GZ. fw. gr. oz. piv. gr 
 
 From 52 6 10 12 78 15 16 
 
 Take 49 1 1 15 13 63 18 19 
 
 CLOTH rvlEASURE 
 
 yds. qrs. n$. Fr.clls qrs. nx. Fl.ells qrs. na 
 From 54 i i 22 i i 16 i 2 
 Take 33 3 3 J 5 4 3 11 i 3 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 APOTHECARIES WEIGHT. 
 
 35 oz dr fc oz dr fc gr 
 From 3321 5 2 o 10 
 
 Take 1762 45218 
 
 LAND MEASURE. 
 
 ARP A H P ARP 
 
 From loo i 15 61 2 10 15 o 19 
 
 Take 56 2 35 48 3 12 93 39 
 
 AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. 
 
 T C qrs qrs lb oz clr C qrs Ib 
 From 20 3 i 2 10 12 14 100 10 
 Take 15 18 3 i 27 14 15 ^9 3 19 
 
 DR.Y MEASURE. 
 
 ch B P qrs B P B P gal 
 
 From 25 5 2 15 i i 22 x o 
 
 Take 20 30 3 962 I93 1 
 
 WINE MEASURE. 
 
 T hds gal tie gal qts gal qts pts 
 
 From 7 2 10 8 10 i 50 i o 
 
 Take 3 3 30 4 40 3 43 3 i 
 
 
 LONG MEASURE. 
 
 L M F P deg L M yds F in be 
 
 From 401412 44 12 i 24 i TI 
 
 Take 2j. i 7 39 16 19 2 17 i 10 z 
 
i66 
 
 
 
 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 
 - 
 
 OF TIME. 
 
 w r> 
 
 H 
 
 D H M fee M W D H 
 
 F. 3 4 
 
 10 
 
 3,65 6 u 25 6033 
 
 T. i s 
 
 22 
 
 99 * 9 *9 5 4 2 4 22 
 
 
 
 
 OF MOTION. 
 
 
 
 
 f H o i a 
 
 From 
 
 34 
 
 10 15 19 2-o 30 
 
 Take 
 
 H 
 
 50 45 8 39 4^5 
 
 
 
 COMPOUND MULTIPLICATION. 
 
 r RULE. 
 
 Multiply the price by the quantity, beginning at the 
 right hand or Joweft denomination. When the mul- 
 tiplier is more than 12, it muft be apportioned Into 
 componcnr j arts : thus f ippofe the multiplier to 
 be v o ; in that cafe, I multiply the price of the given 
 article by o twice, which makes 36, and then by 3 ; I 
 add-thefe two products together, which gives me 39, 
 for 36 and 3 is 39. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 What comes 6 pieces of linnen to, at .$ : 125. : 60!. 
 per piece ? 6 
 
 .Anfwer, j'33 : 153. : cd. 
 
 6 yards of linnen, at 33 cd per yard, ^.i 26. 
 
 1 8 gallons, at s d per gallon, 410* 
 
 24 pounds, at cU per pound, o 70.. 
 
 ^^j. bufheb, ar 55. - d per bufliel, 12 13 o. 
 
 59 yards at ;s t>i per yard, 21 2 4, 
 
 65^ gallons, at is ^d per gallon, 10 18 4. 
 
 jq ells, at 48 -d per ell, , 1724. 
 
 82! Ibs, at i s 6d per pound, 6 3 44. 
 
 99;r yards, at 1 T 2s cd per yard, 162 i 10^. 
 
 144 hhds of Spirits, at: r 2! TOS per hhd. iSoo o o. 
 
 I co acres of land, at 5! iS^peracre, ^75 o o. 
 
 Ijoobuiiiels of wheat, at 53 .6d per bufiiel, 330 o o> 
 
ARITHMETIC. 16? 
 
 In 6 pieces of linnen at each 25yds zq 311 ; how 
 many yards ? T5/ ( .y oq ziia. 
 
 In 4hhds of fu gar each roc 2qrs 9lb ; how many 
 cwt. ? 420 ,qr fclb. 
 
 COiMPOUND DIVISION. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Begin at the left hand or bigheft denomination, and 
 reduce the remainder in every line mentally (if any 
 there be) for down the quotient iigure of each line 
 under its refpeclive denomination. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Divide /.io IDS icd i equally among 1 perfons, 
 
 . s. d. 
 7^0 io 'Oi 
 
 i 10 i i Anfwer. 
 
 In the firft example here, I fay^ the fevens in TO, 
 once, and 3 remains, namely, si. or 6os. which be- 
 ing added to the io in the fhillings row, makes yos. 
 here is io times 7 and nothing over ; 1 fet down io in, 
 the place of (hillings ; again the fevens in io once and 
 3 pence over, which 3 being 12 farthings, added to 
 the 2 in the farthings line, makes 14, then I fay, the 
 fevens in 14, twice ; here the work is vlnimed, and each 
 perfon's fliare of the given fum, is il. los id^ 
 
 2 If iclb. coft/^s. whai cod :lb ? Anf. l.O 7 6 
 
 3 If ii yds coil: 15! ics. what coll: i yard ? 183 
 
 4 If 12 bbl. of beef coft 25! 153. what coft one barrel ? 
 
 2 2 ir 
 
 5 Divide 151! los 6d by 21. 6 6 3*. 
 
 6 If ?o gal. coft fol IDS. what cod i gallon ? o 7 o 
 
 7 If 60 yards coft 9!. what co{l i yard . ? 030 
 The price of an hundredweight being known, to 
 
 find the price of one Ib divide by the following figures, 
 87 and 2, being the component parts of n. : . 
 
 8 If one cwt coft 1. 175 41!, what coft i. Ib ? 004 
 
 9 If one cwt coft 2! us 4d. what coft one Ib ? o o 5 ^ 
 jo If one cwt coft 3! ios what coft i Ib i 007-^ 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 REDUCTION. 
 
 Reduction, is the application of Multiplication and 
 Divifion, in reducing numbers of one kind, or deno- 
 mination, into other numbers of a diiFerent denomi- 
 nation ; but retaining (till the fame value. Great names 
 are brought into imall, by multiplication ; and fmall 
 names into greater ones by divifion : In all reductions, 
 whether afcending or defcending. care mull be taken 
 to multiply or divide, by as many of the lefter, as 
 makes one of the greater denomination. 
 
 i. In 25!. i2s. 6d. how many pence I 
 
 20 
 
 512 f hillings. 
 12 
 
 Anfw. 6150 pence. 
 
 In the firft example in reduction, I multiply the 
 pounds by 20, taking in the ir.s. in the Hi ill ings line, 
 which gives a produtt of 5125. again 1 multiply the 
 Shillings by 12 and take in the d in the pence row : 
 vhe operation being fini/hed? I find the number of pence 
 contained in 25! ; 2S 6cl to be fix t ho u fa ml, one hun- : 
 dred and fifty, as in the work. 
 
 2 In 5! i6s cd 3 how farthings ? Anf. 5607. 
 
 3 In 5607 farthings, how many pounds ? 5 - 16 9! 
 4 In 25! 195 6d how many fixpences f i39 
 
 5 In 44! os ^d how many farthings ? 42256 
 
 6 In 42256 farthings how many pounds ? 44! cs .^d 
 
 Reduction dt, ! afcend- 
 
 7 Tn 2*60! how many Dollars at 8s each ? 650 dol. 
 
 8 In 650 dollars at Ss how many pounds f 26cLV 
 
 9 In rool how many crowns, dollars and half dollars, 
 luting crown's at c-s. jock dollars at os and half dollars ' 
 at 48. and of each an equal number i : of each. 
 
 10 In 50 guineas each 3;s ^d how many dolkrs at bs. 
 
 235 dol, 
 
 JT In 240! how many ilxpences ? 9600. 
 
 12 In 9600 fixpences how many pounds ? 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 REDUCTION OF TROY WEIGHT. 
 
 1. In 8 Ib. 6oz. i2-pwts. how many grains I 4924$. 
 
 2. In 19248 grs. how many Ibs ? 8 Ib. 6 oz. 12 pwt* 
 
 3. How many fpoons, each 5 oz. 6 pwt. are in n\b. 
 of iilver I Anf. 26 fpoons, and 18 pwt. over. 
 
 4. In 15 ingots of gold/ each 24 oz. how many'grs? 
 
 Anf. 172800 grains. 
 
 REDUCTION OF CLOTH MEASURE. 
 
 5. In 25 yds. 3 qrs. 2 na. how many qrs. and nails ? 
 
 Anf. 103 qrs. |i4 nails. 
 
 2. In 24360 nails, how many pieces, each 24 yards 
 
 Anf. 63 pieces, 10 yds. 2 qrs. 
 
 3. In 1000 yards of linen, how man}/ failors fhirts, at 
 3!. yds. each ? Anf. 307 fhirts, 21 yds. 
 
 4. In 15000 nails, how many Engl. ells I Anf. 750. 
 
 REDUCTION OF APOTHECARIES WEIGHT; 
 
 1. In 2 Ib. 5 .oz. 7 dr. i fc. I2grs. of medicine, ho^T 
 many grains ? Anf. 14372 grs* 
 
 2. 14372 grains, how many pounds ? 
 
 Anf. 2 Ib. 5 oz. 7 dr. i fc. 12 grs. 
 
 REDUCTION OF AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. 
 
 1. In 140 3 qrs. I2lb. how many Ib. Anf. 1664 Ib 
 
 2. In 25 C. r qr. 22 Ib. how many drams ? A. 729600. 
 
 3. In 729600 dr. how many Cwt. A. 25 C. i qr. 22 Ib. 
 
 4. In 8960 Ib. how many tons ! Anf. 4 tons. 
 
 .REDUCTION OF LONG MEASURE. 
 
 j. In 25 miles, how many b. c ? Anf. 4752000 b. c. 
 
 2. In 4752000 b- corns, how many miles? Anf. 25. 
 
 3. How many times does a carriage wheel, that ; 
 feet 4 inches circumference, turn round, between 
 New York and Philadelphia, the diftance be^ 
 miles? Anf. $27:3 times, and 8 inches over. 
 
 4. In r inile, how many fathoms ? Ani. 
 
 5. In 880 fathoms, how many miles ? Anf. r- 
 
 P 
 
,x> ARITHMETIC. 
 
 REDUCTION OF LAND MEASURE. 
 
 1. In 75 A. 3 R. how many yards ? Anf. 366630, 
 
 2. In 366630 yds. how many acres ? Anf. 75 A. 3 R. 
 
 3. In i 5000 perches, how many acres ? A. 9 3 A. 3 R. 
 
 4. In 5Ooo-%cres of land, how many lots, each 25 A. 
 2 R. 15 P f Anf. 195 lots, 9 A. 35 P.. 
 
 REDUCTION OF TIME. 
 
 1. How many minutes in a year r Anf. 525600. 
 
 2. v 'How many hours have pafled fmce the incarnation 
 
 of jefus Chrift, the favior of mankind, being 794 
 years ago ? Anf. 15715440. 
 
 3. I was born in T 754, how many hours is that ago ; 
 this being the year 1794 ? Anf. 350^00. 
 
 4. In 1764245 feconds, how many days ? 
 
 Anf. 20 D. 10 H. 4 M. 5 S. 
 
 REDUCTION OF WINE MEASURE. 
 
 1. In 25 hhds, how many pints ? Anf. 12600, 
 
 2. In 12600 pints, how many hhds ? Anf. 25. 
 g. In 3425 gallons, how many quarter cafks, of 25 
 
 gallons each - ? Anf. 137. 
 
 4. How many gallons, half gallons, quarts, and pints, 
 are in 3 hhds, and of each an equal number ! 
 
 Anf. 100 of each, and 12 pints. 
 
 REDUCTION OF DRY MEASURE. 
 
 Ic In 6 chaldron of coals, how many pecks ? Anf 864. 
 
 2. In 864 pecks, how many chaldron ? Anf. 6. 
 
 3. In 2500 bum. how many qrs. Anf. 312 qrs. 4bufh. 
 
 4. In 7674 quarts, how many half bumels f 
 
 Anf. 479 h. bum. and 10 qts. over e 
 
 THE SINGLE RULE OF THREE, DIRECT. 
 
 Commonly called the Golden Rule, from its manifold 
 and excellent performance in arithmetic, and the 
 different branches of mathematics. 
 
 In this rule, by three terms given (or propofed) we 
 .find out a fourth; which be^rs fuch proportion, to the 
 
ARITHMETIC. 171 
 
 third number, as the fecond doth to the firft : from 
 this correspondence of its parts, it is called the Rule of 
 Proportion. Of which there are two forts, viz. Di- 
 rect and Inverfe Proportion. 
 
 OF DIRECT PROPORTION. 
 
 When more requires more, or lefs requires lefs j 
 that is when the third number is greater than the firft, 
 and requires the fourth, to be greater than the fecond; 
 or when the third number is leis than the h'rii:, and 
 requires the fourth, to be lefs than the fecond j i& 
 is then called Direct Proportion. 
 RULE. 
 
 In ftatingyourqueftion, let the firft and third terms 
 be of one name or kind, and the fecond (or middle^ 
 term of the fame kind with the anfwer required. 
 
 Note. I. If any of the given terms be of divers deno- 
 minations, as pounds and (hillings, hundreds, quarters; 
 &c. they mult be reduced to the loweft name men- 
 tioned. 
 
 Note. 2. The fourth term (or anfwer) in direct pro- 
 portion, is found by multiplying the fecond and third 
 terms together, and dividing their product by the firft. 
 The fourth number fo found bears the fame proportion 
 to the fecond, as the third does to the firft number, and 
 is always of the fame kind or denomination with tho 
 middle number. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 If 6 yards of linen coft/*.i ys. what cofl 28 yards ? 
 
 Yds s Yds 
 If 6 1 .. 7 28 
 
 20 27 
 
 .6 is Anfc- 
 
372 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 In theErft example in cured p/oportion the firft c 
 third numbers^ are of the fame name or kind, namely 
 yards ; the fecond or middle number being of different 
 denominations,, I reduce it into the loweilname men- 
 tioned, viz. {hillings ; I then multiply the fecond num- 
 ber, 27,. by the third number 28, which gives a pro- 
 duel of 756, this fum divided by 6, the firft number, 
 produces a product of 1 263 which is the fourth number, 
 or anfwer, viz. 61. 6s. 
 2,. If ic hats cofl 7.1. what coft 45 ? Anf. 31!. ics. 
 
 3. If 7lb. of fugar coft 53. 6d. what cof) 84 ? A. 3!. 6s. 
 
 4. If an hundred weight of tobacco gfjift 3!. I2s. what: 
 coft 7lb. Anf. 48. 6d. 
 
 5. If 25 yards of linen coft 5!. 6s. 8d. what coft 3* I 
 
 Anf. 1 6s. 
 
 6. If ;lb. of fugar coft 43. what coft an hundred Ib. ? 
 
 Anf. 3 1. 45. 
 
 y. If I oz, of (ilver coft 95. what coft half a dozen of 
 fpoons that weighs 15^ oz. ? Anf. 61. 195. 6d. 
 
 S. if I pay 61. 195. Cd. for 154 oz. ofiilver, what coft 
 i oz. Anf. 95. 
 
 ^ 4 If i Ib. of tobacco coft 7d. \ what coft 3hhds. weigh- 
 ing 150. iqr I9lb . ? Anf. 55!. 195^^. 
 
 2o. If a yard of cloth coft 123 6d what is the value of 
 3 pieces each 25 yards. Anf. 46! i;s 6d 
 
 II. If a builiel of Virginia coals coft i $d. how many 
 chadrons for 50! ? Anf. 22 ch. and 8 bum. over. 
 
 22. If a nian's yearly falary be 400! what is it a day ! 
 
 Anf. il is r^ T | T 
 
 13. If a quart of wine coft 2 s Sd. what is the value of 
 2'hhds ? Anf 56! 148. 
 
 14. How much mnft I pay for the carriage of i2C iqr 
 at the rate of ; a pound ? Anf. 5! 1 45 40!. 
 
 15 If a family of 12 perfons drink i i barrel of beer in 
 two months, how much will ferve a family of 20 per- 
 fons for the fame time ? Anf. 90 gallons. 
 
 1 6. Kow many yards of linen for rool. at 2s 6d a 
 yard f Anf. 80 -> yards. 
 
 1 7. Bought a filver tea-pot for 1 5! los at 8s od an oz. 
 how much did It weigh I Anf. 36 QZ 9 dwt 9 gr yW , 
 
ARITHMETIC. 373 
 
 1 8 -Bought a tan of wine for i2cl. what coft i quart ? 
 
 Anf. 2s 4 d 4 A V* 
 
 19. At 78 6d a day, what amounts 26 weeks wages to, 
 allowing fix days to a week ? Anf. 51. ics 
 
 20. If 1 pay 46! IDS a year for houfe rent how much is 
 that a day ? Anf. 2S td 4 ^ 
 
 2 1 . If my annual falary be 2$oL how much may I fpend 
 every day, and lay upSyl 6s8d at the year's end. 
 
 Anf. 8s 9d ^ ^~t 
 
 22. If tea be fold at yd an ounce, what is the amount 
 of 2C. iqr. Anf. 1 17! !2S. 
 
 23. If a yard of cafimer cod ill2S 4^. what cod 3 pie- 
 ces each 25^. yards. Anf. 123! I :s 6d. 
 
 24. Sold 5C weight of fogar at pdi a Ib what did the 
 whole amount to. Anf. 22! 35 40! 
 
 25. If i yard oflinenis worth ^s 6d. what is the value 
 of 4 pieces, each 224 yards. Anf. 15!. 153 
 
 26'. At 75. 6d a bumel, how many bufhels will 46 7' 
 dollars at 8s each buy. Anf. 490 bum. 2p J 
 
 27. If a man earn il I2S a week, how much is that 
 a year. Anf. 83! 43 
 
 28. A 'man bought a piece of cnmbrick for 55! at 228 6^ 
 a yard, how many yards did it contain. 
 
 Anf.. 48yds 3qrs 2na J^Y 
 
 OF INVERSE PROPORTION. 
 
 Inverfe proportion, is when mor-e requires lefs, or " 
 lefs requires more ; that is, when the third term is 
 greater than the firft, and requires the fourth term to 
 be lefs than the fecond ; lefs requires more again, when, 
 the third term is lefs than the firft, and requires tjie 
 fourth to be greater than the fecond^ 
 
 To find the fourth number or anfwer, in invcrie 
 proportion, multiply the two firii: numbers together/ , 
 and divide their product by the third, the quotient is > 
 the anfcver, in the fame name with the middle number^ . 
 and bears the fame proportion to it, as the third does- , 
 to the nrft nvimber, - 
 
 P 3 
 
J 74 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 I. If rod. in T2 months, gain yl. intereft, v/hat funt- 
 will gain the fame in 5 months f 
 
 M. . M. 
 
 If 12 ; 00 5 
 
 12 
 
 5) '2:0 ' 
 
 . 2.jO. Anfwer. 
 
 2. If 240!. in 5 months, gain yl. inrereft, 
 cipal will gain the fame in 12 months ; 
 
 M. . M. 
 If 5 240 12 
 
 12)1 2.00 
 
 . roo. Anfwer. 
 
 3. If when Sour fells at 425 an hundred weight, the 
 (ixpenny-loaf weigh zlb 9 oz. what ought the fixpen- 
 ny -loaf to weigh, when flour fells at 528 an hundred. 
 
 Anf. 2lb i oz -^ 
 
 4. How much in length that is 4 inches broad will 
 make a foot fquare. Anf. -46 inches. 
 
 5. If 36 Mafonscan build a wall in 24 days ; how ma- 
 ny mafons can do the fame in 96 days. Anf. 9 men.. 
 
 6 If 96 men can dig a cellar in 9 days, how many 
 men can do the fame in 24 days. Anf. 36 men e 
 
 MERCHANTS ACCOUNTS. 
 
 Or Rules of Praft-ce. 
 
 So called, from their manifold ufes and brevity in 
 finding the value of any quantity of goods ; by the 
 given price of one integer. 
 
 Note. That any queftion in the rule of three direclr, 
 \vhen the firft term in the dating is an unit, is more 
 briefly done by the rules of practice. 
 
 Quettioqs in practice may be proved by the i 
 
 rule of three. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 1 73? 
 
 THE TABLES. 
 
 
 S3 
 
 a. d. d. qr. Ib. 
 
 IO 
 
 ji 
 
 
 
 T 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 6 8 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 T 
 
 o i I 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 T 
 
 V 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 3 4 
 
 j 
 
 cfl 
 
 2 
 
 | 
 
 3 ( 14 
 
 ^ 
 
 2 6 
 
 l 
 
 s: X 4 
 
 t 
 8 
 
 _ Q 
 
 T?- 
 
 2 
 
 - o- i 5" 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 T T 
 
 rt * 7 
 
 T| 
 
 i 8 
 
 i 
 
 T 1" 
 50 
 
 op 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 ' i 
 
 
 CASE I. 
 When the price of an integer is lefs than a fhilling, 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Find the aliquot parts oi that price contained in a- 
 {hilling, which mull be divifors to the given fum. 
 
 Or thus. If the given price be not the aliquot part 
 of a {hilling, then firft take fome part of it that is an 
 aliquot part ; and for the remaining part of the price, 
 let it be taken out of the foregoing part or parts, and 
 then add the quotients together; the total will be tho 
 anfwer in /hillings. 
 
 2500, at v- 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 . 5 .. 4 .. 2 d. Anf^er. 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 4- 
 5- 
 6. 
 
 7- 
 
 8. 
 
 9- 
 Jo. 
 1 1. 
 12, 
 
 4324, at id!. 
 2560, at zd I 
 1500, at 5 ; d 4 
 2540, at 4d ^ 
 4212, at 5d I 
 960, at 6d f 
 4324. atSd' 
 3640, at ^d 4. 
 1566, at led I 
 4440, at nd ^ 
 jooo, at lid | 
 
 Anf, 
 
 22 10 5, 
 
 29 6 8, 
 
 21 17 6. 
 
 47 12 6. 
 100 18 3, 
 
 26 o o, 
 
 157 12 u, 
 
 144 i 8, 
 
 70 2 lot 
 
 212 15 O, 
 
 43 19 *,. 
 
I?6 ARITHMETIC, 
 
 CASE II. 
 When the price of an integer is (hillings and pence, 
 
 RULE 1. 
 
 If the /hillings and pence be the aliquot part of a 
 poimd, it may be done at once, as 2S. od. is the eighth 
 of a pound. 
 
 i. 46^4, at 2s 6d. -5% l T 5 
 
 2* 3;73> at 35 / t d. 595 i<x 
 
 3. is6o, at 48 312 
 
 4. 2500, at 53 625 
 5> 3564, at 6s Sd. 1 188 
 
 6. 4262, at 2S > 426 45 
 
 RULE II. 
 
 If the {hillings and pence be not the aliquot part of 
 a pound, or if there be (hillings, pence and farthings, , 
 multiply the given quantity by the (hillings, and take 
 parts with the reft, and add them together ; the total, 
 will be the anfvver.in Ihillings.. 
 
 I. 46 at ys. 3d.| 
 
 7 
 
 322 s. 
 
 3d Is i ii 6d 
 
 | is i of 3d 2 10 4. 
 
 2,0)33,^ 4^ 
 
 ^".16 i6s :id^. Anf. 
 ^t. 64 at 55 gd Anf. .18 8s 
 
 3. 144 at 95 .d^ 67 los 
 
 4. 560 at jss 6d 434 
 
 5. 950 at iys <|d 823 6s d 
 
 6. 1000 at 195 i id i 997 i8s ; di 
 
 CASE III. 
 
 When the price of an integer is 'pounds, (hillings^ 
 and pence. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 I. If the (hillings and pence be the tiliqnot part of a 
 pound, multiply the given integers by the pounds, axd 
 divide by the faid parts, thofc numbers fo found out 
 added together, \vill b? 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 o-~~at"2/\ 6s 8d 
 
 6s 8d is 60 
 10 
 
 .70 o Anf. 
 
 2. 44., at .3 2S 6d Aaf. .13710* 
 
 3. 145, at 2 35 4d . 314 3 4 
 
 4. 260, at 5 5 1365 
 
 5. 70, at 7 45 504. 
 
 6. loo, at 3 2s 310 
 
 2. If the (hillings and 'pence be not the aliquot parts 
 of a pound ; or if there be {hillings pence and farthings 
 given with the pounds, then reduce the pounds into 
 Shillings, and multiply the integers by the fuid {hilling^. 
 next take parts with the reft of the price, and add then* 
 together, the total will be the anfv\ er in 
 
 1 s d 
 
 i. 6 at i 17 4 
 
 37 20 
 
 2,0)227,7 
 
 1.113 i7 4 Anf. 
 
 2. 70 at 2! 53 4<l Anf. 158! 133 41! 
 
 3 l$o at i 143 9d ; 260 1 8 9 
 
 4. 644 at 2 2S 6d -;- 1369 16 10 
 
 5. 100 at 5 12 560 
 
 6. 1000 at 3 19 9 | 399 I2 6 
 
 CASE IV, 
 
 When both the integer, and the quantity given, are 
 of feveral denominations. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Multiply the price by the integers, and take part 
 tvith the parts of the integer". 
 
17* ARITHMETIC; 
 
 C qr Ib 
 
 4 i 16 at 3! 12$ 
 
 4 
 
 14 8 
 
 I qr. is ~ 18 
 
 1-6 Ib. is f 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1.15- 16 3 
 
 { Anf. 
 
 
 C 
 
 qr 
 
 Ibs 
 
 
 1 
 
 s 
 
 d 
 
 1 
 
 s' 
 
 d 
 
 2. 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 at 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 4 a C 
 
 Anf. 19 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 3- 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 at 
 
 2, 
 
 4 
 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 4l 
 
 4- 
 
 ro 
 
 I 
 
 T 4 
 
 at 
 
 I 
 
 10 
 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 5- 
 
 8 
 
 O 
 
 8 
 
 at 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 
 6. 
 
 12 
 
 I 
 
 27 
 
 at 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 40 
 
 3 
 
 6 J 
 
 7- 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 H 
 
 at 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 2O 
 
 o 
 
 10 
 
 8. 
 
 5 
 
 O 
 
 8 
 
 at 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 36 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 9- 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 H- 
 
 at 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 63 
 
 H 
 
 8 
 
 TARE AND TRETT. 
 
 Tare is an allowance made to the buyer, for the 
 weight of the cafk, hogfhead, bale, &c. that contain 
 the goods ; and is fomet lines at fo much per cafk, or 
 hogfliead, &c. or at a certain rate per cent. 
 
 Trett is an allowance of t lb on the ?o.jlb granted 
 on fundry forts of goods for \va(le, daft c. ' Suttle 
 Is v^hat remains after the dedaclion of the tare. 
 
 When the tare is at fo much per cwt to find the nett 
 weight. RULE 
 
 When the tare is an aliquot part or parts, of an 
 C. divide the whole grofs by the faid part or parts, and 
 the quotient thence arifing gives the tare of the whole, 
 w-faich fubtracl: from the grofs, the remainder is the 
 nett. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 2*., What is the nett weight of 6 barrels of beef, 
 Containing 150. 5qr. 2 / lb. grofs^ tare 2jlb. per bbH< 
 
ARITHMETIC. 179 
 
 15 Ib. 
 
 6 barrels, 
 
 504 150 Ib. 
 
 126 
 
 C. qrs. 
 
 15 3 
 4 qrs. i C. 
 
 Ib. 
 
 27 
 
 63 qrs. 
 28 Ib. i qr. 
 
 1764 
 27 the odd Ibs. added, 
 
 1791 grofs. 
 -deduct 150 tare. 
 
 Anf. 1641 Ibs. nett. 
 
 . What is the nett weight of 12 barrels of fugar I 
 
 C. qrs. Ib. 
 
 14 is g C. grofs 48 3 12 tare 21 Ib. pr. C, 
 7 is 8 L 1 4 6012 
 
 306 
 
 9 o i 8 tare. 
 
 Anf, 39 2 22 nett. 
 
 3. In 8C. rqrs. 2olb grofs, tare 38lb. trett 4lb. pr 
 Jo^lb. how many Ibs, nett ? 
 
 C. qrs. Ib. Ib. 
 
 8 3 20 26)962(37 
 
 4 ?3 
 
 35 qrs. 182 
 
 28 182 
 
 280 
 
 72 962 futtle, 
 
 37 trett. 
 
 1000 Ib. grofs* 
 
 38 tare. . Anf. 925 nett, 
 
 962 futtk, 
 
I8o ARITHMETIC. 
 
 4. What is the nett weight of 12 hogfheads of to- 
 bacco weighing each jC iqr and ulb grofs. Tare 
 percent i61b. Anf. f$C iqrs 2(ulb 14.021 
 
 5. What is the nett weight of 30 barrels of fugar 
 each zC 3qrs grois, tare per cent i jib. A. 690 27]^ 
 
 6. W hat is the nett weight of i 2oC 2qrs of tobac- 
 co allowing 176^3 for the whole tare and 4lb trett for 
 every io4lb. Anf. 1140 iqr I2lb. 
 
 , OF SIMPLE INTEREST. 
 
 Simple intereft, is an allowance made by the bor- 
 rower to tUe lender, for the ufe of any fum of money 
 for fome fpace of time agreed upon ; and is commonly 
 at a certain rate per cent, as 6 or 7! for the ufe of icol 
 for one year. 
 
 To find the intereft of any given fum for one year. 
 RULE. 
 
 Multi^y the principal by the rate per cent, and di- 
 vide the product by .-oc, the quotient is the intereft 
 required ; which, multiplied by the given number of 
 years, gives the interefl tor any determined fpace of 
 time. 
 
 1. What is the intereft of 1.450 for one year ; at 6 per 
 cent. l45o the principal. 
 
 6 the rate per cent. 
 
 TOO) 270: ( Anf. 1.27. 
 
 Here I multiply the principal, viz, 1.450 Hy 6, the 
 rate per cent, and then divide by ico, as the rule di- 
 rels ; the quotient is 1.27, which is the real intereft of 
 1.450, at 6 per cent for a year. 
 
 2. What is the intereft of of icccl. for 2| years, at 6 
 per*:nt. l.iooo principal. 
 
 l,6o for one year. 6 rate per cent. 
 
 i,oo)6o ; co(6o 
 l.!2o for 2 years. 
 f 60 is 30 for half a year, 
 j- - - - 1 5 for J do. 
 
 Anf. 1.165 intereft for z \ years. 
 
ARITHMETIC* 
 
 3. What is the intereft of icool. for 2 years, at 6 
 percent? Anf. l.i2O. 
 
 4. What is the* amount of 360!. for 5 years, at j 
 per cent ! Anf. 1.486* 
 
 CASE II. 
 
 To find the intereft of any fum, for a certain num- 
 ber of weeks : RULE. 
 
 As 52 weeks are to the intereft of the given fum for 
 i year ; fo are the number of weeks given, to the in- 
 ter eft required. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 1. What is the intereft of 300!. for 3 weeks, at 7 
 per cent per annam I 
 
 If 52w. ail, 3 w. Anf. il." 4$. 2d. | ? 4 ? , 
 
 2. What is the intereft of 1.126 I2S. for ID weeks, 
 at l.^ i os. per cent per annum ? Anf. Li 150 ^|^ 
 
 3. What is the amount of 500!. for 20 weeks, at 3^ 
 per cent per annum I Anf. 1.506 14 7 ^ ^| 
 
 CASE III. 
 
 To find the principal, when the amount, time, and 
 rate per cent, are given : 
 
 RULE. 
 
 As the amount of icol. at the rate and time given, 
 is to.iool. fo is the amount given, to the intereft re- 
 quired. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 1. What principal being put to intereft for 9 years, 
 at 5 per cent, will amount to 725! ? 
 
 lool. 
 
 5 If 145!. iool. 725!. (500!. AnC 
 
 &0o 
 
 9 nunlber of years. 
 
 s \. 
 
 2. What principal being put to intereft for 7 years;, 
 ill amount to 793!. I2S. at 4 per cent per annum I 
 
 Anf. J.620. 
 
 3. How much money being put to intereft, will a- 
 mount to 520!. ids. in 8 years, at 3 per cent ? 
 
 < Anf. I,2Co 
 
ARITHMETIC 
 
 CASE IV. 
 
 To find the rate per cent, when the amount, time, 
 and principal are given : 
 
 RULE, 
 
 As the principal, is to the intereft for the whole 
 time ; fo is'icol. to its intereft for the fame time : di- 
 vide the fourth number, or intereft laft found, by the 
 given time, and the quotient will be the rate per cent. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 T. At what rate of intereft per cent, will 500!. a- 
 mount to 725!. in 9 years ? 
 725!. 
 500 deduct. If 500!. 225!. Tool. 45!. 
 
 225 whole intereft. 9)45 (5 per cent. Anf. 
 
 2. At what rate of intereft per cent, will 620!. a- 
 mount to 793!. i2S. in 7 years . ? Anf. 4 per cent. 
 
 3. Lent my friend 420!. and at the end of 8 years, 
 received 520!. i6s. for principal and intereft ; required 
 she rate of intereft per cent ? Anf. 3 per cent, 
 
 CASE V. 
 
 To find the time ; when the principal, amount, and 
 rate per cent are given : RULE. 
 
 As the intereft of the principal for one year, at the 
 given rate, is to one year ; fo is the whole intereft, to 
 ihe time required. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 I. In what time will 500!. amount to 725!. at 5 p. ct< 
 If 25!. i y. 225!. 9 ys. i", 
 
 2. In what time will 620!. amount to 793!. 12. at 4 
 percent? :Ar.f. 7 years. 
 
 3. in what time will 420!. amount to 520!. i6s. at 3 
 per cent ? Anf, 8 years, 
 
 CASE VI. 
 
 To find the intereft of any fum, for a certain num- 
 ber of days. RULE. 
 
 Multiply the pence of the principal by the number 
 of days g'ven. and by the ratv per cent, for a dividend, 
 and 365 by 100, for a divifor j the quotient will be 
 the anfwer in pence, 
 
ARITHMETIC iSJ 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 f. What is the intereft of 200!. for 20 days, at 6 pexr 
 cent ? 20 
 
 4000 
 
 12 
 
 365 48000 
 
 100 6 rate per cent. 
 
 36500 )2SSc,oo( A. 7 cl. 
 
 2*. Whaf is the intereft o 120!. for 126 days, at 4. 
 per cent, per annum. Anf. il. 135. id. 2qrs. 4|I 
 
 3. What is the intereft of 126!. for 145 days at 6 
 percent, per annum ? Anf. 3!. os. cd. 3^rs. ^^ 
 
 OF COMMISSION, ASSURANCE, BROK.< 
 
 CommiJJlon is a certain premium allowed by one per- 
 fon to another for rranfacnng his bounds abroad ; 
 enfurance, is a certain rate per cent paid by one per- 
 fon to another, or to an afiiirance company, for 
 enfaring his fhip, goods, &c. from the danger of the 
 feas, or his houfe from fire, c. That is, obligates 
 himfelf to make good to him the value of the property 
 enfured ihould the fame be loft or damaged. 
 
 CommiHion and AfTurance, is worked the fame as 
 funple intereft j but has no refpecl; to time. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Sold goods to the amount of 25:00!. what is my 
 commiflion on the fame at 2 per cent \ 
 
 2500!. 
 
 2 
 
 1,00 50,00 Anf. 50!. 
 
 2. What cloth the aflu ranee of 3505!. 153. amount 
 io, at 21 per cent ? "/\nf. 1.8y 12 10 1. 
 
 Brokage is an allowance made to the broker, who is 
 a perfon employed in buying and felling ftocks ; goods> 
 
JS4 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Divide the given fum by 100, and take parts from 
 ihe quotient for the rate per cent. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 T. What is the brokage of 846!. 195. at 53. pr cent ? 
 1,00 )S,46 195. 
 
 20 5 U I 8 9 4 
 
 9,59 l.z 2 4. An 
 
 12 
 
 4,63 
 
 2. How much is the brokage of 500!. ics. 7d. at 73. 
 percent? Anf. Li 15 o^. 
 
 3. If a broker fells goods to the value of 1.909 1410, 
 what is he entitled to at 6s 6d prcent ? A. 1,2 19 i. 
 
 REBATE, OR DISCOUNT. 
 
 When a fumi of money, due at any future period, is 
 fatisfied by pacing fo much prefent money, as if put at 
 intereft, would amount to the given fum in the fame 
 fpace of time, this is called difcount. 
 RULE. 
 
 As 12 months are to the rate per cent; fo is the 
 time given to the fourth number : Add the fourth num- 
 ber to lool. As that fum is to the fourth number ; fo 
 is the given fum to the rebate : Subtract the rebate 
 from the given fum, and the remainder is the prefenc 
 worth. EXAMPLES. 
 
 1. What is the rebate of 420!. for 9 months, at 6 
 per cent ? 
 
 I ft Rating. If ram. 61. 9111. 4!. TCS. 
 
 2ddo. If ro4l ics 4! los 420! A. US i 8 4. ^ij?v 
 
 2. What is the prefent worth of i6iL ros. for 19 
 jr.onths, at $ per -cent ? AnC 140!. ns. o| 
 
 3. How much ready mouey for a note of i 1. due 
 15 months hence, at 5 per cent ? A. i61. i8s. lod, 
 
 4. Suppofe 8iol. were to'be paid 3 months hence, 
 allowing 5 per cent difcount, what milt be paid im 
 hand?. *" Aq 8go.U 
 
ARITHMETIC. XSj- 
 
 EQUATION OF PAYMENTS. 
 
 Equation of payments, is when feveral funis of mo- 
 ney, due at funclry times, are reduced to one propor- 
 tional payment ; fo that no lois may be fuftained by 
 either debtor or creditor. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Multiply each payment by its time, and divide the 
 total of all the products by the given debt and the 
 quotient will be the equated tin.e. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 i. A merchant hath owing to him 400!. to be paid 
 as follows ; 2col. at 2 months, icol. at 3 months, and' 
 the reft at 9 months : having agreed with the debtor to 
 make one payment of the whole ; required what time 
 mult that be ? 
 
 .200 .100 .100 
 2 M. 3 9 
 
 A 200 400 300. 900 
 
 300 300 
 
 loo 900 
 
 4,00 1 6,00 
 
 4 Months. Anf. 
 
 2. A merchant hath owing to him 300!. to be paid' 
 as follows, 50!. at 2 months, lool. at 5 months, and 
 the reft at 8 months ; and it is agreed to make one 
 payment of the whole -, I demand when that time mud 
 be ! Anf, 6 months. 
 
 3. F owes to II xoool. whereof sool. is to be paid 
 prefent, 400!. at 5 months,- and the reft at 10 months, 
 but they agree to make one payment of the whole ; I 
 demand the equated time ? Anf. 6 months. 
 
 4. K is indebted to L a certain fum, which is to b e 
 difcharged at 4 feveral payments, that is J at 2 month 8 
 J at 4 months, i. at 6 months, and {. at 8 months ; 
 but they agreeing to make but one payment of the 
 
 the equated time is therefore demanded ? 
 
 Si 2 Anf. 5 months. 
 
ARITHMETIC 
 BARTER. 
 
 Barter is a rule by which merchants or others may 
 exchange goods of *e venal prices and quantities, and 
 informs how to proportion their value, Co that neither 
 party may fuftain lots. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 T. A merchant barters 25 yards.pf linen at 2.s. 6d e 
 a yard, againft fugar at 9d. the Ib. required how many 
 pounds of fugar mud he receive ? 
 2S. 6d. | | 25yds. 
 
 5!. 2$. 6d. amount cf the linen* 
 if pd. lib. 3!. 2S. td. 
 20 
 
 62 
 
 9)750(8311*. J Anf. 
 
 2. A had {ilk at 145. a pound. B has cloth at icss 
 a yard ready inony whicji he barters at T 2S. 6d. the 
 yard', at how much muft A put his {ilk, to make his 
 proiit ecpal with B's. A. i 75 .6d. 
 
 Thus if i cs. 123 6d. 143. 
 
 3. A and B bartered : A had 5C. of fugar at 6d e . 
 a Ib. which he gave to B for a quantity of cinnamon at 
 los. 8cl. perlb> I demand how much cinnamon B gave 
 A. Anf. 26lb. 4cz. 
 
 4. B delivered 3 hhds of brandy at 6s. bd. per 
 gallon, to C for 126 yards, of Cloth ; what was the 
 
 ih per yard ? Anf. ics. 
 
 PROFIT AND LOSS. 
 
 By Profit and Lofs/merchants and others, are ena- 
 bled to- know, what they gain or lofe by the fale of 
 goods, &c. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 i. Bought a piece of linen containing 25 yds. at 
 33. ^d. a yard ; ami fojd it again for 45. d. per yd, 
 the profit uj>on tlie whole I 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 Sold for 45. 6d. 
 Bought 33. 4d. 
 
 Gain per yd. is. ad. 
 If I yd. is. 2d 25>ds. Anf il. 93. 2d>, 
 
 2. If I buy deals in, at 2 d. apiece, and fell them 
 again at i yd. what ihall 1 lofe by 120 dozeo. 
 
 Anf. 1 8s.. 
 
 3. Hats bought at 45. a piece, and fold again at 
 45. ^d. what is the profit in laying out lool. 
 
 Anf. 1 81. i$s 9 . 
 
 4. Bought 19 foth^r of lead, at 143 per cwt. what- 
 is gained by the whole, fold out at dd. per Ib. 
 
 Anf. 432!. s*. 
 
 5. Bought 60 reams of paper, at 155* per ream> 
 What is the lofs in the whcle quantity, at 4 per cent : 
 
 Anf. il. 1 6s. 
 
 6. A draper bought ico yards of broad cloth^ 
 for which he gave 56!. I deiire to know how he mult, 
 fell it per yard, to gain 9!. in the whole ? 
 
 Anf. 155. per yard,. 
 
 FELLOWSHIP. 
 
 Fellow fhip is the rule that teaches toadjuftthe pro- 
 fit or lofs on any joint adventure ; as alfo to divide le- 
 gacies, and the aifecls of a bankrupt among his credi- 
 tors, &c. RULE. 
 
 As thefum of the feveral (locks, 
 Is to the whole gain, or lofs : 
 So is each perfon's fhare in (lock, 
 To his quota of the gain or lofs. 
 Proof add all the (hares together, an ct thefum will 
 be equal to the given gain, or lofs, if the work be 
 right. . EXAMPLES. 
 
 r. Two men bought a certain quantity cf 
 goods amounting to iccl. of which A pays ycl. and 
 B "cl. fuppofe they gam 25!. by the faicl goods.; how 
 much is each man's fhare of the profit in proportion 
 to the f urn he puts in ilock ? 
 
 A'siyl. IPS, B's ;L ics*. 
 
>38 ARITHMETIC, 
 
 A's ftock 70!. 
 B's do. ?ol. 
 
 1. dating if icoh gain. 2.5!. what 70!. A. 17!. I OS* 
 
 2. do. if loci. 2-1. 30!. A. yl. los. 
 
 2. A, B, and C. trading together, gained 1 2ol, 
 "which is to be fhared according to each man's ftock. 
 A put in 140!. B 300!. and C 160!. what is each man's 
 dare ? Anf. A 28!. B 6ol. C 32!. 
 
 3. A, B, and C, trading tb Jamaica, with 480!, 
 68cl. and 840!. in three years time gained loicl. 
 how much is each man's mare of the gain ? 
 
 Anf. A 242!. 8s. B 343!. 8s. C 424!. 45. 
 
 4. A, B, and C, freighted a fhip from the cana- 
 ries to England, with 108 tuns of wine, of which A 
 had 48, B 36, C 24 i but by reafon of bad weather 
 they were obliged to caft 45 tuns overboard ; how 
 much muft each man fuftain of the lofs ? 
 
 Anf. A 20 tuns. B 15 tuns. C 10 tuns. 
 
 FELLOWSHJP^viTH TIME. 
 
 When (locks continue an unequal fpace of time in 
 company, fo that coniideration is made for the time 
 ftock; this is called Compound Fellowjhip* RULE, 
 
 Multiply each man's ftock by his time and add all 
 the produds together-* then as the total of the pro- 
 ducts is to the whole gain or lofs : fo is each man's 
 product to his quota of the gain or lofs. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 I. Suppofe two men A and B to be partners in 
 trade and that A puts in I col. in ftock for 2 months, 
 B ol. for 5 months, and they gain 50!. required how 
 much of the profit belongs to each ? 
 
 icol A's ftock. 6ol B's ftock. 
 
 200 
 300 
 
 200- Af. 2cl. A's 
 oo Anf, 30!. B's gain. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 2. Three merchants join in trade: A. put in 400!.. 
 for 9 months ; B. 6Scl. for 5 months; and C. I2cl' 
 for 12 months ; but, by misfortune loft goods to tho 
 value of 500!. what mud each man fuftain of the lofs ? 
 A. muftlofe 1.213 54| J?J. 
 Anf. <{ B. 201 8 5 o ||*% 
 
 3. A. B. and C. hold a pafkire in common, for which 
 they pay 2cl. per annum. In this pafture, A. had 40 
 oxen for 76 days ; B. had 36 oxen for 50 days ; and C. 
 bad 50 oxen for 90 days. I demand what part every 
 one of them ought to pay of the 20!. 
 
 CA. ought to pay 1.6 10 2 1 JflJ- 
 
 Anf. \ B. 31710 J^. 
 
 1C. 9 12 8 ; *.;?.?*. 
 
 THE DOUBLE RULE OF THREE. 
 
 In the double rule of three, there are five numbers, 
 given, to find a fixth, which will be in the fame pro* 
 portion to the product of the fourth and fifth numbers,, 
 as the third number is to the product of the firft. 
 and fecond. /RULE. 
 
 Let the firft and fourth numbers be always of the 
 fame name, or kind, and the fecond and fifth alfo ; and 
 let the third, or middle number, be of the fame name- 
 with the anfwer required : multiply the two firft num- 
 bers together for a divifor, and the three laft for a di~ 
 vidend, and the quotient, or anfwer, will be of the 
 fame name with your middle number. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 i. If 7 men can reap 84 acres of wheat in 12 days;, 
 bow many men can reap 100 acres in 5 days ? 
 
 A. D. M. A. D. 
 
 If 84 5 7 TOO 12 
 
 5 7 
 
 ___ ^ 
 
 420 700 
 
 12 
 
 Diyifor* 420)^400(20 men. AaH 
 
j$o ARITHMETIC 
 
 2. If io bufhels of cats be enough for 18 horfes 2or 
 days ; how many bulhcls \vill ferve DO hones 36 days ? 
 
 Anf. 60 bufh-ls. 
 
 3. If 308. be the hire of 8 men for 3 days ; how ma- 
 ny days muft 20 men work for 13 1. Anf. 12 days. 
 
 4. If 8 men have 3! 43 for 4 clays work ; how much 
 \vill 48 men have for 16 days work? An'f* 76! i6s. 
 
 Note. In the double rule of three, in inverfe pro- 
 portion, let the fecond and fourth numbers be of one 
 liame or kind, and the third and tifth ; and multiply 
 the third and fourth numbers together for a divifor, 
 and the firft, fecond and fifth for a dividend. 
 
 OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. 
 
 Any two numbers placed thas | make a vulgar frac- 
 tion : the figure above the line is called the numerator, 
 and that under the line is termed the denominator, and 
 denotes the number of parts into which the integral, 
 or whole number is divided. 
 
 5 Numerator, 
 
 6 Denominator. 
 
 There are three forts of vulgar fractions, viz. pro- 
 per, improper, and compound. A proper fraction, is 
 when the upper term is lefs than the lower, as f , | &c. 
 An improper fraction, is when the numerator is great- 
 er than the, denominator, as Z, |, &c. A compound 
 fraction, is a fraction of a fraction, as 4 of J of a pound 
 currency, which is equal to 6s. ijd. 
 
 REDUCTION OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. 
 
 CASE I. 
 
 Fractions are reduced to a common denominator, 
 by multiplying each numerator into all the denomina- 
 tors except its own, for a new numerator ; multiply 
 all the denominators together for a new denominator* 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 I. Reduce | and \ to a common denominator. 
 8 4 4 
 
 JL JL JL 
 
 24 28 32 Anf. Jt andjt 
 
ARITHMETIC* 192 
 
 2. Reduce I) -/-, and \^ to common denominator, 
 
 Anf. JJ-' ;|*and ||5 
 3. Reduce J, r 7 |, and 4? to a common denominator, 
 
 A n f 6 i ( 8 3 i i i 3 8 1 6 ; 3 
 
 nni. T , ? x T 3 - g. , T g - 6 ana . s T bT r 
 CASE II. 
 To reduce a vulgar fraction to its lowed terms ; 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Divide the lower term by the upper, and that divifor 
 again by the remainder till nothing remains: the laO: 
 diviibris the common meafure ; divide both terms of 
 the fraction by tlie common meaiure^ and the quotient 
 will be the anfwer. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 1. Reduce Jj to its lowed terms. 
 48)56(1 C 48 6 
 
 48 Com, meafure. 8< 
 
 C5 6 7 Anf. 
 
 8) 4 9(6 
 48 
 
 2. Reduce |^to its lowed terms. Anf. 
 
 3. Reduce --V T to its lowed terms. Anf. ^~ 
 
 CASE 3. % 
 To reduce mixt numbers to an improper fraction. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Multiply the integer by the denominator of the frac- 
 tion j and take in the numerator ; the denominator 
 of the given fraction is ftill the denominator. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 i. Reduce 25 yards and | to an improper Traclido. 
 yds. 
 
 fy 3 
 2 J> 4 
 
 4 
 
 103 New numerator. 
 4 Given denominator. Anf. T | 3 
 ^duce 12 ',*. to an improper fraction Anf. 2 , f ./ 
 yf- RrJoce i.j \ * to an 5nrii;per fraction Anf. 3 .,* s ' 
 
 To reduce an improper fraction to a \vholeor 
 
 number. 
 
t?2 ARITHMETIC, 
 
 RULE. 
 Divide the upper term by the lower. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 j. Reduce ' 3 to its proper terms. 4) 103(25 Anf. 
 
 2. Reduce ^ 9 to its proper terms. Anf. i2j* 
 
 3, Reduce ^y to its proper terms. Anf. 1941 
 
 CASE V. 
 
 To reduce a compound fraction to a fingle one of the 
 fame value. ROLE. 
 
 Multiply all the numerators together for a new nu- 
 merator, and all the denominators for a new denom- 
 inator. EXAMPLES. 
 
 r. Reduce j of | of | of a pound currency to a fun- 
 pie fraction. 
 2 4 
 
 6 12 
 
 J ~ 
 
 30 72 Anf. ** equal to 8s. ^d. 
 
 2. Reduce | of| of T 9 6 . to a fimple fraction. A. **$ \ 
 
 3. Reduce l^ of | of ^ to a fnnple fraction. A. J. 
 
 CASE VI. 
 
 To reduce the fraction of one denomination to the . 
 
 fraction of another but greater, ft ill retaining the fame 
 
 ..value: RULE. 
 
 Reduce the given fractions to a compound one, by- 
 comparing (or multiplying) it with all the denomina- 
 tions between it and that denomination which you 
 Nviih to reduce it to : reduce that compound fraction 
 to a fingle one by the lafl cafe. % 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 j. Reduce | of a penny to the fraction of a pound. 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 1923 Anf. 
 
ARITHMETIC. Io5 
 
 Reduce * of an ounce troy, to the fraction of a 
 
 pound. Anf. T | y! 
 
 3. Reduce | of a pound Avoirdupois, to the fraction 
 
 of an hundred weight. Anf. * , 
 
 CASE VII. 
 
 To find the proper quantity of a fraction, in th 
 known parts of an integer. RULE. 
 
 Multiply the numerator of the given fraction by the 
 common parts of the integer and divide by the given 
 denominator. EXAMPLES. 
 
 i. What is the proper quantity of | of a pound I 
 5 given number. 
 20 
 
 6)ioo(is. d. Anf. 
 2. What is the proper quantity of **'. j ofal. A. 1 75.90. ;.| 
 
 3. of|ofacwt. A. 3 qrs. I4ib. 
 
 4. of | of an ell E. A. j yard. 
 
 5. of T 7 7 of an acre ? A. iR. 3opoT. 
 
 6. of J of a tun ? A. ihhd. 49g, 
 CASE. VIII, 
 
 To reduce any given quantity to the fraction of a 
 greater denomination. RULE. 
 
 Reduce the quantity given to the lowed term men- 
 tioned for a numerator, and reduce the integral part 
 to the fame term, for a new denominator ; when a 
 fraction is given together with the quantity, let it b 
 added to the numerator of the fraction required. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 i. Reauce 175. pd. 4 to the fraction of a pound, 
 il. i/s. c;d^ 
 
 20 12 
 
 2CS. 21 3d. 
 
 12 2 
 
 240 427 
 
 2 
 
 80 
 
Ip4 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 2. Reduce i6s. 8d. to the fraction of a pound. 
 
 Anf. 4 or I 
 
 3. Reduce 3qrs. i^lb. to the fraction of a cwt. 
 
 AafcrVr^'S 
 
 4 Reduce I yd. to the fraction of an ell E. 
 
 Anf. i = i yd. 
 
 5. Reduce, i rood and 30 poles to the fraction of an 
 acre. Anf. ./_<>. = i rood and 30 poles. 
 
 6. Reduce i bhd. and 49 gallons, to the fraction of 
 a tun. Anf. ^4. 
 
 N B. This cafe proves the examples in the foregoing 
 eafe. 
 
 ADDITION OK VULGAR FRACTIONS. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Reduce the given fractions to a common denomina- 
 tor, by cafe firft in reduction, add all the numerators 
 together for a new numerator, and place the re- 
 fult over the common denominator. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 i . Add -J and J together. 
 
 3 2 9 C Numerators 
 
 3 4 8 added. 
 
 9 8 17 Anf. .j; 
 
 a. Add and J together. Anf. i ^ 
 
 3. Add and 174 together. Anf. 18 
 To find the anfwer of the gd example, you muft re- 
 duce the fractional part, namely, J and to a com- 
 mon denominator, and divide your new numerator by 
 6 the common denominator here, which gives you one 
 integer to be added to the 17. 
 
 The anfwers of the following examples are found, 
 by reducing them to their proper quantities by cafe 
 7th and then adding their feveral quantities together, 
 the total gives the anfwer required. 
 
 4. Add J ofal. to | of a milling. Anf 1 8s. 3d. 
 
 5. Add | of a penny to ^ of a 1. A. 2s. ^d. iq. ; 
 
 6. Add | of a mile to f V-of a furlong. A. 6fur. zBp, 
 
ARITHMETIC. r$> 
 
 SUBTRACTION OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. 
 
 Reduce the fra&ions given to a common denomi 
 tor, if they have not one already, and fubtraft the 
 leis numerators from the greater, then place their dif- 
 ference over the common denominator. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 i . From T W take * 
 
 84. ico IOQ 420 Greater No. 
 4 5 400 lefs. 
 
 420 400 C. 0.500 20 dif. Anf. T * o v 
 
 2. From 96 take | Anf. 95 i* 
 
 3. From 12 take * Anf. uj 
 
 4. j of a pound take l of a milling. Anf i 23. 7cl- 
 
 5. From *- of a league T 7 ^ of a mile. A. im. 2f. i6p. 
 
 6. Erom | of a chaldron, take J of a bulhel. 
 
 Anf. ib. i 
 
 MULTIPLICATION OF VULGAR FRACTIONS.. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Multiply the numerators together for a new nume- 
 rator, and the denominators by each other for a new" 
 denominator : when whole or mixed numbers are 
 given to he multiplied, reduce them firft to an impro- 
 per fraction by cafe ^d. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 I.. Multiply I by I 5 7 
 
 3 6 
 
 15 42 Anf. *| 
 
 2. Multiply 4 by ^ Am. 
 
 3. Multiply 7; by9j Anf. 6pJ 
 
 4. Multiply 3 1 by ?. Anf.. i8| 
 
 DIVISION OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. 
 RULE. 
 
 ' Multiply the numerator of the dividend by the deno- 
 minator of your divifor, for a new numerator ; and the 
 denominator of your dividend by the numerator of your 
 ciivifor ; for a new denominator for your quotient. 
 
?p6 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 If there are whole or mixed numbers given to fee- 
 divided they mud be reduced to improper fradions* 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 ;j. Divide -| by J dtvifor, *. dividend; . 
 
 4 2 
 
 *- rl Anf. ^ r -L 
 
 24 10 24. 12 
 
 2. Divide 1? by f. Anf, l|J 
 
 3. Divide io| by 4j 2 A, 
 "Note. The Rule of Three, in both vulgar and de- 
 cimal fractions, being analogous to the principles laid 
 clown in the Rule of Three in whole numbers ; we think 
 3t unneceflary to include them here. 
 
 OF DECIMAL7FR ACT IONS. 
 
 Decimal fractions are generally allowed, to be the 
 mod genuine, elegant, and expeditions way of dividing 
 unity, and fuppofes an integer, whether a pound, a. 
 foot, &c. to be divided into ro, ice, icoo parts, &c. 
 
 2. The denominator of a decimal fraction is cctn- 
 2nonly omitted, and a point placed before the nume- 
 rator fupplies its place; thus .5 {lands for ^V, .of, 
 3or T *B. .005 for ^^^t &c. 
 
 3. As cyphers placed to the left hand of whole 
 numbers does not alter their value, fo in decimal frac- 
 tions, cyphers placed to the right hand of the decimal 
 point, neither increafeth or diminifheth its real value ; 
 for .7oois.no more than .7 but cyphers placed to the- 
 left of the decimal point decreafeth its value in a ten, 
 fold proportion. 
 
 4. In mixt numbers the decimal point feparates the 
 integers or whole numbers from the decimal parts, 
 thus 4.42 is 4 integers and 42 decimal parts, but. if 
 the point is placed thus 44.2 it changes their value to 
 44 integers and 2 decimal parts. 
 
 ADDITION OF DECIMALS. 
 
 Addition of decimals differ but very little from' the 
 fame rule in whole nuaibers. 
 
ARITHMETIC, 
 
 RULE, ^ 
 
 Place the numbers according to their value and cut 
 ofFasmauy decimal places from the total of the given 
 fum towards the right hand, as that number confifts 
 of which has moft decimal places in the given fum: 
 the figures to the right of the point, if any are 
 integers. EXAMPLES. 
 
 .5 44.2 .745609 
 
 .25 1^.365 -57 8 47 
 
 .464 25.5 .365- 
 
 .848 66.75 -75 
 
 .4004 .6669 .5. 
 
 2.4624 
 
 SUBTRACTION OF DECIMALS. 
 
 Decimals are fubtracled iii the fame manner that 
 whole numbers are, taking care to place the numbers 
 according to their value, that is, units under units, ..c, 
 in integers, and the tenths, or decimal parts under each 
 other. EXAMPLES. 
 
 From 74-65:1 6.0540 *5'4 2 
 
 Subtract 8.969 .9876 8.6704 
 
 Rein. 65.682 
 
 MULTIPLICATION OF DECIMALS. 
 
 Multiplication of- decimals, is in all refpedls flmilar 
 to multiplication of integers ; only, when the wo; 
 done, you muft point off as many decimal places from 
 the product, as there are places of decimals in both the 
 multiplicand and multiplier taken together : if decimal 
 places are wanted in the product, annex cyphers to the- 
 decimal point, to make up the 'deficiency. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 i, Multiply .75 by .525 
 
 367 <; 
 
 3*375 
 
ipS ARITHMETIC 
 
 2. Multiply .845 by 4.14. 
 
 3- .0254 -0345 
 
 4- 4-42 ? 6 - 
 
 5- 63. -co 45 
 -6. 36.5 44.5 
 
 Kote. When both the given terms are decimals, 
 the product will alfo be a decimal ; bat when both the 
 terms to be multiplied, are mixed, the product will be 
 the fame, i. e. integers and decimal parts. 
 
 DIVISION OF DECIMALS. 
 
 Decimals are divided in the fame manner that whole 
 numbers are ; only with this difference, that the num- 
 ber of decimal places in the divifor and quotient, rec- 
 koned together, mud be equal wit!- thofe in the given- 
 dividend : when there are more decimal places in the 
 clivifor, than there is in the dividend, annex cvphers 
 to the dividend, before }ou begin the operation, to 
 irakc it at lead equal to -the divifor : when decimal 
 places are wanting in the quotient, annex cyphers to 
 the decimal point. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 I. Divide .75 by .0125 )-75oo( 60. Anf. 
 
 75 > 
 2.. Divide 99.465 by 54.7 
 
 3. Divide 3265.79 by 49.5 ^ 
 
 4. Divide 7.^5 by .024 
 
 jNote. As multiplication of fractions decreafeth their 
 value, fo divifion increafeth their value, in the fame 
 proportion ; this, tho true, appears a ftrasge contra- 
 riety to thefe rules in whole numbers. 
 
 REDUCTION OF DECIMALS. 
 
 CASE I. 
 To reduce a vulgar fra^flion to a. decimal. 
 
 Annex a fufnVient number of cyphers to the nume- 
 rator, uvid divide by the denominator ; the ^uolien: 
 \vih-bc ilie decimal wanted . 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 i.. Reduce J to a decimal* 4)ico(.2J decimals. 
 2,. i* to a decimal. Anf. .85 
 
 3. I ys. cd. to the decimal of a 1. Anf. .875 
 
 4. 155. to the decimal of a 1. Anf. .75 
 
 5. 3 qrs. 2 na. to the decimal of a yd. .875: 
 
 CASE II. 
 
 To find the proper quantity of a decimal of a greater 
 denomination in the known parts of the lefler denomi- 
 nation : RULE. 
 
 Multiply it by the. component parts of the integer, 
 and cut off from the product a3 many decimal places as 
 there are in the given number. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 i,. What. is the value of .875 of a pound, currency ? 
 
 20 
 
 17,500, 
 12 
 
 6,000 Anf. 175. 6<L-. 
 
 2. What is the value of .75 of a 1. Anf. 150^ 
 
 3. What is the proper quantity of .875 of a yard ? 
 
 Anf. 3 qrs. 2 na. 
 
 4. What is the proper quantity of .9375 of a Cwt ? 
 
 Anf. 3 qrs. 2i lb,, 
 
 OF THE SQUARE. ROOT. 
 
 Any number multiplied by itfelf produceth a fquarey 
 thus, 6 times 6 is 36, the fquare of the given figure. 
 Let the learner commit the following table to memory, 
 
 ROOTS~""" T 2 3 '" 4 "'~ 5 "6' ..... .7J""8'r' 
 
 sju ARES. J j \ 4 I 9 | 16 ) 25 | 36 | 49 | 64 j 8 1 j_ 
 
 To prepare any number for extracting its fquare 
 root; make a point over the unit's plac-?, omitting 
 one, point every other figure ; the figures in your root 
 %vill be equal to the number of points, or periods, iri 
 the given fum. 
 
 AN EASY RULE, for working fums in the S 
 Root, 
 
300 AillTHM TIG. 
 
 1. find the great eft root of your md period by m-* 
 fpeciion in the foregoing table ; place the root fo 
 found, in your quotient, and fjbtradt its fquare frem 
 y,our firft period. 2. Take down your next period, 
 and annex it to the remainder for a dividend ; fquare 
 your quotient and place it to the left hand for a divi- 
 ibr ; then feek, how often your divifor is contained in 
 your dividend, referving the unit's place of your divi- 
 dend for the fquare of the figure fought ; place the fi- 
 gure denoting the number of times that the divifor is 
 contained in the dividend, to the right of the figure 
 already in your quotient, and alfo on the right hand 
 of your divifor; then multiply your divifor by the laft 
 ilgure placed in the root, and fubtradl the product from 
 the dividend : this operation is to be repeated for eve- 
 ry period you bring down, the firft excepted. 
 
 Jf there be a remainder after all the periods are ta- 
 ken down, annex pairs of cyphers to it, and continue 
 the operation to any length you pleafe. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 I What is the fquare root of 50176? (224. Anf. 
 
 4 
 
 42) lor 
 
 84 
 
 1776"' 
 444) *77 6 
 
 2. What is the fquare root of 56644 ? Anf. 2?, 
 3" 2,?93 6? 45^ 
 4- I5f374 1 39-9- 
 
 5. 16459249? 4 -57. 
 
 6. 129? 11.55 
 Note T. When yon take down the fecoml period in 
 
 the fifth example, the divifor cannot be had in it, von 
 mull therefore fetdown a cypher in the root, and alfo 
 to the right' hand of your divifor^ and then proceed as 
 the rule directs. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 2er 
 
 Note 2. The lad fum being a furd number, \vhofe- 
 root cannot be exaclly found, you muft annex 4 cyphers 
 to the remainder, to bring you nearer to the real root- 
 of the given fum : obferve, as many pairs- of cyphers, 
 as you annex, juft fo many decimal places you rnuft-c 
 point off in your quotient. 
 
 Note 3. To prove fums in the fquare root, multiply 
 the root by itfelf ; and if there be a remainder, as in 
 the laft example, let it be add^d to the product ; and 
 the refislt will be equal to the given fum, if the work 
 be right. 
 
 7. Suppofe 576 trees to be planted in a fquare nur- 
 fery, or orchard ; required; how many trees mud be 
 in a row each way f Anf. 24. 
 
 8. Admit an army of 25600 men were to be formed 
 into a fquare battalion ; required, the number of men 
 to be placed in rank, and alfo in file f Anf. 160. 
 
 9. The wall of a fortrefs being 19 feet high, and 
 farrounded with a canal 28 feet wide ; required, the 
 length of a ladder to reach from the outfide of the ca- 
 nal, to the top of the wall ? Anf. 33.83 feet, 
 
 To extraft the Square Root of a J^ulgar FraEllon. 
 
 RULE : Reduce the given fraction to its lowed 
 term, and extract the fquare root of the numerator and; 
 denominator : as in the following example. 
 
 Required the fquare root of | J J ? 
 
 3044)684'.) 2 com, meaf. 761)3044(4 new nam*, 
 6088 
 
 761)3044(4 161)684.9(9 new denom* 
 
 3^4 ^6849 
 
 4 the root of 4 is 2 . ~ 
 9 the root of 9 is 3 
 
 OF THE CURE ROOT. 
 
 The cube of any number is found, by multiplying it- 
 by itfdf, and that product again by the given number : ; 
 thus, 5 times 5 is 25, the fquare of 5 ; and 5 timer, 25, 
 i$.i-.25, the cube of the given number, 
 
202 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 The following table (hews the fquare and cube num- 
 bers of the 9 digits. 
 
 iTooTsrnri'2 ! ''sTTj^sj^^T^yr" 3 T 
 
 SQUARES, i I -4 I 9 I 16 I 2 5 | 36 I 49 j 64 I 8r 
 
 CUBES. i ! 8 j 27 ! 64 | 125 ! 216 : 343 | 512 | 729 
 
 Note. There are fomej:ubes whofe root cannot be 
 exactly found, and are therefore called irrational 
 cubes, or furd numbers ; if the number given to be 
 extracted have a remainder, annex three cyphers to it 
 and you may thereby come very near to the real root 
 of the given number. To prepare any number for ex- 
 tracting its cube root, make a point under the units 
 place, (beginning at the right hand, in whole num.-- 
 bers, and at the decimal point in decimals) and omit- 
 ting two figures, make a point under every third one^ 
 and as many points, or periods, as your given num- 
 ber contains, juft fo many figures will your root con- 
 lift of. 
 
 AN EASY RULE for extracting $it cube root, of 
 any given number. 
 
 1. Find the greateft root ofyourfirft period, by in- 
 fpeclion in the foregoing table, place the root fo found 
 in your quotient, and the cube thereof place under 
 your firft period, and fubtract it therefrom ; here ends* 
 the firft operation and no more to be repeated. 
 
 2. Take down your next period, and annex it to 
 the remainder if any, for a dividend ; fquare your 
 quotient and multiply that fquare by 3QO for a divifor : 
 then leek how often your divifor is contained in the 
 dividend, allowing fome thing for the increafe that 
 will come from your quotient, multiply your divifor 
 by the number of times it is contained in your dividend 
 place the figure denoting the number of times it goes, 
 in your quotient, and the product place under your di- 
 vidend, iirft feparating them with a finall line ; this 
 is your firft component number, or fubducend. 
 
 3.. To find the increafe ariiing from your quotient, 
 fquare the laft figure placed there, and multiply that 
 Iquare by the reit of your quotient figures, aud that 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 203 
 
 product again by 30, this laft product is your fecond 
 iubducend, which place directly under the firft, then 
 cube the lad figure placed in the quotient, which cube 
 is your third and laft fubdncehd, acid the three fubdu- 
 cend3 together ^being the number you have in every 
 operation the firft excepted) if their aggregate funisbe 
 equal with the dividend, and all the periods are taken, 
 down, the work is finimed, and the given number is 
 a right, or rational cube number, 
 
 EXAMPLES. . . . 
 
 i. What is the cube root of 644972544(864 Anf, 
 6' 8 6 512 
 686 
 
 288 
 
 64 
 
 300 
 
 19200 
 6 
 
 36 
 6 
 
 216 
 
 132972 
 
 115200 firft fabducend, 
 8640 fecond do. 
 216 -third do. 
 
 8640 115200 
 
 124056 fubtradt. 
 
 86 
 86 
 
 7396 
 3 
 
 4 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 86 
 
 2218800 
 4 
 
 1376 
 3c 
 
 4 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 64 
 
 ^916544 
 
 8875200 firft 
 
 41280 fecond do. 
 64 third do. 
 
 89,6544 
 
 8875200 41280 
 
 Here you fee that the total of the 3 fubducends, are 
 juft equal to the laft dividend ; and the given fum of 
 courfe, is a rational cube number. 
 
 What's the cube root of 458976.? A. 6. 
 
 46656 ? 
 18399744 
 
 .3758 - ? 
 
 36. 
 264 ! 
 8765. 
 
 -72 
 
-204 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 Note. Sums in the cube root are proved, by multi- 
 plying the roots by themfelves, and that product again 
 by the root: where there is a remainder, as in the lait 
 example, it muft be added to the product. 
 
 RULES for reducing the Currencies of the different 
 . States intke Union^ into 'Sterling, or Engl.fo 
 
 Money. 
 
 To reduce Virginia currency (or any of the New- 
 England ftates) into fterling ; fubtracl: one fourth from 
 the given fum ; the remainder is fterling. When you 
 want to bring New- York,, or North-Carolina curren- 
 cies, into fterling. ^multiply by 9, and divide by 16; 
 the qotient will be the anfwer'in fterling. 
 
 The currencies of the following ftates, viz. Ne\v- 
 Jerfey, Delaware, Pennfylvania, and Maryland ; are 
 brought into fterling; by multiplying their .refpe^tive 
 currencies by 3, and dividing by 5. 
 
 To reduce the currencies of South-Carolina, and 
 Georgia into fterling, lubtra& the one 28th part, from 
 the given fum. 
 
MONEY, 
 
 OF THE 
 
 UNITED STATES 
 
 O F 
 
 A M E R I C A, 
 
 s eftablijloed by CONGRESS, Auguft 8 ? 1786^ 
 an I confirmed by the Senate asndHoufe of Repre* 
 fentatives of the United States^ 1789. 
 
 THOUGH this money is perhaps the plaineft, and 
 the eafteft calculated currency, of an*' ftandard 
 of coins hitherto extant ; yet, from the novelty of it, 
 fome perfons (unacquainted with Decimal Fractions) 
 may be led to think, that it is above their ability : For 
 the benefit of fuch, the following examples ore ad^edj 
 ful trasSled, multiplied c. in the fam^ manner as the 
 like rules are done, in common Arithmetic. 
 
 The denominations of the United States money, aro 
 as follow : 
 
 10 Mills ~) r i Gent, 
 
 r i 
 J i 
 
 10 Cents k 
 
 10 Dimes C } i Dollar, 
 
 10 Dollars J (\ i Kagle, 
 
 Note. E. ftamls for 'Eagle, El for Doliar ; Dm*" 
 for Lime ; Cn. for Cent ; and Ml. for Mill, 
 S 
 
."c6 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 OF ADDITION. 
 
 This money may be added, in the fame manner that 
 whole numbers are, in common Arithmetic ; namely, 
 by carrying i for every ic, that you find in each row, 
 to the next denomination towards the left hand'; un- 
 der the laft row, fet down the whole amount. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 DL 
 
 Dm. 
 
 Cn. 
 
 ML 
 
 DL 
 
 Dm. 
 
 Cn. 
 
 ML 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 IB 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 ' 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 28 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 i 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 2 * 
 
 43 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 30 5 6 7^ 
 
 Here I begin at the right hand, or units rank, and 
 fay, 2 and 5 is 7, and 4 is II, and 6 is 17 ; here I 
 fee down 7, and carry i(for the one ten) to the next 
 row, and fay the i that 1 carry, and 4 makes 5, and 
 6 is i j, and 3 is 14, and 2 is 16 ; I put dowryS, and 
 carry i as before, to the next row, faying i and 7 is 
 8, arid 8 is 16, and 2 is 18, and 7 is 25 ; here I fet 
 down 5 and carry 2 to the next rank, there being 2 
 tens in this row ; again the 2 that I carry and 9 is 1 1, 
 and 7 is 18, and 8 is 26, and 4 is 30 : this being the 
 laft row, I fet down the whole amount ; namely, thir- 
 ty Dollars^ five Dimes, fix Cents, and {'even Mills. 
 
 E. 
 
 DL 
 
 Dm. 
 
 Cn. 
 
 E. 
 
 DL 
 
 Dm. 
 
 39 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 46 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 40 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 28 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 
 37 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 84 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 
 SUBTRACTION. 
 
 From 25 Dollars, 6 Dimes, and 2 Cents; take 16 
 )ollars ; 5 Dimes, and 4 Cents. 
 
 From 25 6 2 
 
 Take 16 4 
 
 Rem. 008 
 
ARITHMETIC. <? 
 
 In the firfl example here, after placing the lefler 
 number under the greater (taking care to place cents 
 under cents, dimes under dimes, c.) I fay 4 from 2 
 
 1 cannot, but 4 from 12 (borrowing 10 from the next 
 row, which 1 add to the upper figure) and there re- 
 mains 8, then the I that 1 borrowed and 5 is 6 (for 
 having borrowed 10 in the unit's place, I muft here 
 pay i as an equivalent for it ;. again, 6 from 6 and o 
 remains ; in the next row, I fay, 6 from I cannot, 
 but 6 from 1 5 (borrowing 10 as before) and 9 remains ; 
 laftly, I fay, the I thct 1 borrowed and i makes 2 from 
 
 2 and o remains ; here the example is finifhed, and the 
 remainder or difference I find to be 9 dollars, o dune.* 
 and 8 cents, as in the work. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 E dl dm dl dm en ml 
 
 From 40 4 5 60 i 2 5 
 
 Take 24 6 8 44 4 6 6 
 
 Rein. 15 7 7 
 
 MULTIPLICATION.- 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 What amounts 6 yards cf cloth to, at 
 
 dh; 2 4 Anf. 
 
 1 begin at the right hand row here, and fay, 6 times 
 413 24, I fet down 4 under the cents row, and carry 
 2 for the 2 tens, to the next, or dimes row, then 6 times 
 
 5 is 30, and 2 that I carry is 32, here I fet down 2 un- 
 der the dimes rank, and carry 3 for the 3 tens ; laftly 
 
 6 times 4 is .24, and 3 is 27 ; here the ^operation Li 
 finiihed, and I find the price of the cloth to be twenty 
 feven dollars, two dimes, and four cents. 
 
 What is the value of 46 barrels of flour, at <5dl. ^cliru 
 r4 z cents per barrel ? 
 
^RITHMETie, 
 
 dl dm en 
 6 4 "2 
 
 9 times 5 is 45 
 
 57 
 
 288 9 o 
 
 642 the price of i barrel, 
 
 dls 295 3 2 Auf. 
 
 What amounts the price of 700 bufhels of wheat, te 
 at, 7 dimes 5 cents per bufhel ? 
 dm. en. 
 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 10 times 
 
 i is 10 
 
 10 is loo 
 
 dl. 7 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 i o times 
 
 E.7 5 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 7 times 100 is 700 
 .52 5 o o Anf. 52, E. fdl 
 
 DIVISION. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Divide 25 dollars 6 dimes and 2 cents equally among 
 perfons. 
 
 dl dm en 
 6) 25 6 2 
 
 427 quotient 
 6 
 
 Proof, dl.25: 6 2 
 In this example, I fay, the fix's in 2y, 4 times 6 is 
 34, from 25 and i remains, that is I dollar or TO 
 dimes, which being added to the 6 dimes in the n^xJ 
 row make \b ; then the fix's in 1 6, 2 times -or twice) 
 6 is 12, from 16, and their remains 4, which being i 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 Deduced in jour mind, make 40 cents ; this together 
 with the 2 cents in the next row, makes _>2 ; then I 
 fay the fix's in 42, 7 times ; here the work is ended 
 and each perfons iliare is 4 dollars, 2 dimes^andycents, 
 
 Divide 462 dollars 7 dimes, and 5 cents equally 
 among 25 men. 
 
 In this example I divide by 5 twice ; being ths 
 component parts of 25. 
 
 ell dm en 
 5) 46-2 7 5 
 
 5) 9 2 5 5 
 
 18 5 I quotient. 
 
 'Here each man's lhare> is 18 dollars, 5 dimes ; a 
 j cent. 
 
 If 30 yards of linen cod 12 dollars and 3 dime s^ 
 what coft i yard ? 
 
 dls dms 
 
 6 times 5 T 12 3 
 Is 30 <;$}* o S 
 
 4 I Anf. 
 
 Four dlmes^ and one 'cent (or 39. and 3d. Nr 
 York currency nearly) per yard. 
 
 REDUCTION. 
 
 In 54 Eagles, 6 Dollars, 5 Diines ; 4 Cents ; 
 Mills r 
 
 54 ^> 5 4 
 10 
 
 546 dollars. 
 TO 
 
 5465 dimes, 
 10 
 
 54654 cents, 
 10 
 
 546540 mills, 
 S 3 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 Hre I multiply, by as many of the lefler denomi* 
 Cation, as make one of the greater (which is here, in 
 a ten fold proportion) taking in the odd numbers in 
 ach row. 
 
 In 546,940 Mills, how many Eagles ? 
 
 10)546540 
 
 10)54654 Cents. 
 10)5465 Dimes, and 4 Cents. 
 10)546 Dollars, 5 Dimes, 4 Cents* 
 
 54 Eagles, 6 Dol. 5 Dm. 4 Cn. 
 Proof of the foregoing example, namely, fifty four 
 eagles, fix dollars, rive dimes, and four cents. 
 
 The laft queftion may be more expeditioufly anfwer- 
 ed, by a decimal operation ; or pointing off from the 
 Jdills place to the Eagles ; thus : 54.6.5.4.0 
 
ARITHMETIC, 
 
 ADDITIONAL .QUESTIONS,. 
 
 To exercife iht foregoing Rules. 
 
 QUESTIONS IN ADDITION*. 
 
 , A man was born in the year 1697 ; in what year will 
 he be 98 years of age I Anf. 1/95* 
 
 If a perfon has owing to him on bond 807 pounds^ 
 in book accounts 1047 pounds, in biliS and nptt 
 pounds, and has in cafh 478 pounds, how much is the 
 amount \ Anf.. 2418 pounds. 
 
 Admit a bond to be 468 7,^. intcrelt due thereon 
 1787^. what is the amount ? Ai f. '-$ 
 
 A perfon on fettling his accounts, finds he owes A* 
 96^. B. 7 2j . C. i&. D. 4 . and . 525^. 1 demand 
 how much he owes in all ? Anf. 70 7, 
 
 ^_ 
 
 QUESTIONS IN SUBTRACTK 
 
 T. There are two numbers, whole difference is 17^ 
 and the greater number is 61 ; I demand the leiTer 
 number. 
 
 2. The brewer and the baker drew bills upon each 
 other: the brewer ftands indebted 45!. ips. and the 
 baker 26!. and 7d; ; who is the proper perfon indebt- 
 ed, and how much ? 
 
 3. A is indebted to the brewer the fum of 109!. los. 
 B. owes him 9^!. 43; id^ ; how much does one owe 
 more than the other ? 
 
 QUESTIONS IN SIMPLE MULTIPLICATION* 
 
 1. \\ hat is the producl of 76, multiplied by 3 and 
 by 7? 
 
 2. There are r^.t men emploved to finifh a piece of 
 work, and the) are to have ;]." each nmn ; I demand 
 how much they mull all have ? 
 
 3. An army of icooc men ha ing plundered a city, 
 took fo juuch wQue^ that when it was flMured among 
 
2:2 ARITHMETIC, 
 
 them each man had 27!. I demand how much 
 \vas taken in all ! 
 
 4. There was 40 men concerned in the payment of 
 a fum of money, and each man paid 1271!. how much 
 was paid in all ? 
 
 5. What is the product of 769, multiplied by 9 and 
 
 QUESTIONS IN DIVISION. 
 
 1. If 1596 be divided by 21, what is the quotient ? 
 
 2. There are 124 men who have 372!. among them, 
 bow much muft each man have I 
 
 3. An army of 19000 men having, plundered a cityy 
 took 2600000!. how much muft each man have I 
 
 4. There was a certain number of men concerned 
 in the payment of 1272!. and each man paid 3!. I de- 
 mand the number of men ? 
 
 5. What is the quotient of 4844 7, divided by 9 ani 
 
 6. A certain man intending to go a journey of about 
 5264 on id complete the fame in 136 day ; I 
 demand how many miles he mull travel each day ? 
 
 7. A captain and 160 foldiers gain a prize worth 
 362 pounds, of which the captain had l for his fhare ; 
 the reft was divided equally among the foldiers ; 
 what was each man's part ? 
 
 QUESTIONS IN REDUCTION. 
 
 1. Reduce i6cl. 153. 6d. into fix pences. Facit64jr 
 
 2. Reduce 90!. 17 6d. in two pences. Facit 10905*, 
 
 3. Reduce 2880 qrs. into pence, three pences, and 
 fix pences. 
 
 Facit 72cd. 240 three pences, 120 fix pences, 
 
 4. Reduce 70 Moidores at 2;s, each, into pounds. 
 
 Facit 94!. ics. 
 
 5. Reduce 12180 three pences, into fhiilings, pence 
 and groats. Facit 3045^ j&|4od> 9135 groat". 
 
 6. How many crowns at 55. half crowns, and Ihil- 
 lings, are iu sjgcJLand the number of each equal. 
 
 658^ and ;s, oven 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 QUESTIONS IN THE Rur E OT^ THREE. 
 
 1. How much will i2oC. come to, at i8s. 6d. per 
 Cwt ? Anf. i :.l. 
 
 2. At ?s. 4d. per pair, what cod 17 dozen and 4 
 pair of (lockings ? Anf. 34!. 13!*. 4$L 
 
 3. if ton of butter cofti61. i6s. what coft 20 ton 
 17,C. iqrvs f Anf. 350!. 148. 
 
 4. If 61. 45. it^d. be paid for the carriage of i -jC. 
 3 qrs. i lib. what cod lib ? Anf. |. 
 
 5. A goldfmith fold a tankard for id. I2S. at 53. 
 4d. per oz. I demand the weight thereof I 
 
 Anf. 39 oz. cjdvvi*. . 
 
 6. What is the commiflion on 1024!. at 2 percent ? 
 
 Anf. 2 I 9-s. yL 
 
 7. If syhogiheads of brandy coft 456!. what is that 
 per gallon ? Anf. 58. 4' r d. 
 
 8. If an ounce of filver be worth 53 what is the price 
 ofi4ingbts, each ingot ;lb. ^oz ? Anf. 3!'!. ics. 
 
 9. If ,6_> men be in garrifon, and have proviflon for 
 6 months; but expcciit-gno relief till the end of 9 
 months, how many men nu(l be turned out, that the 
 proviiion may laii fo much longer ? Anf. 120. 
 
 10. if 60 gallons of water, in < hour's time, fall in- 
 to a ciftern containing ,iO gallons -, and by a pipe in 
 the fame ciftera there inns out 45 gallons in an hour ; 
 in how many hours will it be filled . ? 
 
 Anf. In 13 hours and 20 minutes, 
 
 11. A butcher fends his man with 216 pounds to a 
 fair, to buy cattle; Cxen at ill. caws at 405. per 
 piece; colts at il. $s per piece: hogs at il. ,53. 
 per piece, and of each a like number : how many of 
 each mud he buy ? Anf. 13 of each fort, and 81. rero* 
 
 QUESTIONS IN TARE AND TRETT. 
 
 1. What is the nett weigbt of iJjC. 22lb. tare Q| 
 Ib. per C. trctt^lb. per r o^.lb ? 
 
 Anf. 1560. 2qrs. 22! 
 
 2. What is the nett weight of 9 bog/heads of fu 
 tach 6C. 2^rs. ialb. grofs ; tare per C. i ylb ? 
 
 i. 2 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 QUESTIONS IN SIMPLE INTEREST. 
 
 1. What is the iutereft of 514!. Tor i year 7; mom 
 at 5 per cent per annum ? Anf. 41!. 153. %& 
 
 2. What is the intereft of 300!. for 5|. years, at 2* 
 per cen^ per annum f Anf. 4 6,j}. 133. 9^ 
 
 QUESTIONS IN REBATE OR DISCOUNT. 
 
 1. What is the prefent worth of 4000!. payable in 1 
 9 months hence, at 4;! percent ? Anf. 386;:!. ^s od;. 
 
 2. Sold goods for 312!, to be paid at two 3 months, 
 that is, half at three months, and the other half at 
 three months after that : what rnaft be difcounted for 
 prefent payment, at 5 per cent ? Anf. 5!. 143. yd. 
 
 QUESTIONS IN BARTER. 
 
 .1. Two merchants barter : A. hath 20 hundred of 
 cheefe, at 2 is. 6d. the hundred; B. hath 8 pieces of 
 Eri/h cloth, at 3!. 145. per piece : The queftidn is, 
 Which nmil receive money, and how much ? 
 
 Anf. .A. muft pay to B. 81. 23. 
 
 z. A. had 41 C. of tcbnccr per C. for which 
 
 B. gave him 20!. in money, and the reft in beef, at $cl 
 per Ib : how much beef mud be given befides the 20! i! 
 
 Anf. 1992!^ 
 
 QUESTIONS IN PROFIT AND Loss. 
 
 1. If I buy broad cloth for us. 6d. the yard, how 
 muft I fell it, to gain 2cl. per cent ? Anf. 135. 8d. 
 
 2. Sold 500 pamphlet.s, at i$d. a piece, and 9 per 
 cent lofs : what is loft in the whole number ? 
 
 Anf. 3!. is. 9d.| 
 
 QUESTIONS IN FELLOWSHIP. 
 
 Three merchants concerned in bufmefs loft 45!. res' 
 ftock was iocl. for 6^ months, B 7 s lool. for 94 
 non.ths, and C's 150!, for 84 months, what is each 
 aii's part of this lofs ? 
 Anf, A lol. jijs* B 14!. i8 3 s. and C 2ol.7j;, 
 
ARITHMETIC. 31? 
 
 " 
 
 B, C, and E, trading to Guinea "With 780!. 68cl. 
 and 840!. in three years time did g'Ain loiol. how much 
 is each man's lhare of the gain ? 
 
 Anf. J3, 242!. 3s. C, 343!. 8s. E, 424!. 43. 
 
 IN THE DOUBLE RULE OF THREE. 
 
 If 561b. of bread be fufficient for 7 men 14 days j 
 | how many pounds will fuffice 2 r men 3 days ? 
 
 Anf. 361b. 
 
 Suppofe the wages of 6 perfons for 21 weeks be 120!* 
 what will be the hire of 14 perfons for 46 weeks ? 
 
 Anf. 6 13!, 6s. 8d, 
 
 IN VULGAR FRACTIONS. 
 
 1. Reduce 1753 4 to an improper Fraction. 
 
 Anf. 'Y-/ 9 
 
 2. Reduce a | 8 to a mixt number Anf. 57 f 
 
 3. Reduce 14 to an improper fraction whole deno-; 
 irinator muftbe 9. Anf. *^* 
 
 4. Reduce jof | of| of '4 to a limple fraction. 
 
 5. Reduce T y v * * ts lowed term. Ani. f- 
 
 6. Reduce | of a farthing to the fraction of a gui- 
 |jea ; fuppoiingthe guinea to be worth zis. Anf. 7 vV* 
 
 7. \Vhat is the value of f. of a 1 ? Anf. i -js 4d- 
 
 8. What is the ^ of a Moidore ? Anf. is. lod. 4- 
 
 9. W hat is the f i^ of a ton ? 
 
 Anf. 6C, zqrs. l81b. looz.Todr. |*^ 
 ID. Add J of l and ^ of | together. Anf. i|^ 
 
 n. Add!. 141, 1.19*. 1. 47*. zvd lool. together. 
 Anf. 181 44^. ; or i8s. 4d. 
 
 1 2. From !. of | take 4 of 4 Anf. ,y T 
 
 13. Multiply . of I by j o f . Anf. y 
 
 14. A perfon left 4^ fhHlings to 4 poor widows 
 A. B. C. and D. To A. he left 5. to B. to C. * r and 
 to D. j defiring the whole might-be diltributed accor- 
 dingly ; I demand the proper (hare of each ? 
 
 Anfwer A. mud have 1454*, B. los. 6d. J-Jt 
 C. 8s. sd./j, D. ;s. od, T 8 ,. 
 
arfi ARITHMETIC 
 
 IN DECIMAL FRACTIONS. 
 
 T. Divide 4.5, by 3.5 Anf. 1.285- 
 
 2. Reduce ,/ rT to a decimal. Anf. .00171. 
 
 < WhatisthVdecimal-ofj4s6d.fi A. .728125. 
 1. What is rl,e .72bl -5 of a . Anf. 14$. 6d.f. 
 
 e If c.25 ells coll . 2.b364> w hat coft 282 '5 e x lk ' 
 
 Anf. .152.625. 
 
 IN THE SQUARE ROOT. 
 
 i There is a cable lo inches round, wVich weighs 
 2lC. 1 demand the weight of one 8 inches round 
 
 Anf, 13.44 C. 
 
 z There is a circle whofe content is iJ3-93 8 J * 
 demand its diameter i Anf. 13.99. 
 
 IN THE CUBE ROOT. 
 
 I. A country farmer lent his neighbor cut of his 
 hav ftack 20 feet of hay in length, breadth, and depth, 
 and his neighbor brought it home lo feet at one time, 
 and ; oat. another ; how is the balance, and who debtor. 
 
 Anf. 6; oo feet due to him that lent the hay ; the 
 other having paid but one fourth. 
 
 f Suppolea (hip of 300 tons burthen, 75 fcj* k V 
 20- 'feet by the beam, and 14 feet deep in the hold j I 
 demand the length oi keel of another flnp of the fame 
 make, of 500 wns. Anf. 88.9 ieet.